WO2018159811A1 - White laminated film and recording material - Google Patents
White laminated film and recording material Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018159811A1 WO2018159811A1 PCT/JP2018/008008 JP2018008008W WO2018159811A1 WO 2018159811 A1 WO2018159811 A1 WO 2018159811A1 JP 2018008008 W JP2018008008 W JP 2018008008W WO 2018159811 A1 WO2018159811 A1 WO 2018159811A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- film
- weight
- polyester
- functional layer
- layer
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B27/08—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/18—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/32—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/36—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B33/00—Layered products characterised by particular properties or particular surface features, e.g. particular surface coatings; Layered products designed for particular purposes not covered by another single class
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G7/00—Selection of materials for use in image-receiving members, i.e. for reversal by physical contact; Manufacture thereof
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/10—Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
- B32B2255/26—Polymeric coating
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/20—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular electrical or magnetic properties, e.g. piezoelectric
- B32B2307/21—Anti-static
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02W—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO WASTEWATER TREATMENT OR WASTE MANAGEMENT
- Y02W30/00—Technologies for solid waste management
- Y02W30/50—Reuse, recycling or recovery technologies
- Y02W30/64—Paper recycling
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a laminated white film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a plastic sheet suitable as a recording material that is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper.
- Mass consumption of paper is not desirable from the standpoint of reducing deforestation, and recycled paper that has been collected from used paper and recycled into recycled pulp at paper mills has been used.
- Recycled paper is used paper collected from its main raw materials, but to make recycled paper from the collected used paper, a certain amount of new wood resources are also required. Even if the utilization rate increases, wood resources are still consumed, and the use of recycled paper is not a fundamental solution to protect the forest environment.
- energy is also required for the recycling process, there is a problem from the viewpoint of energy saving.
- recycled paper is still inferior in quality to high-quality paper, and when copying paper made of recycled paper is used, the whiteness of the paper decreases and the color becomes gray.
- paper that can be reused once it has been proposed by peeling and removing an image formed on the surface of the paper by an electrophotographic system such as a copying machine has been proposed.
- a layer containing a polymer selected from polyvinyl alcohol, starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl acetate, and acrylic resin is provided on the surface on which the image of the base is recorded.
- a reusable recording material is disclosed in which a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group or alkenyl group is provided on a layer to be contained, and a layer having toner repellency is provided (see, for example, Patent Document 1). .
- such a recording material has a structure in which the thickness of the polymer layer is reduced in order to reduce the cost of the polymer layer, and because the base requires paper, the wood environment is not completely used. It is not a solution to protect.
- the recorded image is impregnated into the fiber of the paper, so that the peeling and removal performance is insufficient.
- plastic synthetic paper is also being examined.
- synthetic paper made of polypropylene is used for daily necessities. (For example, see Patent Document 2)
- JP 2005-234162 A Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-204196
- Patent Document 2 is vulnerable to heat, and when used in a copying machine or printer that fixes toner at a relatively high temperature, the synthetic paper melts in the copying machine, causing wrinkles and causing paper jams. could occur.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the problem to be solved is a laminated white that can be used as a recording material that is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper, and is extremely excellent in cost. To provide a film. It is also an object of the present invention to reduce film clogging in a conveying process in a copying machine as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
- the gist of the present invention is that a polyester film having an apparent density of 0.7 to 1.3 g / cm 3 and a thickness of 10 to 1000 ⁇ m has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side, and
- the polyester film is a laminated white film characterized by containing a polymer incompatible with polyester.
- the laminated white film of the present invention is used as a recording material, which is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper, because the polyester film as a base material contains a polymer incompatible with the polyester in addition to the polyester. In addition, it is a plastic film that is extremely cost effective. Furthermore, the laminated white film of the present invention can transfer a toner image suitably. That is, the toner image can be suitably transferred by an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method that transfers the toner image to the recording material. Further, after being used as a recording material, it is possible to easily peel off and remove characters and images from an image forming substance or the like formed on the surface. In addition, since the polyester film has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one surface, it is possible to reduce clogging of the film in a transport process in a copying machine as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
- a release agent in the functional layer, after using it as a recording material as described above, it is possible to easily peel off characters and images from an image-forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the surface. Since it can be removed, it can be recycled. Therefore, a film having both the characteristics of toner image transfer, that is, the characteristic of fixing the image forming substance to the film base material, and the opposite of the characteristic of peeling the image forming substance from the film base material, can do.
- a laminated white film 1 having a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side of a polyester film as a substrate (“the present laminated white film 1” and Will be described.
- the polyester film used as the base material of the laminated white film 1 includes a polyester resin layer containing at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
- the “main component resin” means a resin having the highest content ratio among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, of which 80% by mass (including 100% by mass) among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer.
- the polyester film may be a single layer composed of the above polyester resin layer, or may be a two-layer, three-layer, four-layer or more multilayer having a polyester resin layer, and is particularly limited. is not. That is, when the polyester film is a single layer, the polyester film means the polyester resin layer itself. Moreover, when the said polyester film is two or more layers, all the layers may be a polyester resin layer, and one or more layers may be resin layers other than polyester. In particular, it is preferable that all the layers are polyester resin layers. Especially, it is preferable that the polyester film is laminated
- a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing
- the case where it forms with a layer is mentioned.
- the polyester film as the substrate may be obtained by polycondensation of aromatic dicarboxylic acid and aliphatic glycol.
- aromatic dicarboxylic acid include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
- aliphatic glycol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1 , 4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like.
- polyesters include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate (PEN), polybutylene terephthalate, and the like.
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PEN polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate
- Such a polyester may be a homopolymer that is not copolymerized, 20 mol% or less of the dicarboxylic acid component is a dicarboxylic acid component other than the main component, and / or 20 mol% or less of the diol component is other than the main component. It may be a copolyester that is a diol component. Moreover, those mixtures may be sufficient.
- Polyester is a conventionally known method, for example, a method of directly obtaining a polyester by reaction of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, or a reaction of a lower alkyl ester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol with a conventionally known transesterification catalyst, and the presence of a polymerization catalyst. It can obtain by the method of performing a polymerization reaction under.
- the polymerization catalyst known catalysts such as an antimony compound, a germanium compound, a titanium compound, and an aluminum compound can be used.
- the intrinsic viscosity of the polyester is preferably 0.55 to 0.75 dl / g as measured by the method described in the Examples section below, and more preferably 0.60 dl / g or more or 0.70 dl. / G or less is more preferable.
- the polyester film stretched at least in the uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the polyester film can not only scatter light and cause white opacity, but also reduce the apparent density of the polyester film.
- an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the polyester film can be easily fixed and easily peeled and removed.
- a polymer incompatible with polyester on the surface of the polyester film it contains a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
- the image forming substance can be easily fixed and easily removed. That is, by having a fine cavity on the surface layer of the polyester film or roughening the surface, an anchor effect for satisfactorily fixing the image forming substance can be exhibited. Further, since the surface layer contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, the fixing power of the image forming substance can be adjusted, so that it can be easily peeled and removed. Surprisingly, such an effect can be expressed in the same manner or even more significantly even when a functional layer described later is provided on the surface of the polyester film. Moreover, in order to ensure sufficient concealability and weight reduction, a polymer incompatible with polyester may be included in the intermediate layer as necessary.
- the polymer incompatible with polyester may be contained in all layers of the polyester film, or may be selectively contained in a specific layer. Specifically, the polymer incompatible with the polyester may be contained in at least one surface layer of the polyester film or may be contained in the intermediate layer.
- polystyrene examples thereof include polyolefin, polystyrene, polyacryl, polycarbonate, etc. Among them, polyolefin and polystyrene are preferable, and polyolefin is more preferable. . Further, among polyolefins, polypropylene, polyethylene, poly-4-methylpentene-1, amorphous polyolefin, and the like can be mentioned. Among these, polypropylene is more preferable in view of the formation of cavities and the ease of film formation. In addition, polyester different from the main component resin which comprises a polyester film can also be used as a polymer incompatible with polyester.
- the content of propylene units in the polypropylene is preferably 80 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and even more preferably 95 mol% or more.
- the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester is 1 to 70 parts by mass of the polymer incompatible with the polyester with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyester.
- it is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more or 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more or 35 parts by mass or less. Particularly preferred.
- the melt flow index of polypropylene under the conditions of a temperature of 230 ° C. and a load of 2.16 kg (21.2 N) is usually 0.5 ml / 10 min or more as a lower limit.
- it is 1 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 3 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 5 ml / 10 minutes or more. In the case of the above range, it is possible to generate a sufficient cavity size and to easily avoid breakage during stretching.
- the upper limit is usually 50 ml / 10 minutes or less, preferably 40 ml / 10 minutes or less, more preferably 30 ml / 10 minutes or less, and further preferably 25 ml / 10 minutes or less. In the case of the above range, it is possible to avoid clip detachment at the time of transverse stretching, and it is possible to maintain productivity.
- the lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, still more preferably 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably. Is 8% by weight or more.
- the film surface characters and images due to printed image forming substances and the like are easily fixed and peeled and removed, and the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
- the upper limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 35% by weight or less, Especially preferably, it is 30 weight% or less, Most preferably, it is 25 weight% or less.
- said content when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
- middle layer is a surplus part which generate
- the inclusion of recycled products has the effect of reducing costs and reducing environmental impact.
- the content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less with respect to the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of film formation stability due to a decrease in intrinsic viscosity in addition to color tone regulation.
- the lower limit of the content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is not limited and may be 0% by weight. From the viewpoint of cost reduction, it is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5% by weight or more.
- the polyester film it is also possible for the polyester film to contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving concealability and whiteness.
- the said polyester film is two or more layers, it is preferable to also contain a metal compound particle in the said polyester resin layer.
- the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
- the metal compound particles tend to compensate for the white opacity due to the light scattering effect generated by the fine cavities formed by blending the above-mentioned “polyester incompatible polymer”, so that a higher hiding degree and There is a tendency to obtain whiteness.
- the metal compound particles include titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, magnesium phosphate, kaolin, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, and the like. From the viewpoint of improving whiteness, titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like are preferable, and among these, titanium oxide is particularly suitable.
- the lower limit of the average particle diameter of the metal compound particles is usually 0.05 ⁇ m or more, preferably 0.10 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.20 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 0.25 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is usually 0.50 ⁇ m or less. , Preferably 0.45 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.40 ⁇ m or less.
- the shape of the compound particles is not particularly limited, and may be any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like. Moreover, there is no restriction
- the lower limit of the content of the metal compound particles is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 2% by weight or more, further preferably 3% by weight or more, and the upper limit is usually 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 15% by weight or less, further preferably 13% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or less.
- said content when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
- the polyester film may contain particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above.
- the particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above include silica particles and organic particles.
- the organic particles include acrylic resins, styrene resins, urea resins, phenol resins, epoxy resins, and benzoguanamine resins. Of these, silica particles are preferred because they are particularly effective in a small amount.
- the average particle diameter of the particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above is preferably more than 0.50 ⁇ m, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or more, particularly preferably. 2.0 ⁇ m or more.
- the upper limit of the average particle size of the particles is usually 15.0 ⁇ m or less, preferably 12.0 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10.0 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 8.0 ⁇ m or less.
- the film surface does not become too rough, and it is easy to peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances printed on the film surface, and the film is repeatedly recorded on copying paper and printer paper. It tends to be usable as a material. Furthermore, it is not necessary to extremely increase the thickness of the surface layer from the aspect of particle dropout, and the optimum range of the thickness is wide, which is a preferable form.
- the shape of the particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above is not particularly limited, and may be any shape such as a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, and a flat shape. Moreover, there is no restriction
- the content of particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above depends on the average particle size, it cannot be said unconditionally.
- a polyester film containing silica particles or organic particles it is usually 5% by weight or less, preferably 3% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight or less, still more preferably 1% by weight or less, and a preferred range.
- the lower limit is 0.005% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, and still more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. If it is the said range, it will become possible to make the surface roughness of a film moderate, and it exists in the tendency which can achieve the target slipperiness provision.
- said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
- the polyester film as the base material of the present laminated white film 1 contains an incompatible polymer, so that a fine independent space (cavity) is formed inside the film. ) Can be obtained. Therefore, in order to further refine the cavity or increase the concealability and whiteness, for example, a surfactant, inert particles, fluorescent whitening agent, and the like may be blended.
- the polyester film as the substrate of the present laminated white film 1 has a laminated structure of two or more layers, if it is two layers, any one of them, and if it is three or more layers, the surface layer thereof is the polyester resin layer. Is preferred.
- the surface layer contains the above polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching. Whitening can be achieved. Further, since the surface roughness can be adjusted, the writing property can be improved, the image by the image forming substance or the like can be easily fixed, and it can be peeled off after use. If the surface layer further contains metal compound particles, the concealability and whiteness can be further increased, and the slipperiness can be improved by containing particles other than the metal compound particles.
- the intermediate layer other than the surface layer contains the polyester
- the polymer, metal compound particles, and particles other than the metal compound particles that are incompatible with the polyester may be contained as necessary. It is preferable from the viewpoint of cost reduction and environmental load reduction that the content of the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles is made as small as possible, and the recycled polyester is used.
- the thickness of the polyester film is preferably 10 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 30 ⁇ m or more and 400 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 38 ⁇ m or more or 350 ⁇ m or less.
- the hardness (stiffness) and handleability of the film can be made sufficient, and clogging of the film in the transporting process in the copying machine can be reduced.
- the thickness of each surface layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, especially 2 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less, particularly 3 ⁇ m or more or 30 ⁇ m or less, and especially 4 ⁇ m. More preferably, it is 25 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the apparent density of the polyester film is 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more.
- the film strength can be maintained, and the film is clogged during the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material instead of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium. Can be reduced, and optimal printing can be performed.
- the upper limit of the apparent density is 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less.
- the apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted to form fine independent cavities inside the film by blending an incompatible polymer with a specific gravity lighter than that of polyester, the main component resin, and stretching it at least in the uniaxial direction. it can. However, it is not limited to these methods.
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface of the polyester film is based on JIS B0601 (2001).
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) varies depending on the application to be used, but the upper limit is usually 950 nm or less, preferably 850 nm or less, more preferably 800 nm or less.
- the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is usually 100 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and further preferably 350 nm or more.
- the b value (reflection method) which is an index representing the yellowness of the polyester film, is usually 0 or less, preferably ⁇ 0.20 or less, more preferably ⁇ 0.40 or less, even more preferably ⁇ 0.50 or less, particularly preferably. Is ⁇ 0.60 or less, and the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 5.0 or more. By using in the said range, yellowness can be suppressed and whiteness can be made favorable. Further, when used as a recording material for color printing, the obtained image quality tends to be excellent.
- the polyester film has a heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes of usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less, more preferably as an absolute value. 2.0% or less.
- a heat shrinkage rate of the polyester film in the above range, it is possible to prevent the film from being damaged in the dimensional stability due to heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. it can.
- the edge portion of the film (sheet) that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles in the polyester film can be suppressed, and distortion and unevenness occur in characters and images, resulting in deterioration of image quality. It tends to be possible to suppress the phenomenon.
- wrinkles once wrinkles are generated, they cannot be erased and cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
- the concealability (OD) of the polyester film is usually 0.30 or more, preferably 0.35 or more, more preferably 0.40 or more, and further preferably 0.45 or more, when a single film is measured with a Macbeth densitometer. It is. By using within the above range, the show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film is reduced, and it tends to be possible to obtain characters and images of good quality.
- the upper limit of the concealing property (OD) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less, considering the balance of other physical properties.
- the whiteness of the polyester film is determined by measuring the Hunter whiteness (Wb) when the film is a single sheet with a colorimeter.
- the lower limit is usually 80.0% or more, preferably 81.0% or more, more preferably 82. It is 0% or more, more preferably 83.0% or more, and particularly preferably 83.5% or more.
- the functional layer which comprises this laminated white film 1 is demonstrated.
- This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example.
- the recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
- the functional layer in the laminated white film 1 preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
- the present laminated white film 1 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily remove and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin.
- the functional layer it has been found that it may be difficult to express the ability to easily peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface. It is preferable to provide performance.
- this laminated white film 1 is used for the purpose of preventing double feeding in the paper transport of copiers and multifunction machines, and preventing sticking between papers when handling paper. It is preferable to have a functional layer containing an agent on at least one side. In addition, by containing an antistatic agent in the functional layer, there is no clogging of the film in the multi-function machine, there is no occurrence of double feeding of the printed film, and each sheet can be conveyed independently, and dust adheres to it. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a film having a high quality and a film printed matter having a good image quality.
- the antistatic agent contained in the functional layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known antistatic agent can be used.
- a polymer type antistatic agent because of its good heat resistance and moist heat resistance.
- the polymer type antistatic agent include a compound having an ammonium group, a polyether compound, a compound having a sulfonic acid group, a betaine compound, and a conductive polymer.
- a compound having an ammonium group or a compound having a sulfonic acid group is preferable.
- a compound having an ammonium group is more preferable.
- Conductive polymers are preferred because they have the best antistatic properties. However, there is a possibility that the use is limited in applications where the material is expensive and coloring is extremely disliked.
- Examples of the compound having an ammonium group include aliphatic amines, alicyclic amines, and ammonium amines of aromatic amines.
- the compound having an ammonium group is preferably a compound having a polymer type ammonium group, and the ammonium group has a structure incorporated in the main chain or side chain of the polymer, not as a counter ion. It is preferable.
- a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing an addition-polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine is preferably used.
- a monomer containing an addition polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine may be polymerized alone, or it may be a copolymer of a monomer containing these and another monomer. May be.
- compounds having an ammonium group compounds having a pyrrolidinium ring are also preferred in that they are excellent in antistatic properties and heat stability.
- the two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom of the compound having a pyrrolidinium ring are each independently an alkyl group, a phenyl group, and the like. Even if these alkyl groups and phenyl groups are substituted with the groups shown below, Good. Substitutable groups are, for example, hydroxyl group, amide group, ester group, alkoxy group, phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, thioalkoxy, thiophenoxy group, cycloalkyl group, trialkylammonium alkyl group, cyano group, and halogen. Further, the two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom may be chemically bonded.
- — (CH 2 ) m — (m 2 to 5), —CH (CH 3 ) CH (CH 3 ) —, —CH ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—CH ⁇ N—, —CH ⁇ CH—N ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 OCH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 O (CH 2 ) 2 — and the like.
- a polymer having a pyrrolidinium ring can be obtained by cyclopolymerizing a diallylamine derivative using a radical polymerization catalyst.
- the polymerization is carried out by using a polymerization initiator such as hydrogen peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxide in a polar solvent such as water or methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, formamide, dimethylformamide, dioxane, acetonitrile as a solvent.
- a polymerization initiator such as hydrogen peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxide in a polar solvent such as water or methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, formamide, dimethylformamide, dioxane, acetonitrile as a solvent.
- a compound having a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond with a diallylamine derivative may be used as a copoly
- the antistatic agent is preferably a polymer having a structure represented by the following formula (1) from the viewpoint of excellent antistatic properties and wet heat stability.
- a single polymer or copolymer having the structure of the following formula (1) may be copolymerized, and further a plurality of other components may be copolymerized.
- the substituent R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group
- R 2 is —O—, —NH— or —S—
- R 3 is An alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or another structure capable of forming the structure of Formula 1
- R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
- X ⁇ is various counter ions.
- the substituent R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
- R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably , R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a hydrogen atom, and the other substituent is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the anion that becomes a counter ion (counter ion) of the ammonium group of the compound having an ammonium group described above include ions such as halogen ions, sulfonates, sulfates, phosphates, nitrates, and carboxylates.
- the number average molecular weight of the compound having an ammonium group is usually 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 2,000 to 350,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000.
- the molecular weight is less than 1000, the strength of the functional layer may be weakened or the heat resistance stability may be poor.
- the molecular weight exceeds 500,000, the viscosity of the coating solution increases, and the handleability and applicability may deteriorate.
- polyether compounds include polyethylene oxide, polyether ester amide, acrylic resin having polyethylene glycol in the side chain, and the like.
- the compound having a sulfonic acid group is a compound containing sulfonic acid or a sulfonate in the molecule.
- a compound containing a large amount of sulfonic acid or a sulfonate such as polystyrene sulfonic acid is preferably used. .
- the conductive polymer examples include polythiophene-based, polyaniline-based, polypyrrole-based, and polyacetylene-based polymers.
- polythiophene-based polymers that use poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) in combination with polystyrene sulfonic acid.
- the conductive polymer is preferable to the other antistatic agents described above in that the resistance value is low.
- it is necessary to devise measures such as reducing the amount used in applications where coloring and cost are a concern.
- the lower limit of the content of the antistatic agent in the functional layer is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, further preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20% by weight or more. is there.
- the upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 55% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less.
- the functional layer with a release performance so that an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled off after printing.
- the functional layer having mold release performance may be the same as or different from the functional layer containing the antistatic agent.
- the functional layer containing the antistatic agent has a releasing property for the reason described later.
- the functional layer which has mold release performance and the functional layer containing an antistatic agent are different layers, it is preferable to make the functional layer which has mold release performance into an outer layer. It has been found that the function of separating and removing image forming substances and the like can be performed more appropriately by imparting release properties to the functional layer.
- the functional layer preferably contains a release agent in order to impart release performance to the image forming substance or the like.
- the release agent is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known release agent can be used.
- a conventionally known release agent can be used.
- examples thereof include a long-chain alkyl group-containing compound, a fluorine compound, a silicone compound, and wax.
- a long-chain alkyl compound and a fluorine compound are preferable, and a long-chain alkyl compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of low contamination and excellent peeling and removal of the image forming substance.
- a silicone compound is preferable when it is particularly important to remove and remove the image forming substance.
- wax is effective when it is desired to emphasize the printability of the image forming material on the surface.
- a long-chain alkyl group-containing compound is preferable among the above releasing agents from the viewpoint of wettability to the polyester film.
- the long-chain alkyl group-containing compound is a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group having usually 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, and more preferably 12 or more carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group include hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, lauryl group, octadecyl group, and behenyl group.
- the compound having an alkyl group include various long-chain alkyl group-containing polymer compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing amine compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing ether compounds, and long-chain alkyl group-containing quaternary ammonium salts. .
- a polymer compound is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of effectively obtaining releasability, a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain is more preferable.
- a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain can be obtained by reacting a polymer having a reactive group with a compound having an alkyl group capable of reacting with the reactive group.
- the reactive group include a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, and an acid anhydride.
- the compound having such a reactive group include polyvinyl alcohol, polyethyleneimine, polyethyleneamine, a reactive group-containing polyester resin, and a reactive group-containing poly (meth) acrylic resin.
- polyvinyl alcohol is preferable in view of releasability and ease of handling.
- Examples of the compound having an alkyl group capable of reacting with the reactive group include, for example, long-chain alkyl group-containing isocyanates such as hexyl isocyanate, octyl isocyanate, decyl isocyanate, lauryl isocyanate, octadecyl isocyanate, and behenyl isocyanate; hexyl chloride, octyl chloride Long chain alkyl group-containing acid chlorides such as decyl chloride, lauryl chloride, octadecyl chloride, and behenyl chloride; long chain alkyl group-containing amines; long chain alkyl group-containing alcohols.
- long chain alkyl group-containing isocyanates are preferable, and octadecyl isocyanate is particularly preferable in consideration of releasability and ease of handling.
- a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain can also be obtained by copolymerization of a long-chain alkyl (meth) acrylate polymer or a long-chain alkyl (meth) acrylate and another vinyl group-containing monomer.
- the long chain alkyl (meth) acrylate include hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate, and behenyl (meth) acrylate. It is done.
- a fluorine compound is a compound containing a fluorine atom in the compound.
- a polymer (polymer) containing a fluorine atom is preferable.
- Organic fluorine compounds are preferably used from the viewpoint of coating appearance by in-line coating.
- fluoroalkyl group-containing compounds such as perfluoroalkyl group-containing compounds, polymers of olefin compounds containing fluorine atoms, and aromatics such as fluorobenzene.
- Group fluorine compounds and the like From the viewpoint of releasability, a fluoroalkyl group-containing compound is preferable, and among them, a perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound is preferable.
- the compound containing the long-chain alkyl compound which is mentioned later can also be used for a fluorine compound.
- perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound examples include perfluoroalkyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoroalkylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-perfluoroalkylethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-perfluoroalkylpropyl (meth) acrylate, Perfluoroalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylates such as 3-perfluoroalkyl-1-methylpropyl (meth) acrylate and 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propenyl (meth) acrylate, and polymers thereof; perfluoroalkylmethyl vinyl ether, 2-perfluoroalkyl ethyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoropropyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoroalkyl-1-methylpropyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propenyl Perfluoroalkyl group-containing vinyl ether and polymers thereof such as vinyl ether and the like.
- the perfluoroalkyl group preferably has 3 to 11 carbon atoms. Further, it may be a polymer with a compound containing a long-chain alkyl compound as described later. Moreover, it is also preferable that it is a polymer with vinyl chloride from a viewpoint of adhesiveness with a base material.
- silicone compound examples include alkyl silicones such as dimethyl silicone and diethyl silicone, phenyl silicone having a phenyl group, and methyl phenyl silicone.
- Silicone having various functional groups can be used, and examples thereof include ether groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, carboxylic acid groups, halogen groups such as fluorine, and perfluoroalkyl groups.
- silicones having vinyl groups and hydrogen silicones in which hydrogen atoms are directly bonded to silicon atoms are also common, and both are used in combination to form silicones (addition reaction between vinyl groups and hydrogen silane). It can also be used.
- modified silicones such as acrylic graft silicone, silicone graft acrylic, amino-modified silicone, perfluoroalkyl-modified silicone as the silicone compound.
- a curable silicone resin As the type of curable type, any of the curing reaction types such as a condensation type, an addition type, and an active energy ray curable type can be used.
- the wax is a wax selected from natural waxes, synthetic waxes, and blended waxes.
- Natural waxes are plant waxes, animal waxes, mineral waxes and petroleum waxes.
- plant waxes include candelilla wax, carnauba wax, rice wax, wood wax, jojoba oil and the like.
- Animal waxes include beeswax, lanolin, whale wax and the like.
- mineral wax include montan wax, ozokerite, and ceresin.
- petroleum wax include paraffin wax, microcrystalline wax, and petrolatum.
- Synthetic waxes include synthetic hydrocarbons, modified waxes, hydrogenated waxes, higher fatty acid esters, fatty acid amides, amines, imides, ester waxes, ketones, and the like.
- Specific examples of synthetic hydrocarbons include Fischer-Tropsch wax (also known as sazol wax) and polyethylene wax, as well as low molecular weight polymers (specifically, polymers having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 20000). And the following polymers, namely, polypropylene, ethylene / acrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol block or graft conjugate, and the like.
- modified wax examples include montan wax derivatives, paraffin wax derivatives, and microcrystalline wax derivatives.
- the derivative herein is a compound obtained by any of purification, oxidation, esterification, saponification treatment, or a combination thereof.
- hydrogenated wax examples include hardened castor oil and hardened castor oil derivatives.
- a synthetic wax is preferable as the release agent in the functional layer, among which polyethylene wax is more preferable, and oxidized polyethylene wax is more preferable.
- the number average molecular weight of the synthetic wax is usually 500 to 30000, preferably 1000 to 15000, and more preferably 2000 to 8000, from the viewpoints of stability of properties such as blocking and handling properties.
- the lower limit of the content of the release agent in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 8% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or more. is there.
- the upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 50% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or less.
- the functional layer includes a polymer. It is preferable to contain (an antistatic agent, a release agent, or a polymer other than the crosslinking agent described later).
- polymers can be used as the polymer used for the functional layer.
- the polymer include acrylic resin, urethane resin, polyester resin, polyvinyl (polyvinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride vinyl acetate copolymer, etc.), polyalkylene glycol, polyalkyleneimine, methylcellulose, hydroxycellulose, starches and the like.
- acrylic resin, urethane resin, polyester resin, and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable from the viewpoint of improving appearance, adhesion to the film of the base material, antistatic performance and stabilization of mold release performance, acrylic resin, urethane resin, Polyester resin is more preferable, and acrylic resin and urethane resin are still more preferable.
- acrylic resin and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable from the viewpoint of stabilization of antistatic performance and release performance, or stability in the state of a coating solution when a functional layer is formed by coating.
- an acrylic resin or a urethane resin is preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
- the acrylic resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer is a polymer composed of polymerizable monomers including acrylic and methacrylic monomers. These may be either homopolymers or copolymers, and copolymers with polymerizable monomers other than acrylic and methacrylic monomers. Moreover, the copolymer of these polymers and other polymers (for example, polyester, polyurethane, etc.) is also included. For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer. Alternatively, a polymer (possibly a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included.
- a polymer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in a polyurethane solution or a polyurethane dispersion (sometimes a mixture of polymers) is also included.
- a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included.
- the polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include various carboxyl group-containing monomers such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, and salts thereof; Various hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, monobutylhydroxyfumarate, monobutylhydroxyitaconate; methyl Various (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, Various nitrogen-containing compounds such as methylolacrylamide or (meth) acrylonitrile; various styrene derivative
- the urethane resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer is a polymer compound having a urethane bond in the molecule, and is usually prepared by a reaction between a polyol and an isocyanate.
- the polyol include polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, polyether polyols, polyolefin polyols, and acrylic polyols. These compounds may be used alone or in combination.
- polyester polyols examples include polycarboxylic acids (malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, etc.) Acid anhydrides and polyhydric alcohols (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butane Diol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4- Pentanediol, 2-methyl-2-pro 1,3-propanediol, 1,
- polycarbonate polyols are obtained from a polyhydric alcohol and a carbonate compound by a dealcoholization reaction.
- Polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentane Diol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,7-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decane Examples thereof include diol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, and 3,3-dimethylol heptane.
- Examples of the carbonate compound include dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, and ethylene carbonate.
- Examples of the polycarbonate-based polyols obtained from these reactions include poly (1,6-hexylene) carbonate, poly (3- And methyl-1,5-pentylene) carbonate.
- polyether polyols examples include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene propylene glycol, polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyhexamethylene ether glycol and the like.
- polyester polyols and polycarbonate polyols are more preferable among the above polyols.
- polyisocyanate compound used for obtaining the urethane resin examples include aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, and tolidine diisocyanate, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, Aliphatic diisocyanates having an aromatic ring such as ⁇ '-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and other aliphatic diisocyanates, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate , Dicyclohexylme Down diisocyanate, alicyclo
- a chain extender may be used when synthesizing the urethane resin, and the chain extender is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more active groups that react with an isocyanate group. Alternatively, a chain extender having two amino groups can be mainly used.
- chain extender having two hydroxyl groups examples include aliphatic glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and butanediol, aromatic glycols such as xylylene glycol and bishydroxyethoxybenzene, neopentyl glycol hydroxypivalate, and the like. And glycols such as ester glycols.
- chain extender having two amino groups examples include aromatic diamines such as tolylenediamine, xylylenediamine, diphenylmethanediamine, ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, hexanediamine, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3- Propanediamine, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediamine, trimethylhexanediamine, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,5-pentanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10- Aliphatic diamines such as decane diamine, 1-amino-3-aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethanediamine, isopropylidine cyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1 , 3-Bisaminomethylcyclohexane Alicyclic diamines, and the like of.
- the urethane resin may use a solvent as a medium.
- water is used as a medium.
- a forced emulsification type using an emulsifier there are a forced emulsification type using an emulsifier, a self-emulsification type in which a hydrophilic group is introduced into the urethane resin, and a water-soluble type.
- the self-emulsification type in which an ionic group is introduced into the structure of the urethane resin to form an ionomer is preferable because of excellent storage stability of the liquid and water resistance and transparency of the obtained functional layer.
- examples of the ionic group to be introduced include various groups such as a carboxyl group, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphonic acid, and quaternary ammonium salt.
- a method for introducing a carboxyl group into a urethane resin various methods can be taken in each stage of the polymerization reaction. For example, there are a method of using a carboxyl group-containing resin as a copolymer component during prepolymer synthesis, and a method of using a component having a carboxyl group as one component such as polyol, polyisocyanate, and chain extender.
- a method in which a desired amount of carboxyl groups is introduced using a carboxyl group-containing diol depending on the amount of this component charged is preferred.
- dimethylolpropionic acid, dimethylolbutanoic acid, bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) propionic acid, bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) butanoic acid, and the like are copolymerized with a diol used for polymerization of a urethane resin.
- the carboxyl group is preferably in the form of a salt neutralized with ammonia, amine, alkali metal, inorganic alkali or the like. Particularly preferred are ammonia, trimethylamine and triethylamine.
- the carboxyl group from which the neutralizing agent has been removed in the drying step after coating can be used as a crosslinking reaction point by another crosslinking agent. Thereby, it is possible to further improve the durability, solvent resistance, water resistance, blocking resistance, and the like of the functional layer obtained in addition to excellent stability in the liquid state before coating.
- the polyester resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer includes, for example, those composed of the following polyvalent carboxylic acid and polyvalent hydroxy compound as main constituent components. That is, as the polyvalent carboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 2,6 -Naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-potassium sulfoterephthalic acid, 5-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, glutar Acid, succinic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic
- ethylene As the polyvalent hydroxy compound, ethylene Recall, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediol , Neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, p-xylylene glycol, bisphenol A-ethylene glycol adduct, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, Polytetramethylene glycol, polytetramethylene oxide glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, sodium dimethylolethylsulfonate, potassium dimethylolpropionate, and the like can be used. One or more compounds may be appropriately selected from these compounds, and a polyester resin may be synthesized by a conventional polycondensation reaction.
- the polyvinyl alcohol as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer has a polyvinyl alcohol moiety.
- polyvinyl alcohol including modified compounds partially acetalized or butyralized with respect to polyvinyl alcohol is known.
- Alcohol can be used.
- the degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is usually 100 or more, preferably 300 to 40,000. When the degree of polymerization is less than 100, the water resistance of the functional layer may decrease.
- the degree of saponification of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 to 99 mol%, still more preferably 80 to 98 mol%, and particularly preferably 86 to 97 mol%. It is a polyvinyl acetate saponified product.
- the lower limit of the polymer content in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 15% by weight or more.
- the upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 55% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less.
- the functional layer after crosslinking contains a crosslinked structure derived from the crosslinking agent. That is, the functional layer containing a crosslinking agent means a functional layer formed by curing a coating solution containing a crosslinking agent. Moreover, it exists in the tendency which can give the property of the wettability improvement to a base film by containing a crosslinking agent in a functional layer.
- crosslinking agent conventionally known materials can be used, and examples thereof include oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, carbodiimide compounds, silane coupling compounds, hydrazide compounds, and aziridine compounds.
- oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and silane coupling compounds are preferable.
- a melamine compound or an oxazoline compound is preferable, and in order to improve adhesion to the base film, an oxazoline compound, an isocyanate compound, an epoxy compound, or a carbodiimide compound is preferable.
- oxazoline compounds and isocyanate compounds are preferred.
- the above-mentioned materials can be used.
- oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, and silane coupling compounds are preferable for improving wettability, and among them, oxazoline compounds and isocyanate compounds are more preferable.
- the most preferable material for the crosslinking agent is an oxazoline compound or an isocyanate compound.
- These crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the oxazoline compound used as the crosslinking agent is particularly preferably a polymer containing an oxazoline group, and can be prepared by polymerization of an addition polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomer alone or with another monomer.
- Addition-polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomers include 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, Examples thereof include 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-5-ethyl-2-oxazoline, and the like, and one or a mixture of two or more thereof can be used.
- 2-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline is preferred because it is easily available industrially.
- the other monomer is not limited as long as it is a monomer copolymerizable with an addition polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomer.
- (meth) acrylic acid esters such as alkyl (meth) acrylate; acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, malein Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof (sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, tertiary amine salt, etc.); unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile; Unsaturated amides such as (meth) acrylamide, N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide; Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; Vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether ; Ethylene, propylene, etc.
- Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid and salt
- alkyl examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
- the isocyanate compound used as the crosslinking agent is a compound having an isocyanate derivative structure represented by isocyanate or blocked isocyanate.
- the isocyanate include aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate; and aromatic rings such as ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ′, ⁇ ′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate.
- Aliphatic isocyanates such as methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, methylene bis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate), isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanate Ne Alicyclic isocyanates such as bets are exemplified.
- polymers and derivatives such as burettes, isocyanurates, uretdiones, and carbodiimide modified products of these isocyanates are also included. These may be used alone or in combination.
- isocyanates aliphatic or alicyclic isocyanates are more preferable than aromatic isocyanates in order to avoid yellowing due to ultraviolet rays.
- the blocking agent When used in the state of blocked isocyanate, the blocking agent includes, for example, bisulfites, phenolic compounds such as phenol, cresol, and ethylphenol, and alcohols such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol, benzyl alcohol, methanol, and ethanol.
- Compounds, active methylene compounds such as dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, methyl isobutanoyl acetate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, acetylacetone, mercaptan compounds such as butyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam, etc.
- Lactam compounds amine compounds such as diphenylaniline, aniline, ethyleneimine, acetanilide, acetic acid amide acid amide compounds, Examples include oxime compounds such as rumaldehyde, acetoaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, and cyclohexanone oxime, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- an isocyanate compound blocked with an active methylene compound is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of adhesion to a substrate film and wettability to the substrate film.
- the above isocyanate-based compounds may be used alone or as a mixture or combination with various polymers. In the sense of improving the dispersibility and crosslinkability of the isocyanate compound, it is also preferable to use a mixture or a bond with a polyester resin or a urethane resin.
- epoxy compound used as the cross-linking agent examples include condensates of epichlorohydrin with ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, polyglycerin, bisphenol A and other hydroxyl groups and amino groups, such as polyepoxy compounds and diepoxy compounds. Monoepoxy compounds, glycidylamine compounds, and the like.
- polyepoxy compound examples include sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, triglycidyl tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanate, glycerol polyglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane.
- Polyglycidyl ether As the diepoxy compound, for example, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, resorcin diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether , Polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, poly Tetramethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; monoepoxy compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, and glycidyl amine compounds such as N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-m-xyl Examples include range amine and 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylamino) cyclohexane.
- the melamine compound used as the cross-linking agent is a compound having a melamine skeleton in the compound.
- an alkylolized melamine derivative or an alkylolated melamine derivative is partially or completely etherified by reacting alcohol.
- Compounds, and mixtures thereof can be used.
- alcohol used for etherification methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutanol and the like are preferably used.
- a melamine compound either a monomer or a multimer more than a dimer may be sufficient, or a mixture thereof may be used.
- the melamine compound contains a hydroxyl group. Further, a product obtained by co-condensing urea or the like with a part of melamine can be used, and a catalyst can be used to increase the reactivity of the melamine compound.
- the carbodiimide-based compound used as the crosslinking agent is a compound having one or more carbodiimide or carbodiimide derivative structures in the molecule.
- a polycarbodiimide compound having two or more carbodiimide structures in the molecule is preferred for better strength of the functional layer and the like.
- the carbodiimide compound used as the crosslinking agent can be synthesized by a conventionally known technique, and generally a condensation reaction of a diisocyanate compound is used.
- the diisocyanate compound is not particularly limited, and any of aromatic and aliphatic compounds can be used.
- tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, hexa examples include methylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexyl diisocyanate, and dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate.
- a surfactant may be added, or a polyalkylene oxide or a quaternary ammonium salt of a dialkylamino alcohol.
- Hydrophilic monomers such as hydroxyalkyl sulfonates may be added and used.
- the silane coupling compound used as the crosslinking agent is an organosilicon compound having a hydrolyzable group such as an organic functional group and an alkoxy group in one molecule.
- a hydrolyzable group such as an organic functional group and an alkoxy group in one molecule.
- (Meth) acrylic group-containing compound 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl)- 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N -Amino group-containing compounds such as (1,3-dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane; Tris (trimethoxysilylpropyl) Isocyan
- an epoxy group-containing silane coupling compound a double bond-containing silane coupling compound such as a vinyl group or a (meth) acryl group, an amino group More preferred are silane coupling compounds.
- the crosslinking agent contained in the functional layer usually exists in a state of reacting with the polymer or the crosslinking agent itself in the drying process or the film forming process. Therefore, the functional layer in the present laminated white film 1 exists as an unreacted product of these crosslinking agents, a compound after reaction, or a mixture thereof (compound derived from the crosslinking agent).
- the lower limit of the content of the crosslinking agent in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, further preferably 8% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or more.
- the upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 50% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or less.
- content of a crosslinking agent means the content rate in the non-volatile component in the raw material (coating liquid) before bridge
- the functional layer may contain particles for improving blocking and slipperiness. Further, the functional layer may contain an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a foaming agent, and the like.
- the thickness of the functional layer is usually 0.001 to 3 ⁇ m, preferably 0.005 to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 ⁇ m, still more preferably 0.02 to 0.3 ⁇ m, and most preferably 0.03. ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the functional layer can be provided on one side of the polyester film as the base material, or can be provided on both sides of the polyester film. When provided on both sides, the film can be used as a recording material on both sides, and there are advantages such as improved handling of the film. In addition, by providing the functional layer on both sides, the curling property due to environmental changes such as temperature and humidity tends to be improved.
- the surface resistance value is usually 1 ⁇ 10 13 ⁇ or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 12 ⁇ or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ 10 11 ⁇ or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 11 ⁇ or less. Particularly preferably, it is 5 ⁇ 10 10 ⁇ or less.
- the film tends to be effective for preventing sticking between films and preventing adhesion of dust and the like.
- the recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer toner images suitably by methods such as electrophotography and thermal transfer, prevention of double feeding in paper transportation of copying machines and multifunction devices, It becomes possible to prevent sticking between sheets.
- blended for each layer is supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, and it heat-melts and kneads to the temperature which is more than melting
- the molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
- the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet.
- it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
- the sheet obtained as described above is stretched to form a film. Fine independent cavities contained in the polyester film are generated by such stretching.
- the stretching conditions will be specifically described.
- the unstretched sheet is preferably stretched 2.5 to 5 times at 70 to 150 ° C. in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) to form a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film.
- a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film is stretched 3 to 5 times at 70 to 160 ° C. in the width direction (lateral direction), and is usually 200 to 250 ° C., preferably 210 to 240 ° C., more preferably 215 to 240 ° C.
- the heat treatment is usually performed for 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds. By adjusting the heat treatment temperature within such a temperature range, the melt viscosity of the polymer incompatible with the polyester can be adjusted, and the roughness of the film surface can be adjusted.
- the various conditions of the heat treatment step affect not only the heat shrinkage rate of the film but also the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the film surface. That is, by setting the temperature within the above range, in the case of a surface or a laminated structure, fine cavities formed by a polymer incompatible with the polyester existing on the surface layer are dissolved. By appropriately reducing the surface roughness, it is possible to easily peel and remove characters and images formed on the film surface by printing. This makes it possible to repeatedly use the film as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
- Ra arithmetic average roughness
- a method of relaxing 2 to 20% in the longitudinal direction and / or the transverse direction in the maximum temperature zone of the heat treatment and / or the cooling zone at the heat treatment outlet is preferable. Further, it is possible to add re-longitudinal stretching and re-lateral stretching as necessary.
- the polyester film obtained by the above-described production method has a functional layer laminated on at least one side.
- the functional layer can be provided by various known methods such as a coating method, a coextrusion method, and a transfer method. Of these, coating is preferred from the viewpoint of efficient production and performance.
- the coating method examples include gravure coating, reverse roll coating, die coating, air doctor coating, blade coating, rod coating, bar coating, curtain coating, knife coating, transfer roll coating, squeeze coating, impregnation coating, kiss coating, and spray coating.
- Conventionally known coating methods such as calendar coating and extrusion coating can be used.
- the functional layer may be provided by in-line coating, which treats the film surface during the process of forming the polyester film, or may employ offline coating that is applied outside the system on the once produced film. Among them, the functional layer is more preferably formed by in-line coating.
- In-line coating is a method of coating within the process of manufacturing a polyester film, and specifically, a method of coating at any stage from melt extrusion of a polyester to heat setting after stretching and winding up. Usually, it is coated on any of an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding.
- an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding.
- a method of stretching in the width direction (lateral direction) after coating a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) is particularly excellent. According to this method, film formation and functional layer formation can be performed at the same time, so there is an advantage in manufacturing cost.
- the thickness of the functional layer can be changed by the stretching ratio. Compared to offline coating, thin film coating can be performed more easily.
- the functional layer can be stretched together with the base film, whereby the functional layer can be firmly adhered to the base film.
- the film in the production of a biaxially stretched polyester film, the film can be restrained in the longitudinal and lateral directions by stretching while gripping the film end with a clip, etc. High temperature can be applied while maintaining the properties. Therefore, if in-line coating is performed, the heat treatment performed after application can be performed at a high temperature that cannot be achieved by other methods, so that the film-forming property of the functional layer is improved and the functional layer and the base film are made stronger.
- the functional layer can be made strong, the functional layer can be prevented from falling off, and the antistatic performance and the release performance can be improved.
- a crosslinking reaction can be performed by the high temperature at the time of heat setting.
- the functional layer is formed by coating the polyester film with a solution prepared by using the above-described series of compounds as a solution or solvent dispersion and adjusting the solid content concentration to about 0.1 to 80% by weight. It is preferable to produce a laminated white film.
- a solution prepared by using the above-described series of compounds as a solution or solvent dispersion It is preferable to produce a laminated white film.
- an aqueous solution or a water dispersion is more preferable.
- the coating solution may contain a small amount of an organic solvent. Moreover, only one type of organic solvent may be used, and two or more types may be used as appropriate.
- the drying and curing conditions for forming the functional layer are not particularly limited, but in the case of the coating method, the drying temperature of a solvent such as water used in the coating solution is usually 70 to 150 ° C., preferably Is 80 to 130 ° C, more preferably 90 to 120 ° C.
- the drying time is generally 3 to 200 seconds, preferably 5 to 120 seconds.
- a heat treatment step in the range of usually 150 to 270 ° C., preferably 170 to 250 ° C., more preferably 180 to 240 ° C. is performed in the film manufacturing process.
- the time for the heat treatment step is generally 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds.
- the polyester film constituting the laminated white film 1 may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment or plasma treatment in advance.
- the laminated white film 1 can be provided with characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance on the functional layer.
- the character and the image can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer.
- conventionally known materials can also be used for thermoplastic resins used for image forming substances and the like.
- the image forming substance generally includes all substances capable of forming an image on a recording material, and may have any property such as solid particles, suspension, solution, etc. Ink is also included.
- the colorant is not limited, and any of pigments, dyes, colored compounds and the like can be used. Among these, a toner in which a pigment is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin to form a fine particle is preferable.
- the laminated white film 1 can further be provided with a resin layer on the image forming substance or the like or on the functional layer.
- the main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white film.
- the curable resin layer As this resin layer, conventionally known materials can be used, and a curable resin layer formed from a curable resin composition is preferable.
- the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by heating, an active energy ray curable resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays, and the like. Can be mentioned. Among these, the active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to peel off and remove all characters and images.
- the active energy ray curable resin layer examples include an ultraviolet curable resin layer, an electron beam curable resin layer, and a visible light curable resin layer. In view of ease of handling and curable performance, the ultraviolet curable resin layer is preferable.
- An example of the active energy ray-curable resin layer is a hard coat layer.
- the material used for the active energy ray-curable resin layer is not particularly limited.
- examples thereof include cured products such as reactive silicon compounds such as monofunctional (meth) acrylates, polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, and tetraethoxysilane.
- cured products such as reactive silicon compounds such as monofunctional (meth) acrylates, polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, and tetraethoxysilane.
- a polymerization cured product of a composition containing an active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
- stacking white film it exists in the tendency which can exhibit a favorable peeling removal characteristic by using said material.
- the composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- a known monofunctional (meth) acrylate, a bifunctional (meth) acrylate, a mixture of one or more polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, a commercially available resin material for an active energy ray-curable hard coat, or these In addition to this, what added the other component can be used in the range which does not impair the objective of this embodiment.
- the active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- alkyl (meth) acrylate such as methyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
- Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxypropyl (meth) ) Acrylate, alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) Aromatic (meth) acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, amino group-containing (meth) acrylates such as diaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxy
- the active energy ray-curable bifunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- the active energy ray-curable polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate.
- Isocyanuric acid modified tri (meth) such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -caprolactone modified tris (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate
- pentaerythritol triacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer pentaerythritol triacrylate toluene diisocyanate Tan prepolymers
- urethane acrylates such as dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, and the like.
- composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents.
- inorganic or organic fine particles include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents.
- solvent when the film is dried after film formation in the wet coating method, an arbitrary amount of solvent can be added.
- the peeling and removing process is usually performed in an office or the like, not in a factory that manufactures the film. For this reason, it is preferable not to contain a solvent for indoor use such as in an office.
- the resin (resin liquid) for forming the resin layer the content of the solvent is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, further preferably 3% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 1% by weight or less. Most preferably, it does not contain a solvent (does not intentionally contain it).
- Examples of the method for forming the resin layer include a general wet coating method such as a roll coating method and a die coating method, and an extrusion method.
- the formed resin layer can be subjected to a curing reaction by heating, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams as necessary.
- Second Embodiment As an example of a second embodiment for carrying out the present invention, a laminated white polyester film (also referred to as “laminated white film”) 10 will be described.
- a laminated white polyester film 10 (referred to as “the present laminated white polyester film 10”) as an example for carrying out the present invention is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin. At least the surface layer is characterized by containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
- the laminated structure of the laminated white polyester film 10 may be a multilayer of two layers, three layers, four layers or more as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention, and is not particularly limited. Among these, a three-layer structure (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) composed of both surface layers and an intermediate layer is preferable.
- a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing
- the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 preferably contains at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
- the “main component resin” means a resin having the largest content ratio among the resin components constituting the surface layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, particularly 80% by mass or more (including 100% by mass) of the resin components constituting the surface layer.
- polyester The polyester constituting the laminated white polyester film 10 is the same as the polyester as the base material in the laminated white film 1 or the polyester as the main component resin of the polyester resin layer.
- the polyester film stretched at least in a uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the laminated white polyester film 10 not only scatters light and causes white opacity, but also reduces the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10.
- the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, so that the toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, etc.
- the image forming substance containing the thermoplastic resin can be easily peeled and removed.
- a polymer incompatible with the polyester may be contained in the intermediate layer as necessary.
- the polymer incompatible with the polyester is the same as the “polymer incompatible with the polyester” described in the laminated white film 1 described above.
- the lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5%. % By weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more.
- the film surface it becomes easy to peel off and remove characters and images from printed image forming substances and the like, and there is a tendency that the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
- the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in the surface layer is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, still more preferably 35% by weight or less, particularly preferably. 30% by weight or less, most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
- the lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible with polyester” in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably. Is 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more. By using it in the above range, it has sufficient concealing property, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction can be sufficient.
- the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and further preferably 35% by weight. % Or less, particularly preferably 30% by weight or less, and most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
- the intermediate layer is a range that does not impair the gist of the present invention, such as an ear part, a master roll ear part, and a master roll lower winding part generated during film production. You may mix with.
- the inclusion of recycled products has the effect of reducing costs and reducing environmental impact.
- the content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less with respect to the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of film formation stability due to a decrease in intrinsic viscosity in addition to color tone regulation. More preferably, it is 70% by weight or less, particularly preferably 60% by weight or less, most preferably 40% by weight or less.
- the laminated white polyester film 10 may contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving the concealability and whiteness.
- the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
- the metal compound particles used in the laminated white polyester film 10 tend to compensate for the white opacity due to the light scattering effect generated by fine cavities by blending incompatible polymers. It tends to get a degree.
- the metal compound particles are the same as the metal compound particles described in the laminated white film 1.
- the lower limit of the content of the metal compound particles is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 2% by weight or more, and further preferably 3% by weight with respect to the entire surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 containing the metal compound particles.
- the upper limit is usually 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, still more preferably 13% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or less.
- the surface layer of the present laminate white polyester film 10 includes particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above for imparting slipperiness. It may be.
- the particles other than the metal compound particles are the same as the “particles other than the metal compound particles” described in the laminated white film 1.
- antioxidants in addition to the above-described particles and polymers incompatible with polyester, conventionally known antioxidants, heat stabilizers, lubricants, antistatic agents, fluorescent whitening agents, Dyes, pigments and the like can be added. Further, depending on the use, an ultraviolet absorber, particularly a benzoxazinone-based ultraviolet absorber may be contained.
- the laminated white polyester film 10 is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin, and at least a surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layer is preferably 950 nm or less. If the surface layer contains polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester as described above, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching, so that weight reduction, concealability, and whitening can be realized. Since the surface roughness can be further adjusted, the writing property can be improved.
- the surface layer further contains metal compound particles, the hiding property and whiteness can be further increased, and the slipperiness can be improved by containing particles other than the metal compound particles.
- the intermediate layer other than the surface layer contains the polyester, a polymer incompatible with the polyester, metal compound particles, and particles other than the metal compound particles may be contained as necessary. It is preferable from the viewpoint of cost reduction and environmental load reduction that the content of the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles is made as small as possible, and the recycled polyester is used.
- the thickness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film.
- the thickness is preferably 10 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 20 to 500 ⁇ m, even more preferably 30 to 400 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 38 to 350 ⁇ m. By using in the said range, it becomes possible to make the firmness and handleability of a film sufficient.
- the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles are preferably contained in the surface layer.
- the thickness of each surface layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, especially 2 ⁇ m or more or 40 ⁇ m or less, especially 3 ⁇ m or more or 30 ⁇ m.
- the thickness is more preferably 4 ⁇ m or more or 25 ⁇ m or less.
- the lower limit of the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more.
- the strength of the film can be maintained, and clogging of the film in the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material in place of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium can be reduced. This makes it possible to perform optimal printing.
- the upper limit is usually 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less.
- the apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted by blending an incompatible polymer having a specific gravity lighter than that of the polyester as the main component resin and stretching in at least a uniaxial direction. However, it is not limited to these methods.
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface that is, the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is preferably 950 nm or less, more preferably 850 nm or less, and particularly preferably 800 nm or less.
- the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) within the above range, characters and images such as image forming substances containing thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface by printing can be easily peeled and removed. Tends to be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
- the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and particularly preferably 350 nm or more.
- the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) in this invention shall be based on the measuring method used in the Example mentioned later.
- the b value (reflection method) which is an index representing the yellowness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.00 or less, preferably ⁇ 0.20 or less, more preferably ⁇ 0.40 or less, and further preferably ⁇ 0. .50 or less, particularly preferably ⁇ 0.60 or less, and the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 5.0 or more. By using in the said range, yellowness can be suppressed and whiteness can be made favorable. Further, when used as a recording material for color printing, the obtained image quality tends to be excellent.
- the heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes is usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less as an absolute value. More preferably, it is 2.0% or less. If the heat shrinkage is in the above range, it is possible to prevent the dimensional stability of the film from being impaired due to the influence of heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. Even at the edge of the (sheet), that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles can be suppressed, and the phenomenon of distortion and unevenness in characters and images can be suppressed and image quality can be reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since wrinkles cannot be erased once they occur, they cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, and therefore it is preferable that wrinkles are not generated as much as possible.
- the concealability (OD) of the present laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.30 or more, preferably 0.35 or more, more preferably 0.40 or more, even more preferably, when a single film is measured with a Macbeth densitometer. 0.45 or more. By using it in the above range, the show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film is reduced, and high quality characters and images can be obtained.
- the upper limit of the concealability (OD) is not particularly limited, but considering the balance of other physical properties, 1.0 or less is preferable, and 0.9 or less is more preferable.
- the whiteness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is determined by measuring the Hunter whiteness (Wb) when the film is a single sheet with a colorimeter, and the lower limit is usually 80.0% or more, preferably 81.0% or more. Preferably it is 82.0% or more, More preferably, it is 83.0% or more, Most preferably, it is 83.5% or more.
- Wb Hunter whiteness
- the upper limit is not particularly limited.
- the upper limit of the preferred range is 95.0% or less.
- a functional layer may be provided on at least one side of the laminated white polyester film 10.
- This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example.
- the recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
- the functional layer preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
- the laminated white polyester film 10 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin. It is preferable to provide a polyester resin layer containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with polyester, and it is more preferable that the polyester resin layer has a surface layer. However, when a functional layer is provided, it has been found that it tends to be difficult to express the ability to easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface layer. It is preferable that performance is also provided. That is, the functional layer is provided in order to provide a release performance so that characters and image forming substances such as toner containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled and removed after printing. Preferably contains a release agent.
- This laminated white polyester film 10 is used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer a toner image suitably by a system such as an electrophotographic system or a thermal transfer system, and prevents double feeding in the paper transport of a copier / multifunction machine.
- the purpose is to prevent sticking between sheets when handling the sheets.
- the functional layer has an antistatic performance in order to prevent the adhesion of dust and to obtain a high-quality film or a high-quality film print. From this viewpoint, it is preferable to have a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side.
- the functional layer is a polymer (antistatic agent described above). It is further preferable to contain a polymer other than the release agent.
- the antistatic agent, release agent and polymer used in the laminated white polyester film 10 are the same as the antistatic agent, release agent and polymer used in the laminated white film 1.
- this laminated polyester film has the said functional layer, about the preferable value range of b value of this laminated polyester film, heat shrinkage rate, concealability (OD), and whiteness, it is the same as the above-mentioned numerical range. .
- raw materials blended for each layer which are dried or not dried by a known method are supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of each polymer, and melt-kneaded.
- the molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
- the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet.
- an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
- the sheet obtained as described above is stretched to form a film. Fine independent cavities contained in the polyester film are generated by such stretching.
- the unstretched sheet is preferably stretched 2.5 to 5 times at 70 to 150 ° C. in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) to form a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film, and then the width direction ( The film is stretched 3 to 5 times in the transverse direction at 70 to 160 ° C., usually in the range of 200 to 250 ° C., preferably 210 to 240 ° C., more preferably 215 to 240 ° C., usually 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 It is preferable to perform a heat treatment for up to 300 seconds.
- the conditions of the heat treatment step affect not only the heat shrinkage rate of the film but also the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layer of the film. That is, by setting the temperature within the above range, fine cavities formed by a polymer incompatible with the polyester present on the surface of the surface layer are dissolved. By appropriately reducing the surface roughness, it is possible to easily peel and remove characters and images such as an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface by printing. This makes it possible to repeatedly use the film as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
- Ra arithmetic average roughness
- a method of relaxing 2 to 20% in the longitudinal direction and / or the transverse direction in the maximum temperature zone of the heat treatment and / or the cooling zone at the heat treatment outlet is preferable. Further, it is possible to add re-longitudinal stretching and re-lateral stretching as necessary.
- the functional layer can be provided by various known methods such as a coating method, a coextrusion method, and a transfer method. Among them, the coating method is preferable from the viewpoint of efficient production and imparting performance.
- the film surface may be provided by in-line coating, which is processed during the process of forming the polyester film, or off-line coating may be employed that is applied outside the system on the manufactured film. . More preferably, it is formed by in-line coating.
- In-line coating is a method of coating in the process of manufacturing a polyester film, and specifically, a method of coating at an arbitrary stage from melt-extrusion of polyester to heat-fixing and winding after stretching. Usually, it is coated on any of an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding.
- an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding.
- a method of stretching in the transverse direction after coating a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) is particularly excellent. According to this method, film formation and functional layer formation can be performed at the same time, so there is an advantage in manufacturing cost.
- the thickness of the functional layer can be changed by the stretching ratio. Compared to offline coating, thin film coating can be performed more easily.
- the functional layer can be stretched together with the base film, whereby the functional layer can be firmly adhered to the base film.
- the film can be restrained in the longitudinal and lateral directions by stretching while gripping the film end with a clip, etc. High temperature can be applied while maintaining the properties. Therefore, since the heat treatment performed after coating can be performed at a high temperature that cannot be achieved by other methods, the film forming property of the functional layer can be improved, and the functional layer and the base film can be more firmly adhered to each other.
- the functional layer can be made strong, preventing the functional layer from falling off, and improving the antistatic performance and the release performance.
- Characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image-forming substance can be provided on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 where the functional layer is not provided or on the surface provided with the functional layer. It is. Characters and images can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer. Moreover, conventionally well-known materials can be used also about thermoplastic resins, such as an image forming substance.
- the laminated white polyester film 10 can further be provided with a resin layer on characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance.
- the main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white polyester film.
- a conventionally well-known material can be used as a resin layer, and it is preferable that it is a curable resin layer.
- the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer and an active energy ray curable resin layer.
- An active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint of easy separation and removal without leaving characters and images.
- the active energy ray curable resin layer examples include an ultraviolet curable resin layer, an electron beam curable resin layer, and a visible light curable resin layer. In view of ease of handling and curable performance, the ultraviolet curable resin layer is preferable.
- An example of the active energy ray-curable resin layer is a hard coat layer.
- a material used for an active energy ray curable resin layer For example, hardened
- reactive silicon compounds such as monofunctional (meth) acrylate, polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and tetraethoxysilanecan be mentioned.
- a polymerization cured product of a composition containing an active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
- the composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- a mixture of one or more known active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylates, bifunctional (meth) acrylates, polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, and commercially available as an active energy ray-curable hard coat resin material In addition, those other than these may be used as long as the object of the present embodiment is not impaired.
- the active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- alkyl such as methyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
- Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxypropyl ( Alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as meth) acrylate and ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) ) Aromatic (meth) acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, amino group-containing (meth) acrylates such as diaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phen
- the active energy ray-curable bifunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- the active energy ray-curable polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited.
- composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents.
- inorganic or organic fine particles include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents.
- solvent when the film is dried after film formation in the wet coating method, an arbitrary amount of solvent can be added.
- the content of the solvent is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, further preferably 3% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 1% by weight or less. Most preferably, the solvent is not contained (not intentionally contained).
- Examples of the method for forming the resin layer include a general wet coating method such as a roll coating method and a die coating method, and an extrusion method.
- the formed resin layer can be subjected to a curing reaction by heating, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams as necessary.
- the present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist.
- the measuring method used in the present invention is as follows.
- the various physical property in this invention, its measuring method, and a definition are as follows.
- MFI Melt flow index
- the particle size was measured by a sedimentation method based on Stokes' resistance law using a centrifugal sedimentation type particle size distribution analyzer SA-CP3 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
- the average particle diameter was determined by using a value of 50% of integration (volume basis) in the equivalent spherical distribution of particles obtained by measurement.
- Heat shrinkage rate (%) ⁇ (L0 ⁇ L1) / L0 ⁇ ⁇ 100 (In the above formula, L0 is the sample length before the heat treatment, L1 is the sample length after the heat treatment) Five points were measured in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the width direction (TD), and the average value in each direction was determined.
- MFP A full-color test image on which an A4 size cut film (sheet) is fed to imagino MPC5001it and image forming substances are placed by photographic printing. Obtained. Image quality was evaluated as follows.
- MFP A film of the MFP when 100 sheets of A4 size cut film (sheet) are fed to imgioMPC5001it and 100 sheets are continuously printed by photographic printing. (Sheet) The transportability was evaluated as follows.
- Example 1 group As examples of the first embodiment, examples 1-1 to 1-69 and comparative examples 1-1 to 1-2 will be described.
- Antistatic agent (compound having ammonium group): (IB) A polymer compound having a number average molecular weight of 50000, wherein the counter ion is a methanesulfonic acid ion, comprising a structural unit of the following formula (2).
- Releasing agent long chain alkyl group-containing compound: (IIA) 200 parts by weight of xylene and 600 parts by weight of octadecyl isocyanate were added to a four-necked flask and heated with stirring. From the time when xylene began to reflux, 100 parts by weight of polyvinyl alcohol having an average polymerization degree of 500 and a saponification degree of 88 mol% was added in small portions over a period of about 2 hours. After the addition of polyvinyl alcohol, the reaction was completed by further refluxing for 2 hours. When the reaction mixture was cooled to about 80 ° C. and added to methanol, the reaction product was precipitated as a white precipitate.
- This precipitate was filtered off, and 140 parts by weight of xylene was added and heated to dissolve completely. Then, the operation of adding methanol again to cause precipitation was repeated several times, and then the precipitate was washed with methanol and dried and ground.
- ⁇ Release agent (wax) (IIC) An emulsification facility with an internal capacity of 1.5 L equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, temperature controller, melting point 105 ° C., acid value 16 mgKOH / g, density 0.93 g / mL, number average molecular weight 5000 polyethylene oxide wax 300 g, ion-exchanged water 650 g 50 g of decaglycerin monooleate surfactant and 10 g of 48 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution were added and replaced with nitrogen, sealed, stirred at 150 ° C. for 1 hour at high speed, cooled to 130 ° C., and the high-pressure homogenizer at 400 atm. A wax emulsion that has been passed through and cooled to 40 ° C.
- Block polyisocyanate with active methylene obtained by adding 58.9 parts by weight of n-butanol and maintaining the reaction solution temperature at 80 ° C. for 2 hours and then adding 0.86 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acid phosphate.
- Example 1-1 Main vented biaxial with 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min. Crystal in an extruder containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 ⁇ m for the surface layer, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- the two layers and three layers are co-extruded from the die. Extrusion and rapid solidification on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set at 30 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method, yielding a substantially amorphous sheet having a thickness of 887 ⁇ m.
- the obtained amorphous sheet was stretched 3.1 times in the longitudinal direction at 92 ° C., and then the aqueous coating solution 1 shown in Table 7 below was applied to both sides of the longitudinally stretched film with the thickness of the functional layer (after drying).
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 74 ⁇ m was obtained with a thickness of (surface layer) / 62 ⁇ m (intermediate layer) / 6 ⁇ m (surface layer).
- the image quality suitability, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, the print transportability, the writing property, and the functional layer appearance were all good.
- the characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
- Examples 1-2 to 1-4 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
- Examples 1-5 to 1-14 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 4 and 8 below the obtained polyester film had good image quality and good writing properties.
- Example 1-15 40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the mixed raw material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear portion at a ratio of 45% by weight was used as the intermediate layer.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- the total amount of polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer is 24% by weight.
- Examples 1-16 to 1-18 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
- Examples 1-19 to 1-27 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 4 and 8 below the obtained polyester film was good in image quality suitability, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
- Example 1-28 3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the mixed material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear part at a ratio of 87% by weight was used as the intermediate layer.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Examples 1-29 to 1-31 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
- Examples 1-32 to 1-40 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28, except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 4 and 8 below the obtained polyester film had good characters, proper image peeling and removal, printing transportability, and writing properties.
- Example 1-41 A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 ⁇ m and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 82.1 parts by weight of the terephthalate chip was used as the surface layer.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Examples 1-42 to 1-44 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2. The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
- Examples 1-45 to 1-53 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 5 and 9 below the obtained polyester film had good image quality, characters, image peeling / removal suitability, and print transportability.
- Example 1-54 A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 ⁇ m and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 74.5 parts by weight was used as the surface layer and the coating solution was applied only on one side in the coating process after longitudinal stretching.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Example 1-55 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 ⁇ m, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 ⁇ m and 60 weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the content of The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m. When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, characters and image peeling and removal were appropriate, and print
- Examples 1-56 to 1-58 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2. The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
- Examples 1-59 to 1-67 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 5 and 9 below the obtained polyester film was suitable for character and image peeling removal, and had good print transportability and writing property.
- Example 1-68 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 ⁇ m, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes
- Example 1-15 except that 70 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 5.0% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 11.1 ⁇ m was used as the surface layer.
- a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained.
- each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- the image quality suitability, print transportability, writing property and functional layer appearance were all good.
- the characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
- Example 1-69 A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m and a thickness of each layer of 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m in the same manner as in Example 1-15, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds. Got. When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
- Example 1-1 A polyester film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that in Example 1-1, a polyethylene terephthalate chip was used instead of the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and no functional layer was provided. As shown in Tables 6 and 10, the obtained polyester film had poor image quality, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
- Comparative Example 1-2 A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed.
- the production conditions of Comparative Example 1-2 are shown in Table 3 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
- Tables 6 and 10 below the obtained polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and print transportability.
- Example 2 group As examples of the second embodiment, examples 2-1 to 2-6 and comparative examples 2-1 to 2-2 will be described.
- Example 2-1 As an intermediate layer, a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes is 280 ° C. Was sent to the main vented twin screw extruder.
- the two layers and three layers are co-extruded from the die.
- the obtained unstretched sheet was stretched 3.1 times at 92 ° C. in the machine direction, guided to a tenter, and then stretched 3.8 times at 120 ° C. in the transverse direction, and then heat treated at 235 ° C. for 10 seconds.
- a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 6 ⁇ m (surface layer) / 62 ⁇ m (intermediate layer) / 6 ⁇ m (surface layer) and a total thickness of 74 ⁇ m was obtained by relaxing 10% in the lateral direction.
- the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good.
- the characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
- Example 2-2 As an intermediate layer, 40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 min, and the polyester of Example 2-1 were produced.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- the total amount of the polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer was 24% by weight.
- the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good.
- the characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
- Example 2-3 As an intermediate layer, 3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min, and when producing the polyester of Example 2-1.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Example 2-4 As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 ⁇ m and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material mixed at a ratio of 60 parts by weight of the chip was used.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Example 2-5 As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 ⁇ m and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 74 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2 except that a mixed raw material in which polyethylene terephthalate chips of .69 dl / g were mixed at a ratio of 82.1 parts by weight was used. .
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 62 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Example 2-6 As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.62 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 ⁇ m and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that a mixed raw material in which 74.5 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip / g was mixed was used.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 ⁇ m and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min.
- Example 2-2 a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m was obtained.
- the thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m.
- Tables 12 and 13 the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in character and image peeling / removal suitability.
- Example 2-2 Biaxial orientation with a thickness of 75 ⁇ m and a thickness of each layer of 6 ⁇ m / 63 ⁇ m / 6 ⁇ m in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds.
- a laminated white polyester film was obtained. As shown in Tables 12 and 13 below, the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and character and image peeling removal suitability.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
In order to provide a white laminated film that is to be used as a recording material, which is an information-printing medium to take the place of paper such as copy paper, and that is very economical, the present invention proposes a laminated white film characterized in that at least one surface of a polyester film with an apparent density of 0.7-1.3 g/cm3 and a thickness of 10-1000 µm has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent, and said polyester film comprises a polymer that is incompatible with polyester.
Description
本発明は、積層白色フィルムに関する。詳しくは、本発明は、複写用紙などの紙に代わる情報印刷媒体である被記録材として好適なプラスチック製のシートに関する。
The present invention relates to a laminated white film. More specifically, the present invention relates to a plastic sheet suitable as a recording material that is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper.
現在、複写機や印字プリンター類の高性能化に伴い、これらの機器が書類の印刷や複写の他に、写真や映像の印刷、帳票や伝票類の発行などの様々な用途や形態の紙材の発行に用いられている。その結果、企業や家庭における複写用紙やプリンター用紙の消費量が増加している。
Currently, with the high performance of copiers and printers, these devices can be used for various purposes and forms, such as printing and copying documents, printing photos and videos, and issuing forms and slips. Is used to issue As a result, the consumption of copy paper and printer paper in companies and homes is increasing.
複写用紙やプリンター用紙を含む紙の大量消費は森林伐採を抑制する観点から望ましくないため、使用済みの紙を回収し、製紙工場で再生パルプに離解してリサイクルした再生紙が利用されてきている。
再生紙は、その主な原料が回収した使用済みの用紙であるが、回収された使用済みの紙から再生紙を作るには、ある程度の量の新たな木材資源も必要であり、仮に再生紙の利用率が上がったとしても木材資源が消費されることに変わりはなく、再生紙の利用は森林環境を保護するための抜本的な解決策にはならない。また、リサイクルの工程にもエネルギーを要するため、省エネルギーの観点からも課題がある。
また、再生紙は、上質紙と比べて未だ品質が劣っており、再生紙からなる複写用紙を用いた場合には、紙の白色度が下がって色目がグレーがかるため、印刷したときの発色度合が落ちて画像品質が劣化する傾向にある。
さらに、再生紙は、製造コストがかかって上質紙よりも割高になりやすい。
これらの種々の問題があるため、上質紙に代わる用紙として利用は定着していないのが実状である。 Mass consumption of paper, including copy paper and printer paper, is not desirable from the standpoint of reducing deforestation, and recycled paper that has been collected from used paper and recycled into recycled pulp at paper mills has been used. .
Recycled paper is used paper collected from its main raw materials, but to make recycled paper from the collected used paper, a certain amount of new wood resources are also required. Even if the utilization rate increases, wood resources are still consumed, and the use of recycled paper is not a fundamental solution to protect the forest environment. Moreover, since energy is also required for the recycling process, there is a problem from the viewpoint of energy saving.
In addition, recycled paper is still inferior in quality to high-quality paper, and when copying paper made of recycled paper is used, the whiteness of the paper decreases and the color becomes gray. Tends to fall and image quality tends to deteriorate.
Furthermore, recycled paper tends to be more expensive than high-quality paper due to manufacturing costs.
Because of these various problems, the actual situation is that the use of paper as a substitute for high-quality paper has not been established.
再生紙は、その主な原料が回収した使用済みの用紙であるが、回収された使用済みの紙から再生紙を作るには、ある程度の量の新たな木材資源も必要であり、仮に再生紙の利用率が上がったとしても木材資源が消費されることに変わりはなく、再生紙の利用は森林環境を保護するための抜本的な解決策にはならない。また、リサイクルの工程にもエネルギーを要するため、省エネルギーの観点からも課題がある。
また、再生紙は、上質紙と比べて未だ品質が劣っており、再生紙からなる複写用紙を用いた場合には、紙の白色度が下がって色目がグレーがかるため、印刷したときの発色度合が落ちて画像品質が劣化する傾向にある。
さらに、再生紙は、製造コストがかかって上質紙よりも割高になりやすい。
これらの種々の問題があるため、上質紙に代わる用紙として利用は定着していないのが実状である。 Mass consumption of paper, including copy paper and printer paper, is not desirable from the standpoint of reducing deforestation, and recycled paper that has been collected from used paper and recycled into recycled pulp at paper mills has been used. .
Recycled paper is used paper collected from its main raw materials, but to make recycled paper from the collected used paper, a certain amount of new wood resources are also required. Even if the utilization rate increases, wood resources are still consumed, and the use of recycled paper is not a fundamental solution to protect the forest environment. Moreover, since energy is also required for the recycling process, there is a problem from the viewpoint of energy saving.
In addition, recycled paper is still inferior in quality to high-quality paper, and when copying paper made of recycled paper is used, the whiteness of the paper decreases and the color becomes gray. Tends to fall and image quality tends to deteriorate.
Furthermore, recycled paper tends to be more expensive than high-quality paper due to manufacturing costs.
Because of these various problems, the actual situation is that the use of paper as a substitute for high-quality paper has not been established.
このような再生紙に代えて、複写機などの電子写真方式によって紙の表面に形成された画像を剥離除去することで、一旦使用した紙を再利用することができる用紙が提案されている。例えば、セルロース繊維を主体とする紙をベースとし、該ベースの画像を記録する面に、ポリビニルアルコール、でんぷん、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ポリ酢酸ビニル、アクリル樹脂から選ばれるポリマーを含む層を設け、該ポリマーを含む層の上に、直鎖または分岐したアルキル基またはアルケニル基を有する化合物を含み、撥トナー性を有する層を設けた再利用可能な被記録材が開示されている(例えば特許文献1参照)。
しかし、かかる被記録材は、ポリマー層のコストを抑えるためポリマー層の厚みを薄くし、あくまでもベースには紙を必要としている構成から、完全に木材資源を用いないわけでは無いため、森林環境を保護するための解決策にはなっていない。また、紙を用いている以上、記録された画像は紙の繊維内部に含浸するため、剥離除去性能は不十分となる。 In place of such recycled paper, paper that can be reused once it has been proposed by peeling and removing an image formed on the surface of the paper by an electrophotographic system such as a copying machine has been proposed. For example, based on paper mainly composed of cellulose fibers, a layer containing a polymer selected from polyvinyl alcohol, starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl acetate, and acrylic resin is provided on the surface on which the image of the base is recorded, A reusable recording material is disclosed in which a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group or alkenyl group is provided on a layer to be contained, and a layer having toner repellency is provided (see, for example, Patent Document 1). .
However, such a recording material has a structure in which the thickness of the polymer layer is reduced in order to reduce the cost of the polymer layer, and because the base requires paper, the wood environment is not completely used. It is not a solution to protect. In addition, as long as paper is used, the recorded image is impregnated into the fiber of the paper, so that the peeling and removal performance is insufficient.
しかし、かかる被記録材は、ポリマー層のコストを抑えるためポリマー層の厚みを薄くし、あくまでもベースには紙を必要としている構成から、完全に木材資源を用いないわけでは無いため、森林環境を保護するための解決策にはなっていない。また、紙を用いている以上、記録された画像は紙の繊維内部に含浸するため、剥離除去性能は不十分となる。 In place of such recycled paper, paper that can be reused once it has been proposed by peeling and removing an image formed on the surface of the paper by an electrophotographic system such as a copying machine has been proposed. For example, based on paper mainly composed of cellulose fibers, a layer containing a polymer selected from polyvinyl alcohol, starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinyl acetate, and acrylic resin is provided on the surface on which the image of the base is recorded, A reusable recording material is disclosed in which a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group or alkenyl group is provided on a layer to be contained, and a layer having toner repellency is provided (see, for example, Patent Document 1). .
However, such a recording material has a structure in which the thickness of the polymer layer is reduced in order to reduce the cost of the polymer layer, and because the base requires paper, the wood environment is not completely used. It is not a solution to protect. In addition, as long as paper is used, the recorded image is impregnated into the fiber of the paper, so that the peeling and removal performance is insufficient.
そこで、紙に完全に変わる材料として、プラスチック製の合成紙の検討もあり、例えば、日用品などにはポリプロピレン製の合成紙が利用されている。(例えば特許文献2参照)
Therefore, as a material that completely replaces paper, plastic synthetic paper is also being examined. For example, synthetic paper made of polypropylene is used for daily necessities. (For example, see Patent Document 2)
しかしながら、特許文献2に記載の合成紙は熱に弱く、比較的高温でトナーの定着を行う複写機やプリンターに使用すると、複写機内で合成紙が溶けてシワが発生し、紙詰まりを起こす不具合が発生するおそれがあった。
However, the synthetic paper described in Patent Document 2 is vulnerable to heat, and when used in a copying machine or printer that fixes toner at a relatively high temperature, the synthetic paper melts in the copying machine, causing wrinkles and causing paper jams. Could occur.
本発明は、上記実情に鑑みなされたものであって、その解決課題は、複写用紙などの紙に代わる情報印刷媒体である被記録材として用いることができ、しかもコスト的に極めて優れた積層白色フィルムを提供することにある。また、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することも、本発明の課題である。
The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the problem to be solved is a laminated white that can be used as a recording material that is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper, and is extremely excellent in cost. To provide a film. It is also an object of the present invention to reduce film clogging in a conveying process in a copying machine as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
本発明の要旨は、見掛け密度が0.7~1.3g/cm3、厚みが10~1000μmであるポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有しており、かつ、当該ポリエステルフィルムには、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーが含まれることを特徴とする積層白色フィルムに存する。
The gist of the present invention is that a polyester film having an apparent density of 0.7 to 1.3 g / cm 3 and a thickness of 10 to 1000 μm has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side, and The polyester film is a laminated white film characterized by containing a polymer incompatible with polyester.
本発明の積層白色フィルムは、基材としてのポリエステルフィルムが、ポリエステルのほかに当該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含むことにより、複写用紙などの紙に代わる情報印刷媒体である被記録材として用いることができ、しかもコスト的に極めて優れたプラスチック製のフィルムである。さらに、本発明の積層白色フィルムは、トナー像を好適に転写することができる。すなわち、トナー像を被記録材に転写する電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式によって、トナー像を好適に転写することができる。また、被記録材として使用した後は、表面に形成された画像形成物質等による文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することができる。
また、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有しているから、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができる。 The laminated white film of the present invention is used as a recording material, which is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper, because the polyester film as a base material contains a polymer incompatible with the polyester in addition to the polyester. In addition, it is a plastic film that is extremely cost effective. Furthermore, the laminated white film of the present invention can transfer a toner image suitably. That is, the toner image can be suitably transferred by an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method that transfers the toner image to the recording material. Further, after being used as a recording material, it is possible to easily peel off and remove characters and images from an image forming substance or the like formed on the surface.
In addition, since the polyester film has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one surface, it is possible to reduce clogging of the film in a transport process in a copying machine as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
また、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有しているから、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができる。 The laminated white film of the present invention is used as a recording material, which is an information printing medium that replaces paper such as copy paper, because the polyester film as a base material contains a polymer incompatible with the polyester in addition to the polyester. In addition, it is a plastic film that is extremely cost effective. Furthermore, the laminated white film of the present invention can transfer a toner image suitably. That is, the toner image can be suitably transferred by an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method that transfers the toner image to the recording material. Further, after being used as a recording material, it is possible to easily peel off and remove characters and images from an image forming substance or the like formed on the surface.
In addition, since the polyester film has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one surface, it is possible to reduce clogging of the film in a transport process in a copying machine as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
さらに、上記機能層に離型剤を含有させることにより、上述のように被記録材として使用した後に、表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等による文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することができるから、リサイクルすることができる。よって、トナー像の転写という特性、すなわち画像形成物質をフィルム基材に定着させる特性と、その逆の相反する特性である、フィルム基材から画像形成物質を剥離する特性の双方を備えたフィルムとすることができる。
Furthermore, by including a release agent in the functional layer, after using it as a recording material as described above, it is possible to easily peel off characters and images from an image-forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the surface. Since it can be removed, it can be recycled. Therefore, a film having both the characteristics of toner image transfer, that is, the characteristic of fixing the image forming substance to the film base material, and the opposite of the characteristic of peeling the image forming substance from the film base material, can do.
以下、本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail.
<<第1の実施形態>>
本発明を実施するための第1の実施形態の一例として、基材としてのポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有する積層白色フィルム1(「本積層白色フィルム1」と称する)について説明する。 << First Embodiment >>
As an example of the first embodiment for carrying out the present invention, a laminated white film 1 having a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side of a polyester film as a substrate (“the present laminated white film 1” and Will be described.
本発明を実施するための第1の実施形態の一例として、基材としてのポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有する積層白色フィルム1(「本積層白色フィルム1」と称する)について説明する。 << First Embodiment >>
As an example of the first embodiment for carrying out the present invention, a laminated white film 1 having a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side of a polyester film as a substrate (“the present laminated white film 1” and Will be described.
<ポリエステルフィルム>
本積層白色フィルム1の基材となるポリエステルフィルムは、少なくとも主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと、当該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えているのが好ましい。
ここで、「主成分樹脂」とは、ポリエステル樹脂層を構成する樹脂成分のうち最も含有割合の多い樹脂の意味である。当該主成分樹脂は、ポリエステル樹脂層を構成する樹脂成分のうち30質量%以上、中でも50質量%以上、その中でも80質量%以上(100質量%を含む)を占める場合を想定することができる。 <Polyester film>
It is preferable that the polyester film used as the base material of the laminated white film 1 includes a polyester resin layer containing at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
Here, the “main component resin” means a resin having the highest content ratio among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, of which 80% by mass (including 100% by mass) among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer.
本積層白色フィルム1の基材となるポリエステルフィルムは、少なくとも主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと、当該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えているのが好ましい。
ここで、「主成分樹脂」とは、ポリエステル樹脂層を構成する樹脂成分のうち最も含有割合の多い樹脂の意味である。当該主成分樹脂は、ポリエステル樹脂層を構成する樹脂成分のうち30質量%以上、中でも50質量%以上、その中でも80質量%以上(100質量%を含む)を占める場合を想定することができる。 <Polyester film>
It is preferable that the polyester film used as the base material of the laminated white film 1 includes a polyester resin layer containing at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
Here, the “main component resin” means a resin having the highest content ratio among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, of which 80% by mass (including 100% by mass) among the resin components constituting the polyester resin layer.
当該ポリエステルフィルムは、上記ポリエステル樹脂層からなる単層であってもよいし、ポリエステル樹脂層を備えた2層、3層、4層またはそれ以上の多層であってもよく、特に限定されるものではない。すなわち、当該ポリエステルフィルムが単層である場合は、当該ポリエステルフィルムはポリエステル樹脂層自体を意味する。また、当該ポリエステルフィルムが2層以上である場合は、全ての層がポリエステル樹脂層であってもよいし、1層以上がポリエステル以外の樹脂層であってもよい。特に、全ての層がポリエステル樹脂層であることが好ましい。
中でも、ポリエステルフィルムは2層以上に積層されていることが好ましく、両表層と中間層とからなる3層構成(表層/中間層/表層)がより好ましい。
なお、積層構成が2層である場合とは、2つの表層によって構成されることを意味し、具体的には、各層を構成するポリエステルの種類や、含有する粒子等の配合が異なる組成の2層によって形成される場合等が挙げられる。 The polyester film may be a single layer composed of the above polyester resin layer, or may be a two-layer, three-layer, four-layer or more multilayer having a polyester resin layer, and is particularly limited. is not. That is, when the polyester film is a single layer, the polyester film means the polyester resin layer itself. Moreover, when the said polyester film is two or more layers, all the layers may be a polyester resin layer, and one or more layers may be resin layers other than polyester. In particular, it is preferable that all the layers are polyester resin layers.
Especially, it is preferable that the polyester film is laminated | stacked on two or more layers, and 3 layer structure (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) which consists of both surface layers and an intermediate | middle layer is more preferable.
In addition, the case where a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing | blending of the kind of polyester which comprises each layer, the particle | grains to contain, etc. differs. The case where it forms with a layer is mentioned.
中でも、ポリエステルフィルムは2層以上に積層されていることが好ましく、両表層と中間層とからなる3層構成(表層/中間層/表層)がより好ましい。
なお、積層構成が2層である場合とは、2つの表層によって構成されることを意味し、具体的には、各層を構成するポリエステルの種類や、含有する粒子等の配合が異なる組成の2層によって形成される場合等が挙げられる。 The polyester film may be a single layer composed of the above polyester resin layer, or may be a two-layer, three-layer, four-layer or more multilayer having a polyester resin layer, and is particularly limited. is not. That is, when the polyester film is a single layer, the polyester film means the polyester resin layer itself. Moreover, when the said polyester film is two or more layers, all the layers may be a polyester resin layer, and one or more layers may be resin layers other than polyester. In particular, it is preferable that all the layers are polyester resin layers.
Especially, it is preferable that the polyester film is laminated | stacked on two or more layers, and 3 layer structure (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) which consists of both surface layers and an intermediate | middle layer is more preferable.
In addition, the case where a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing | blending of the kind of polyester which comprises each layer, the particle | grains to contain, etc. differs. The case where it forms with a layer is mentioned.
(ポリエステル)
上記基材としてのポリエステルフィルム、特に上記ポリエステル樹脂層を構成するポリエステルとしては、芳香族ジカルボン酸と脂肪族グリコールとを重縮合させて得られるものであればよい。
その芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸などが挙げられ、脂肪族グリコールとしては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリメチレングリコール、テトラメチレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール等が挙げられる。 (polyester)
The polyester film as the substrate, particularly the polyester constituting the polyester resin layer, may be obtained by polycondensation of aromatic dicarboxylic acid and aliphatic glycol.
Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic glycol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1 , 4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like.
上記基材としてのポリエステルフィルム、特に上記ポリエステル樹脂層を構成するポリエステルとしては、芳香族ジカルボン酸と脂肪族グリコールとを重縮合させて得られるものであればよい。
その芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸などが挙げられ、脂肪族グリコールとしては、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリメチレングリコール、テトラメチレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール等が挙げられる。 (polyester)
The polyester film as the substrate, particularly the polyester constituting the polyester resin layer, may be obtained by polycondensation of aromatic dicarboxylic acid and aliphatic glycol.
Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic glycol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1 , 4-cyclohexanedimethanol and the like.
代表的なポリエステルとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート(PEN)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等が例示される。
かかるポリエステルは、共重合されないホモポリマーであってもよく、またジカルボン酸成分の20モル%以下が主成分以外のジカルボン酸成分であり、および/またはジオール成分の20モル%以下が主成分以外のジオール成分であるような共重合ポリエステルであってもよい。また、それらの混合物であってもよい。 Typical polyesters include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate (PEN), polybutylene terephthalate, and the like.
Such a polyester may be a homopolymer that is not copolymerized, 20 mol% or less of the dicarboxylic acid component is a dicarboxylic acid component other than the main component, and / or 20 mol% or less of the diol component is other than the main component. It may be a copolyester that is a diol component. Moreover, those mixtures may be sufficient.
かかるポリエステルは、共重合されないホモポリマーであってもよく、またジカルボン酸成分の20モル%以下が主成分以外のジカルボン酸成分であり、および/またはジオール成分の20モル%以下が主成分以外のジオール成分であるような共重合ポリエステルであってもよい。また、それらの混合物であってもよい。 Typical polyesters include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene-2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate (PEN), polybutylene terephthalate, and the like.
Such a polyester may be a homopolymer that is not copolymerized, 20 mol% or less of the dicarboxylic acid component is a dicarboxylic acid component other than the main component, and / or 20 mol% or less of the diol component is other than the main component. It may be a copolyester that is a diol component. Moreover, those mixtures may be sufficient.
ポリエステルは、従来公知の方法で、例えばジカルボン酸とジオールの反応で直接ポリエステルを得る方法や、ジカルボン酸の低級アルキルエステルとジオールとを従来公知のエステル交換触媒で反応させた後、重合触媒の存在下で重合反応を行う方法で得ることが出来る。当該重合触媒としては、アンチモン化合物、ゲルマニウム化合物、チタン化合物、アルミニウム化合物等公知の触媒を使用することができる。
ポリエステルの固有粘度は、後述の実施例の項に記載される方法で測定された値として、0.55~0.75dl/gであることが好ましく、中でも0.60dl/g以上或いは0.70dl/g以下であることがより好ましい。 Polyester is a conventionally known method, for example, a method of directly obtaining a polyester by reaction of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, or a reaction of a lower alkyl ester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol with a conventionally known transesterification catalyst, and the presence of a polymerization catalyst. It can obtain by the method of performing a polymerization reaction under. As the polymerization catalyst, known catalysts such as an antimony compound, a germanium compound, a titanium compound, and an aluminum compound can be used.
The intrinsic viscosity of the polyester is preferably 0.55 to 0.75 dl / g as measured by the method described in the Examples section below, and more preferably 0.60 dl / g or more or 0.70 dl. / G or less is more preferable.
ポリエステルの固有粘度は、後述の実施例の項に記載される方法で測定された値として、0.55~0.75dl/gであることが好ましく、中でも0.60dl/g以上或いは0.70dl/g以下であることがより好ましい。 Polyester is a conventionally known method, for example, a method of directly obtaining a polyester by reaction of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, or a reaction of a lower alkyl ester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol with a conventionally known transesterification catalyst, and the presence of a polymerization catalyst. It can obtain by the method of performing a polymerization reaction under. As the polymerization catalyst, known catalysts such as an antimony compound, a germanium compound, a titanium compound, and an aluminum compound can be used.
The intrinsic viscosity of the polyester is preferably 0.55 to 0.75 dl / g as measured by the method described in the Examples section below, and more preferably 0.60 dl / g or more or 0.70 dl. / G or less is more preferable.
(ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー)
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーをポリエステルフィルム、特に上記ポリエステル樹脂層中に含有させることで、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸したポリエステルフィルムに無数の微細な空洞を含有させることができる。当該微細な空洞によって、ポリエステルフィルムは光を散乱させ、白色不透明をもたらすだけでなく、ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度を低減させることができる。そればかりか、ポリエステルフィルム表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を、容易に定着させ、かつ容易に剥離除去できる。
ポリエステルフィルムの表層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有することによって、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた時、積層白色ポリエステルフィルム表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を、容易に定着させ、かつ容易に剥離除去できる。すなわち、ポリエステルフィルムの表層に微細な空洞を有したり、表面が粗面化したりすることにより、画像形成物質が良好に定着するためのアンカー効果を発現することができる。また、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを表層に含有することにより、画像形成物質の定着力を調節することが可能となるため、容易に剥離除去することも可能となる。なお、驚くべきことに、このような効果は、ポリエステルフィルムの表面に後述する機能層を設けた場合においても、同様に、或いはより一層顕著に発現することができる。
また、十分な隠蔽性および軽量化を確保するために、必要に応じてポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを中間層に含有させてもよい。 (Polyester incompatible with polyester)
By containing a polymer incompatible with polyester in the polyester film, particularly the polyester resin layer, the polyester film stretched at least in the uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the polyester film can not only scatter light and cause white opacity, but also reduce the apparent density of the polyester film. In addition, an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the polyester film can be easily fixed and easily peeled and removed.
By containing a polymer incompatible with polyester on the surface of the polyester film, it contains a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper. The image forming substance can be easily fixed and easily removed. That is, by having a fine cavity on the surface layer of the polyester film or roughening the surface, an anchor effect for satisfactorily fixing the image forming substance can be exhibited. Further, since the surface layer contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, the fixing power of the image forming substance can be adjusted, so that it can be easily peeled and removed. Surprisingly, such an effect can be expressed in the same manner or even more significantly even when a functional layer described later is provided on the surface of the polyester film.
Moreover, in order to ensure sufficient concealability and weight reduction, a polymer incompatible with polyester may be included in the intermediate layer as necessary.
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーをポリエステルフィルム、特に上記ポリエステル樹脂層中に含有させることで、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸したポリエステルフィルムに無数の微細な空洞を含有させることができる。当該微細な空洞によって、ポリエステルフィルムは光を散乱させ、白色不透明をもたらすだけでなく、ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度を低減させることができる。そればかりか、ポリエステルフィルム表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を、容易に定着させ、かつ容易に剥離除去できる。
ポリエステルフィルムの表層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有することによって、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた時、積層白色ポリエステルフィルム表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を、容易に定着させ、かつ容易に剥離除去できる。すなわち、ポリエステルフィルムの表層に微細な空洞を有したり、表面が粗面化したりすることにより、画像形成物質が良好に定着するためのアンカー効果を発現することができる。また、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを表層に含有することにより、画像形成物質の定着力を調節することが可能となるため、容易に剥離除去することも可能となる。なお、驚くべきことに、このような効果は、ポリエステルフィルムの表面に後述する機能層を設けた場合においても、同様に、或いはより一層顕著に発現することができる。
また、十分な隠蔽性および軽量化を確保するために、必要に応じてポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを中間層に含有させてもよい。 (Polyester incompatible with polyester)
By containing a polymer incompatible with polyester in the polyester film, particularly the polyester resin layer, the polyester film stretched at least in the uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the polyester film can not only scatter light and cause white opacity, but also reduce the apparent density of the polyester film. In addition, an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the polyester film can be easily fixed and easily peeled and removed.
By containing a polymer incompatible with polyester on the surface of the polyester film, it contains a thermoplastic resin such as toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper. The image forming substance can be easily fixed and easily removed. That is, by having a fine cavity on the surface layer of the polyester film or roughening the surface, an anchor effect for satisfactorily fixing the image forming substance can be exhibited. Further, since the surface layer contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, the fixing power of the image forming substance can be adjusted, so that it can be easily peeled and removed. Surprisingly, such an effect can be expressed in the same manner or even more significantly even when a functional layer described later is provided on the surface of the polyester film.
Moreover, in order to ensure sufficient concealability and weight reduction, a polymer incompatible with polyester may be included in the intermediate layer as necessary.
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーはポリエステルフィルムの全層に含有されてもよいし、特定の層に選択的に含有されてもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーは、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層に含まれる場合や、中間層に含まれる場合がある。
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, the polymer incompatible with polyester may be contained in all layers of the polyester film, or may be selectively contained in a specific layer. Specifically, the polymer incompatible with the polyester may be contained in at least one surface layer of the polyester film or may be contained in the intermediate layer.
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとしては、従来公知のポリマーを使用することができ、例えば、ポリオレフィン、ポリスチレン、ポリアクリル、ポリカーボネート、などが挙げられ、その中でもポリオレフィンやポリスチレンが好ましく、特にポリオレフィンがより好ましい。さらに、ポリオレフィンの中でも、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリ-4-メチルペンテン―1、非晶性ポリオレフィンなどが挙げられ、それらの中でも空洞の形成、製膜の容易性を考慮するとポリプロピレンがより好ましい。
なお、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとして、ポリエステルフィルムを構成する主成分樹脂とは異なるポリエステルを用いることも出来る。 As the polymer incompatible with the polyester, a conventionally known polymer can be used, and examples thereof include polyolefin, polystyrene, polyacryl, polycarbonate, etc. Among them, polyolefin and polystyrene are preferable, and polyolefin is more preferable. . Further, among polyolefins, polypropylene, polyethylene, poly-4-methylpentene-1, amorphous polyolefin, and the like can be mentioned. Among these, polypropylene is more preferable in view of the formation of cavities and the ease of film formation.
In addition, polyester different from the main component resin which comprises a polyester film can also be used as a polymer incompatible with polyester.
なお、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとして、ポリエステルフィルムを構成する主成分樹脂とは異なるポリエステルを用いることも出来る。 As the polymer incompatible with the polyester, a conventionally known polymer can be used, and examples thereof include polyolefin, polystyrene, polyacryl, polycarbonate, etc. Among them, polyolefin and polystyrene are preferable, and polyolefin is more preferable. . Further, among polyolefins, polypropylene, polyethylene, poly-4-methylpentene-1, amorphous polyolefin, and the like can be mentioned. Among these, polypropylene is more preferable in view of the formation of cavities and the ease of film formation.
In addition, polyester different from the main component resin which comprises a polyester film can also be used as a polymer incompatible with polyester.
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとしてポリプロピレンを使用する場合、ポリプロピレン中、プロピレン単位の含有量が、好ましくは80モル%以上、より好ましくは90モル%以上、さらに好ましくは95モル%以上である。プロピレン単位以外の共重合単位の含有量を少なくし、上記範囲で使用することにより、微細空洞の生成を十分なものとすることができる。
When polypropylene is used as a polymer incompatible with polyester, the content of propylene units in the polypropylene is preferably 80 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and even more preferably 95 mol% or more. By reducing the content of copolymer units other than propylene units and using them in the above range, the formation of fine cavities can be made sufficient.
上記ポリエステル樹脂層において、ポリエステルに対して、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有割合は、ポリエステル100質量部に対して、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを1~70質量部含有するのが好ましく、中でも2質量部以上或いは50質量部以下、その中でも3質量部以上或いは40質量部以下の割合で含有するのがさらに好ましく、5質量部以上或いは35質量部以下の割合で含有するのが特に好ましい。
In the polyester resin layer, the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester is 1 to 70 parts by mass of the polymer incompatible with the polyester with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyester. Preferably, it is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more or 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more or 35 parts by mass or less. Particularly preferred.
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとしてポリプロピレンを使用する場合、温度230℃、荷重2.16kg(21.2N)の条件下でのポリプロピレンのメルトフローインデックスは、下限として通常0.5ml/10分以上、好ましくは1ml/10分以上、より好ましくは3ml/10分以上、さらに好ましくは5ml/10分以上である。上記範囲の場合、十分な空洞の大きさを生成でき、延伸時の破断を回避しやすいものとすることができる。
一方、上限としては、通常50ml/10分以下、好ましくは40ml/10分以下、より好ましくは30ml/10分以下、さらに好ましくは25ml/10分以下である。上記範囲の場合、横延伸時のクリップ外れの回避も可能となり、生産性を保持することが可能となる。 When using polypropylene as a polymer incompatible with polyester, the melt flow index of polypropylene under the conditions of a temperature of 230 ° C. and a load of 2.16 kg (21.2 N) is usually 0.5 ml / 10 min or more as a lower limit. Preferably it is 1 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 3 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 5 ml / 10 minutes or more. In the case of the above range, it is possible to generate a sufficient cavity size and to easily avoid breakage during stretching.
On the other hand, the upper limit is usually 50 ml / 10 minutes or less, preferably 40 ml / 10 minutes or less, more preferably 30 ml / 10 minutes or less, and further preferably 25 ml / 10 minutes or less. In the case of the above range, it is possible to avoid clip detachment at the time of transverse stretching, and it is possible to maintain productivity.
一方、上限としては、通常50ml/10分以下、好ましくは40ml/10分以下、より好ましくは30ml/10分以下、さらに好ましくは25ml/10分以下である。上記範囲の場合、横延伸時のクリップ外れの回避も可能となり、生産性を保持することが可能となる。 When using polypropylene as a polymer incompatible with polyester, the melt flow index of polypropylene under the conditions of a temperature of 230 ° C. and a load of 2.16 kg (21.2 N) is usually 0.5 ml / 10 min or more as a lower limit. Preferably it is 1 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 3 ml / 10 minutes or more, More preferably, it is 5 ml / 10 minutes or more. In the case of the above range, it is possible to generate a sufficient cavity size and to easily avoid breakage during stretching.
On the other hand, the upper limit is usually 50 ml / 10 minutes or less, preferably 40 ml / 10 minutes or less, more preferably 30 ml / 10 minutes or less, and further preferably 25 ml / 10 minutes or less. In the case of the above range, it is possible to avoid clip detachment at the time of transverse stretching, and it is possible to maintain productivity.
ポリエステルフィルムにおける「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」の含有量の下限は、通常1重量%以上、好ましくは2重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、さらに好ましくは5重量%以上、特に好ましくは8重量%以上である。上記範囲で使用することにより、フィルムの微細空洞の生成量が十分なものとなり、フィルムの隠蔽性が向上し、かつ、見掛け密度の低減効果すなわち軽量化が十分なものとなる。また、フィルムの滑り性や鉛筆などの筆記性も向上し、印刷搬送性にも有利となる。さらに、フィルム表面においては、印刷された画像形成物質等による文字や画像が定着しやすく、かつ剥離除去しやすくなり、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることが可能となる。
一方、ポリエステルフィルムにおける「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」の含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」を当該範囲の含有量で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 The lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, still more preferably 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably. Is 8% by weight or more. By using in the above range, the amount of fine cavities generated in the film becomes sufficient, the concealability of the film is improved, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction is sufficient. In addition, the slipperiness of the film and the writing property of a pencil or the like are improved, which is advantageous for the print transportability. Furthermore, on the film surface, characters and images due to printed image forming substances and the like are easily fixed and peeled and removed, and the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 35% by weight or less, Especially preferably, it is 30 weight% or less, Most preferably, it is 25 weight% or less. By using the “polyester incompatible with the polyester” in a content within the range, the amount of voids generated is not too much, and there is a tendency that breakage during stretching is easily suppressed.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
一方、ポリエステルフィルムにおける「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」の含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」を当該範囲の含有量で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 The lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, still more preferably 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably. Is 8% by weight or more. By using in the above range, the amount of fine cavities generated in the film becomes sufficient, the concealability of the film is improved, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction is sufficient. In addition, the slipperiness of the film and the writing property of a pencil or the like are improved, which is advantageous for the print transportability. Furthermore, on the film surface, characters and images due to printed image forming substances and the like are easily fixed and peeled and removed, and the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the polyester film is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 35% by weight or less, Especially preferably, it is 30 weight% or less, Most preferably, it is 25 weight% or less. By using the “polyester incompatible with the polyester” in a content within the range, the amount of voids generated is not too much, and there is a tendency that breakage during stretching is easily suppressed.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
また、ポリエステルフィルムが3層以上の構成である場合、中間層は、フィルム製造時に発生する余剰部分、例えば端部(耳部)、マスターロール端部(耳部)およびマスターロール余り部(下巻き部)などの再生品を本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲で配合してもよい。再生品が含まれることによって、コストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応の効果を有する。
中間層における再生品の含有量は、色調規制の他に、固有粘度低下による製膜安定性の面から、中間層に対して95重量%以下とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは85重量%以下、さらに好ましくは70重量%以下、特に好ましくは60重量%以下、最も好ましくは40重量%以下である。中間層における再生品の含有量の下限は限定されず、0重量%でもよい。コストダウンの観点からは、好ましくは1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、更に好ましくは5重量%以上である。 Moreover, when a polyester film is a structure of 3 layers or more, an intermediate | middle layer is a surplus part which generate | occur | produces at the time of film manufacture, for example, an end part (ear part), a master roll end part (ear part), and a master roll surplus part (under winding) Part) and the like may be blended within a range not impairing the gist of the present invention. The inclusion of recycled products has the effect of reducing costs and reducing environmental impact.
The content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less with respect to the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of film formation stability due to a decrease in intrinsic viscosity in addition to color tone regulation. More preferably, it is 70% by weight or less, particularly preferably 60% by weight or less, and most preferably 40% by weight or less. The lower limit of the content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is not limited and may be 0% by weight. From the viewpoint of cost reduction, it is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5% by weight or more.
中間層における再生品の含有量は、色調規制の他に、固有粘度低下による製膜安定性の面から、中間層に対して95重量%以下とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは85重量%以下、さらに好ましくは70重量%以下、特に好ましくは60重量%以下、最も好ましくは40重量%以下である。中間層における再生品の含有量の下限は限定されず、0重量%でもよい。コストダウンの観点からは、好ましくは1重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、更に好ましくは5重量%以上である。 Moreover, when a polyester film is a structure of 3 layers or more, an intermediate | middle layer is a surplus part which generate | occur | produces at the time of film manufacture, for example, an end part (ear part), a master roll end part (ear part), and a master roll surplus part (under winding) Part) and the like may be blended within a range not impairing the gist of the present invention. The inclusion of recycled products has the effect of reducing costs and reducing environmental impact.
The content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less with respect to the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of film formation stability due to a decrease in intrinsic viscosity in addition to color tone regulation. More preferably, it is 70% by weight or less, particularly preferably 60% by weight or less, and most preferably 40% by weight or less. The lower limit of the content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is not limited and may be 0% by weight. From the viewpoint of cost reduction, it is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5% by weight or more.
(金属化合物粒子)
ポリエステルフィルムに、さらなる隠蔽性や白色度の向上を目的として、金属化合物粒子を含有させることも可能である。上記ポリエステルフィルムが2層以上である場合は、金属化合物粒子も上記ポリエステル樹脂層中に含有させることが好ましい。
ポリエステルフィルムが3層以上の構成である場合は、金属化合物粒子を含有させる層は、表層であっても中間層であっても構わない。隠蔽性や白色度の向上を効果的なものとするためには、表層に含有させることが好ましい。 (Metal compound particles)
It is also possible for the polyester film to contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving concealability and whiteness. When the said polyester film is two or more layers, it is preferable to also contain a metal compound particle in the said polyester resin layer.
When the polyester film has a structure of three or more layers, the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
ポリエステルフィルムに、さらなる隠蔽性や白色度の向上を目的として、金属化合物粒子を含有させることも可能である。上記ポリエステルフィルムが2層以上である場合は、金属化合物粒子も上記ポリエステル樹脂層中に含有させることが好ましい。
ポリエステルフィルムが3層以上の構成である場合は、金属化合物粒子を含有させる層は、表層であっても中間層であっても構わない。隠蔽性や白色度の向上を効果的なものとするためには、表層に含有させることが好ましい。 (Metal compound particles)
It is also possible for the polyester film to contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving concealability and whiteness. When the said polyester film is two or more layers, it is preferable to also contain a metal compound particle in the said polyester resin layer.
When the polyester film has a structure of three or more layers, the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
上記金属化合物粒子は、上記の「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」を配合することにより形成される微細な空洞によって発生する光散乱効果による白色不透明性を補う傾向があるため、より高い隠蔽度および白色度を得られる傾向にある。
上記金属化合物粒子としては、例えば酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、リン酸マグネシウム、カオリン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム等を挙げることができ、中でも隠蔽性や白色度向上の観点から酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウムなどが好ましく、その中でも酸化チタンが特に適している。 The metal compound particles tend to compensate for the white opacity due to the light scattering effect generated by the fine cavities formed by blending the above-mentioned “polyester incompatible polymer”, so that a higher hiding degree and There is a tendency to obtain whiteness.
Examples of the metal compound particles include titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, magnesium phosphate, kaolin, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, and the like. From the viewpoint of improving whiteness, titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like are preferable, and among these, titanium oxide is particularly suitable.
上記金属化合物粒子としては、例えば酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム、硫酸カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、リン酸マグネシウム、カオリン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム等を挙げることができ、中でも隠蔽性や白色度向上の観点から酸化チタン、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウムなどが好ましく、その中でも酸化チタンが特に適している。 The metal compound particles tend to compensate for the white opacity due to the light scattering effect generated by the fine cavities formed by blending the above-mentioned “polyester incompatible polymer”, so that a higher hiding degree and There is a tendency to obtain whiteness.
Examples of the metal compound particles include titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, calcium sulfate, calcium phosphate, magnesium phosphate, kaolin, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, and the like. From the viewpoint of improving whiteness, titanium oxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate and the like are preferable, and among these, titanium oxide is particularly suitable.
上記金属化合物粒子の平均粒径は、下限は通常0.05μm以上、好ましくは0.10μm以上、より好ましくは0.20μm以上、さらに好ましくは0.25μm以上であり、上限は通常0.50μm以下、好ましくは0.45μm以下、より好ましくは0.40μm以下である。上記範囲の平均粒径をもつ金属化合物粒子を使用することにより、フィルムとした際の隠蔽度が十分なものとなり、特にフィルム両面に全面印刷した際の裏写りが改善される傾向にある。
上記化合物粒子の形状は、特に限定されず、球状、塊状、棒状、扁平状等のいずれであってもよい。また、その硬度、比重、色等についても特に制限はない。これらの粒子は、必要に応じて2種類以上を併用してもよい。 The lower limit of the average particle diameter of the metal compound particles is usually 0.05 μm or more, preferably 0.10 μm or more, more preferably 0.20 μm or more, further preferably 0.25 μm or more, and the upper limit is usually 0.50 μm or less. , Preferably 0.45 μm or less, more preferably 0.40 μm or less. By using metal compound particles having an average particle size in the above range, the degree of concealment when a film is formed becomes sufficient, and there is a tendency for show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film.
The shape of the compound particles is not particularly limited, and may be any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular about the hardness, specific gravity, a color, etc. Two or more kinds of these particles may be used in combination as required.
上記化合物粒子の形状は、特に限定されず、球状、塊状、棒状、扁平状等のいずれであってもよい。また、その硬度、比重、色等についても特に制限はない。これらの粒子は、必要に応じて2種類以上を併用してもよい。 The lower limit of the average particle diameter of the metal compound particles is usually 0.05 μm or more, preferably 0.10 μm or more, more preferably 0.20 μm or more, further preferably 0.25 μm or more, and the upper limit is usually 0.50 μm or less. , Preferably 0.45 μm or less, more preferably 0.40 μm or less. By using metal compound particles having an average particle size in the above range, the degree of concealment when a film is formed becomes sufficient, and there is a tendency for show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film.
The shape of the compound particles is not particularly limited, and may be any of a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, a flat shape, and the like. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular about the hardness, specific gravity, a color, etc. Two or more kinds of these particles may be used in combination as required.
上記金属化合物粒子の含有量の下限は、好ましくは1重量%以上、より好ましくは2重量%以上、さらに好ましくは3重量%以上であり、上限は、通常30重量%以下、好ましくは20重量%以下、より好ましくは15重量%以下、さらに好ましくは13重量%以下、特に好ましくは10重量%以下である。金属化合物粒子の含有量を上記範囲にすることで、十分な隠蔽度を付与することができ、さらにコスト的にも有利で、紙を材料とする用紙に代えて複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いることが最適なものとなる傾向にある。
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 The lower limit of the content of the metal compound particles is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 2% by weight or more, further preferably 3% by weight or more, and the upper limit is usually 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 15% by weight or less, further preferably 13% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or less. By setting the content of the metal compound particles in the above range, a sufficient degree of concealment can be imparted, which is also advantageous in terms of cost, and recording on copy paper and printer paper instead of paper made of paper. It tends to be optimal to use as a material.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 The lower limit of the content of the metal compound particles is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 2% by weight or more, further preferably 3% by weight or more, and the upper limit is usually 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 15% by weight or less, further preferably 13% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or less. By setting the content of the metal compound particles in the above range, a sufficient degree of concealment can be imparted, which is also advantageous in terms of cost, and recording on copy paper and printer paper instead of paper made of paper. It tends to be optimal to use as a material.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
(金属化合物粒子以外の粒子)
本積層白色フィルム1の取り扱い性及び易滑性を向上させるため、ポリエステルフィルムには、前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子が含まれていてもよい。
前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子として、具体的にはシリカ粒子、有機粒子が挙げられる。有機粒子としては、具体的にアクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、尿素樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂等を挙げることができる。中でも特に少量で効果が出やすいという点で、シリカ粒子が好ましい。 (Particles other than metal compound particles)
In order to improve the handleability and the slipperiness of the present laminated white film 1, the polyester film may contain particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above.
Specific examples of the particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above include silica particles and organic particles. Specific examples of the organic particles include acrylic resins, styrene resins, urea resins, phenol resins, epoxy resins, and benzoguanamine resins. Of these, silica particles are preferred because they are particularly effective in a small amount.
本積層白色フィルム1の取り扱い性及び易滑性を向上させるため、ポリエステルフィルムには、前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子が含まれていてもよい。
前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子として、具体的にはシリカ粒子、有機粒子が挙げられる。有機粒子としては、具体的にアクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、尿素樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂等を挙げることができる。中でも特に少量で効果が出やすいという点で、シリカ粒子が好ましい。 (Particles other than metal compound particles)
In order to improve the handleability and the slipperiness of the present laminated white film 1, the polyester film may contain particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above.
Specific examples of the particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above include silica particles and organic particles. Specific examples of the organic particles include acrylic resins, styrene resins, urea resins, phenol resins, epoxy resins, and benzoguanamine resins. Of these, silica particles are preferred because they are particularly effective in a small amount.
前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子(シリカ粒子もしくは有機粒子)の平均粒径は0.50μmを超えることが好ましく、より好ましくは1.0μm以上、さらに好ましくは1.5μm以上、特に好ましくは2.0μm以上である。金属化合物粒子以外の粒子の平均粒径を上記範囲とすることで、十分な易滑性を付与することが可能となる傾向にある。また、当該粒子の平均粒径の上限は、通常15.0μm以下、好ましくは12.0μm以下、より好ましくは10.0μm以下、さらに好ましくは8.0μm以下である。上記範囲とすることで、フィルム表面が粗くなり過ぎず、また、フィルム表面に印刷された画像形成物質等の文字や画像を剥離除去しやすく、かつ、フィルムを繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いることが可能となる傾向にある。さらに、粒子脱落の面から表層の厚みを極端に厚くする必要もなく、厚みの最適な範囲も広いため好ましい形態となる。
The average particle diameter of the particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above is preferably more than 0.50 μm, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, further preferably 1.5 μm or more, particularly preferably. 2.0 μm or more. By setting the average particle size of the particles other than the metal compound particles in the above range, sufficient slipperiness tends to be imparted. In addition, the upper limit of the average particle size of the particles is usually 15.0 μm or less, preferably 12.0 μm or less, more preferably 10.0 μm or less, and further preferably 8.0 μm or less. By setting the above range, the film surface does not become too rough, and it is easy to peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances printed on the film surface, and the film is repeatedly recorded on copying paper and printer paper. It tends to be usable as a material. Furthermore, it is not necessary to extremely increase the thickness of the surface layer from the aspect of particle dropout, and the optimum range of the thickness is wide, which is a preferable form.
前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子(シリカ粒子もしくは有機粒子)の形状は、特に限定されず、球状、塊状、棒状、扁平状等のいずれであってもよい。また、その硬度、比重、色等についても特に制限はない。これらの粒子は、必要に応じて2種類以上を併用してもよい。
The shape of the particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above is not particularly limited, and may be any shape such as a spherical shape, a block shape, a rod shape, and a flat shape. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular also about the hardness, specific gravity, a color, etc. Two or more kinds of these particles may be used in combination as required.
前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子(シリカ粒子もしくは有機粒子)の含有量は、平均粒径にも依存するので一概にはいえない。例えば、シリカ粒子もしくは有機粒子を含有するポリエステルフィルムに対しては、通常5重量%以下、好ましくは3重量%以下、より好ましくは2重量%以下、さらに好ましくは1重量%以下であり、好ましい範囲の下限は、0.005重量%以上、より好ましくは0.05重量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.1重量%以上である。当該範囲であれば、フィルムの表面粗さを適度なものとすることが可能となり、目的とする易滑性付与が達成できる傾向にある。また、易滑性付与ばかりでなく、フィルム表面に印刷された画像形成物質等の文字や画像を剥離除去しやすくもなり、フィルムを繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として最適なものとすることができる傾向にある。さらに、シリカ粒子、有機粒子の役割として、鉛筆、シャープペンシルやボールペンなどの筆記性をさらに向上する傾向にある。
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 Since the content of particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above depends on the average particle size, it cannot be said unconditionally. For example, for a polyester film containing silica particles or organic particles, it is usually 5% by weight or less, preferably 3% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight or less, still more preferably 1% by weight or less, and a preferred range. The lower limit is 0.005% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, and still more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. If it is the said range, it will become possible to make the surface roughness of a film moderate, and it exists in the tendency which can achieve the target slipperiness provision. In addition to providing slipperiness, it also makes it easier to peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances printed on the film surface, making the film suitable as a recording material for repetitive copying paper and printer paper. Tend to be able to. Furthermore, the role of silica particles and organic particles tends to further improve the writing properties of pencils, mechanical pencils and ballpoint pens.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
なお、ポリエステルフィルムが積層構成である場合、上記の含有量はポリエステルフィルム全層での平均含有率を意味してもよいし、特定の層中の含有量を意味してもよい。具体的には、ポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも一方の表層における含有量を意味する場合や、中間層における含有量を意味する場合がある。 Since the content of particles (silica particles or organic particles) other than the metal compound particles exemplified above depends on the average particle size, it cannot be said unconditionally. For example, for a polyester film containing silica particles or organic particles, it is usually 5% by weight or less, preferably 3% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight or less, still more preferably 1% by weight or less, and a preferred range. The lower limit is 0.005% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, and still more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. If it is the said range, it will become possible to make the surface roughness of a film moderate, and it exists in the tendency which can achieve the target slipperiness provision. In addition to providing slipperiness, it also makes it easier to peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances printed on the film surface, making the film suitable as a recording material for repetitive copying paper and printer paper. Tend to be able to. Furthermore, the role of silica particles and organic particles tends to further improve the writing properties of pencils, mechanical pencils and ballpoint pens.
In addition, when a polyester film is a laminated structure, said content may mean the average content rate in a polyester film whole layer, and may mean content in a specific layer. Specifically, the content in at least one surface layer of the polyester film may mean the content in the intermediate layer.
(その他の成分)
本積層白色フィルム1の基材としてのポリエステルフィルムは、非相溶なポリマーを含有しているため、押出成形されたシートを少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することで、フィルム内部に微細な独立空間(空洞)を得ることができる。よって、当該空洞のさらなる微細化、或いは、隠蔽性や白色度を増すために、例えば界面活性剤、不活性粒子、蛍光増白剤等を配合してもよい。 (Other ingredients)
Since the polyester film as the base material of the present laminated white film 1 contains an incompatible polymer, the extruded sheet is stretched at least in a uniaxial direction, so that a fine independent space (cavity) is formed inside the film. ) Can be obtained. Therefore, in order to further refine the cavity or increase the concealability and whiteness, for example, a surfactant, inert particles, fluorescent whitening agent, and the like may be blended.
本積層白色フィルム1の基材としてのポリエステルフィルムは、非相溶なポリマーを含有しているため、押出成形されたシートを少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することで、フィルム内部に微細な独立空間(空洞)を得ることができる。よって、当該空洞のさらなる微細化、或いは、隠蔽性や白色度を増すために、例えば界面活性剤、不活性粒子、蛍光増白剤等を配合してもよい。 (Other ingredients)
Since the polyester film as the base material of the present laminated white film 1 contains an incompatible polymer, the extruded sheet is stretched at least in a uniaxial direction, so that a fine independent space (cavity) is formed inside the film. ) Can be obtained. Therefore, in order to further refine the cavity or increase the concealability and whiteness, for example, a surfactant, inert particles, fluorescent whitening agent, and the like may be blended.
ポリエステルフィルム中には、上述の粒子、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー以外に必要に応じて従来公知の酸化防止剤、熱安定剤、潤滑剤、帯電防止剤、染料、顔料等を添加することができる。また用途によっては、紫外線吸収剤、特にベンゾオキサジノン系紫外線吸収剤等を含有させてもよい。
In addition to the above-mentioned particles and polyester incompatible polymers, conventionally known antioxidants, thermal stabilizers, lubricants, antistatic agents, dyes, pigments, etc. may be added to the polyester film as necessary. it can. Further, depending on the use, an ultraviolet absorber, particularly a benzoxazinone-based ultraviolet absorber may be contained.
(積層構成の場合)
本積層白色フィルム1の基材としてのポリエステルフィルムが、2層以上の積層構成の場合、2層であれば、そのうちのいずれか一層、3層以上であれば、そのうちの表層が上記ポリエステル樹脂層であるのが好ましい。 (In the case of laminated structure)
When the polyester film as the substrate of the present laminated white film 1 has a laminated structure of two or more layers, if it is two layers, any one of them, and if it is three or more layers, the surface layer thereof is the polyester resin layer. Is preferred.
本積層白色フィルム1の基材としてのポリエステルフィルムが、2層以上の積層構成の場合、2層であれば、そのうちのいずれか一層、3層以上であれば、そのうちの表層が上記ポリエステル樹脂層であるのが好ましい。 (In the case of laminated structure)
When the polyester film as the substrate of the present laminated white film 1 has a laminated structure of two or more layers, if it is two layers, any one of them, and if it is three or more layers, the surface layer thereof is the polyester resin layer. Is preferred.
例えば3層以上の積層構成である場合、表層が、上記ポリエステル、及び、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有すれば、延伸によって微細な空洞を設けることができるから、軽量化、隠蔽性及び白色化を実現することができる。さらに表面粗さを調整することができるから、筆記性を高めることができ、また、画像形成物質等による画像が定着しやすく、かつ使用後に剥離することもできる。
当該表層が、さらに金属化合物粒子を含有すれば、隠蔽性や白色度をさらに高めることができ、さらに金属化合物粒子以外の粒子を含有することにより、易滑性を向上させることができる。 For example, in the case of a laminated structure of three or more layers, if the surface layer contains the above polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching. Whitening can be achieved. Further, since the surface roughness can be adjusted, the writing property can be improved, the image by the image forming substance or the like can be easily fixed, and it can be peeled off after use.
If the surface layer further contains metal compound particles, the concealability and whiteness can be further increased, and the slipperiness can be improved by containing particles other than the metal compound particles.
当該表層が、さらに金属化合物粒子を含有すれば、隠蔽性や白色度をさらに高めることができ、さらに金属化合物粒子以外の粒子を含有することにより、易滑性を向上させることができる。 For example, in the case of a laminated structure of three or more layers, if the surface layer contains the above polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching. Whitening can be achieved. Further, since the surface roughness can be adjusted, the writing property can be improved, the image by the image forming substance or the like can be easily fixed, and it can be peeled off after use.
If the surface layer further contains metal compound particles, the concealability and whiteness can be further increased, and the slipperiness can be improved by containing particles other than the metal compound particles.
他方、表層以外の中間層は、上記ポリエステルを含有していれば、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー、金属化合物粒子及び金属化合物粒子以外の粒子は、必要に応じて含有してもよい。金属化合物粒子及び金属化合物粒子以外の粒子の含有量をできるだけ少量とし、また、再生品としてのポリエステルを配合して使用することがコストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応の観点で好ましい。
On the other hand, as long as the intermediate layer other than the surface layer contains the polyester, the polymer, metal compound particles, and particles other than the metal compound particles that are incompatible with the polyester may be contained as necessary. It is preferable from the viewpoint of cost reduction and environmental load reduction that the content of the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles is made as small as possible, and the recycled polyester is used.
(厚み)
ポリエステルフィルムの厚みは、10μm~1000μmであることが好ましく、中でも20μm以上或いは500μm以下、その中でも30μm以上或いは400μm以下、その中でも38μm以上或いは350μm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。
上記範囲で使用することで、フィルムの硬さ(コシ)や取り扱い性を十分なものとすることができ、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができる。 (Thickness)
The thickness of the polyester film is preferably 10 μm to 1000 μm, more preferably 20 μm or more and 500 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or more and 400 μm or less, and particularly preferably 38 μm or more or 350 μm or less.
By using it in the above range, the hardness (stiffness) and handleability of the film can be made sufficient, and clogging of the film in the transporting process in the copying machine can be reduced.
ポリエステルフィルムの厚みは、10μm~1000μmであることが好ましく、中でも20μm以上或いは500μm以下、その中でも30μm以上或いは400μm以下、その中でも38μm以上或いは350μm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。
上記範囲で使用することで、フィルムの硬さ(コシ)や取り扱い性を十分なものとすることができ、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができる。 (Thickness)
The thickness of the polyester film is preferably 10 μm to 1000 μm, more preferably 20 μm or more and 500 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or more and 400 μm or less, and particularly preferably 38 μm or more or 350 μm or less.
By using it in the above range, the hardness (stiffness) and handleability of the film can be made sufficient, and clogging of the film in the transporting process in the copying machine can be reduced.
ポリエステルフィルムが、上記のように3層以上の積層構成である場合、各表層の厚みは1μm~50μmであるのが好ましく、中でも2μm以上或いは40μm以下、その中でも3μm以上或いは30μm以下、その中でも4μm以上或いは25μm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。上記範囲で使用することで、前述の金属化合物粒子、金属化合物粒子以外の粒子による性能を十分に発揮することが可能となり、かつ製造コストも安価に抑えられる。
When the polyester film has a laminated structure of three or more layers as described above, the thickness of each surface layer is preferably 1 μm to 50 μm, especially 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less, particularly 3 μm or more or 30 μm or less, and especially 4 μm. More preferably, it is 25 μm or less. By using it in the above-mentioned range, it becomes possible to sufficiently exhibit the performance of the above-described metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles, and the production cost can be suppressed at a low cost.
(見掛け密度)
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、下限が0.7g/cm3以上であり、好ましくは0.75g/cm3以上、より好ましくは0.8g/cm3以上である。見掛け密度の下限を上記範囲とすることで、フィルムの強度を保持でき、情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の紙に代わる被記録材として用いる際の、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができ、最適な印刷をすることが可能となる。
一方、見掛け密度の上限は1.3g/cm3以下、好ましくは1.2g/cm3以下、より好ましくは1.1g/cm3以下である。見掛け密度の上限を上記範囲とすることで、大量の印刷物を持ち運びする際の作業負担が軽減され、さらにはフィルム(シート)の輸送過程で発生するCO2削減による環境負荷低減やコストダウン対応が可能となる。
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、主成分樹脂であるポリエステルよりも比重の軽い非相溶なポリマーを配合し、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することにより、フィルム内部に微細な独立空洞の形成を調整することができる。但し、これらの方法に限定するものではない。 (Apparent density)
The lower limit of the apparent density of the polyester film is 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more. By setting the lower limit of the apparent density to the above range, the film strength can be maintained, and the film is clogged during the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material instead of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium. Can be reduced, and optimal printing can be performed.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the apparent density is 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less. By setting the upper limit of the apparent density within the above range, the work burden when carrying a large amount of printed materials is reduced, and furthermore, the environmental load can be reduced and the cost can be reduced by reducing CO 2 generated during the film (sheet) transportation process. It becomes possible.
The apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted to form fine independent cavities inside the film by blending an incompatible polymer with a specific gravity lighter than that of polyester, the main component resin, and stretching it at least in the uniaxial direction. it can. However, it is not limited to these methods.
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、下限が0.7g/cm3以上であり、好ましくは0.75g/cm3以上、より好ましくは0.8g/cm3以上である。見掛け密度の下限を上記範囲とすることで、フィルムの強度を保持でき、情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の紙に代わる被記録材として用いる際の、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができ、最適な印刷をすることが可能となる。
一方、見掛け密度の上限は1.3g/cm3以下、好ましくは1.2g/cm3以下、より好ましくは1.1g/cm3以下である。見掛け密度の上限を上記範囲とすることで、大量の印刷物を持ち運びする際の作業負担が軽減され、さらにはフィルム(シート)の輸送過程で発生するCO2削減による環境負荷低減やコストダウン対応が可能となる。
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、主成分樹脂であるポリエステルよりも比重の軽い非相溶なポリマーを配合し、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することにより、フィルム内部に微細な独立空洞の形成を調整することができる。但し、これらの方法に限定するものではない。 (Apparent density)
The lower limit of the apparent density of the polyester film is 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more. By setting the lower limit of the apparent density to the above range, the film strength can be maintained, and the film is clogged during the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material instead of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium. Can be reduced, and optimal printing can be performed.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the apparent density is 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less. By setting the upper limit of the apparent density within the above range, the work burden when carrying a large amount of printed materials is reduced, and furthermore, the environmental load can be reduced and the cost can be reduced by reducing CO 2 generated during the film (sheet) transportation process. It becomes possible.
The apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted to form fine independent cavities inside the film by blending an incompatible polymer with a specific gravity lighter than that of polyester, the main component resin, and stretching it at least in the uniaxial direction. it can. However, it is not limited to these methods.
(ポリエステルフィルムの物性)
上記ポリエステルフィルムの表面の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、JIS B0601(2001)により準拠する。算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、使用する用途により様々であるが、上限は通常950nm以下であり、好ましくは850nm以下、より好ましくは800nm以下である。算術平均粗さ(Ra)が上記範囲であるポリエステルフィルムを使用することで、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像が定着しやすく、かつ容易に剥離除去することができ、フィルムを繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いることができる傾向にある。
一方、算術平均粗さ(Ra)の下限は通常100nm以上、好ましくは200nm以上、より好ましくは300nm以上、さらに好ましくは350nm以上である。算術平均粗さ(Ra)を上記範囲とすることで、隠蔽性や搬送性を十分なものとすることが可能となり、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いるのに最適なフィルムとすることが可能となる傾向にある。さらに十分な筆記性を有することができる傾向にある。 (Physical properties of polyester film)
The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface of the polyester film is based on JIS B0601 (2001). The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) varies depending on the application to be used, but the upper limit is usually 950 nm or less, preferably 850 nm or less, more preferably 800 nm or less. By using a polyester film with an arithmetic average roughness (Ra) in the above range, it is easy to fix characters and images such as image-forming substances containing thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface, and to easily remove and remove. Therefore, the film tends to be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is usually 100 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and further preferably 350 nm or more. By setting the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) within the above range, it is possible to achieve sufficient concealability and transportability, and to make the film optimal for use as a recording material for copy paper and printer paper. Tend to be possible. Furthermore, it tends to have sufficient writing property.
上記ポリエステルフィルムの表面の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、JIS B0601(2001)により準拠する。算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、使用する用途により様々であるが、上限は通常950nm以下であり、好ましくは850nm以下、より好ましくは800nm以下である。算術平均粗さ(Ra)が上記範囲であるポリエステルフィルムを使用することで、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像が定着しやすく、かつ容易に剥離除去することができ、フィルムを繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いることができる傾向にある。
一方、算術平均粗さ(Ra)の下限は通常100nm以上、好ましくは200nm以上、より好ましくは300nm以上、さらに好ましくは350nm以上である。算術平均粗さ(Ra)を上記範囲とすることで、隠蔽性や搬送性を十分なものとすることが可能となり、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いるのに最適なフィルムとすることが可能となる傾向にある。さらに十分な筆記性を有することができる傾向にある。 (Physical properties of polyester film)
The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface of the polyester film is based on JIS B0601 (2001). The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) varies depending on the application to be used, but the upper limit is usually 950 nm or less, preferably 850 nm or less, more preferably 800 nm or less. By using a polyester film with an arithmetic average roughness (Ra) in the above range, it is easy to fix characters and images such as image-forming substances containing thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface, and to easily remove and remove. Therefore, the film tends to be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is usually 100 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and further preferably 350 nm or more. By setting the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) within the above range, it is possible to achieve sufficient concealability and transportability, and to make the film optimal for use as a recording material for copy paper and printer paper. Tend to be possible. Furthermore, it tends to have sufficient writing property.
ポリエステルフィルムの黄味を表す指標であるb値(反射法)は、通常0以下、好ましくは-0.20以下、より好ましくは-0.40以下、さらに好ましくは-0.50以下、特に好ましくは-0.60以下であり、下限は特に限定されないが、-5.0以上が好ましい。上記範囲で使用することで、黄味が抑えられ白色度を良好なものとすることができる。さらに、カラー印刷用の被記録材として用いる際は、得られる画像品質を優れたものとすることができる傾向にある。
The b value (reflection method), which is an index representing the yellowness of the polyester film, is usually 0 or less, preferably −0.20 or less, more preferably −0.40 or less, even more preferably −0.50 or less, particularly preferably. Is −0.60 or less, and the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably −5.0 or more. By using in the said range, yellowness can be suppressed and whiteness can be made favorable. Further, when used as a recording material for color printing, the obtained image quality tends to be excellent.
ポリエステルフィルムは、150℃、30分におけるフィルム長手方向(MD)およびフィルム幅方向(TD)の加熱収縮率が、絶対値として通常2.8%以下、好ましくは2.3%以下、より好ましくは2.0%以下である。
ポリエステルフィルムの加熱収縮率を上記範囲とすることで、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式により被記録材に印刷する際に、熱による影響でフィルムの寸法安定性が損なわれることを防ぐことができる。特にフィルム(シート)の縁の部分、すなわち、しわが発生しやすい部分においても、ポリエステルフィルムのしわの発生を抑えることができ、文字や画像に歪みやムラなどが発生して画像品質が低下する現象を抑えることが可能となる傾向にある。また、しわは、一度発生してしまうと消すことができず、繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として使用することができなくなるため、極力発生しないようにすることが好ましい。 The polyester film has a heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes of usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less, more preferably as an absolute value. 2.0% or less.
By setting the heat shrinkage rate of the polyester film in the above range, it is possible to prevent the film from being damaged in the dimensional stability due to heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. it can. In particular, even in the edge portion of the film (sheet), that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles in the polyester film can be suppressed, and distortion and unevenness occur in characters and images, resulting in deterioration of image quality. It tends to be possible to suppress the phenomenon. In addition, once wrinkles are generated, they cannot be erased and cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
ポリエステルフィルムの加熱収縮率を上記範囲とすることで、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式により被記録材に印刷する際に、熱による影響でフィルムの寸法安定性が損なわれることを防ぐことができる。特にフィルム(シート)の縁の部分、すなわち、しわが発生しやすい部分においても、ポリエステルフィルムのしわの発生を抑えることができ、文字や画像に歪みやムラなどが発生して画像品質が低下する現象を抑えることが可能となる傾向にある。また、しわは、一度発生してしまうと消すことができず、繰り返し複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として使用することができなくなるため、極力発生しないようにすることが好ましい。 The polyester film has a heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes of usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less, more preferably as an absolute value. 2.0% or less.
By setting the heat shrinkage rate of the polyester film in the above range, it is possible to prevent the film from being damaged in the dimensional stability due to heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. it can. In particular, even in the edge portion of the film (sheet), that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles in the polyester film can be suppressed, and distortion and unevenness occur in characters and images, resulting in deterioration of image quality. It tends to be possible to suppress the phenomenon. In addition, once wrinkles are generated, they cannot be erased and cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
ポリエステルフィルムの隠蔽性(OD)は、マクベス濃度計によりフィルム単枚を測定して、通常0.30以上、好ましくは0.35以上、より好ましくは0.40以上、さらに好ましくは0.45以上である。上記範囲で用いることで、フィルム両面に、全面印刷した際の裏写りが軽減され、品質の良い文字や画像を得ることができる傾向にある。一方、隠蔽性(OD)の上限は特に限定しないが、他の物性のバランスを考慮すると、1以下が好ましく、0.9以下がより好ましい。
The concealability (OD) of the polyester film is usually 0.30 or more, preferably 0.35 or more, more preferably 0.40 or more, and further preferably 0.45 or more, when a single film is measured with a Macbeth densitometer. It is. By using within the above range, the show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film is reduced, and it tends to be possible to obtain characters and images of good quality. On the other hand, the upper limit of the concealing property (OD) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or less, more preferably 0.9 or less, considering the balance of other physical properties.
ポリエステルフィルムの白色度は、測色計によりフィルム単枚の時のハンター白色度(Wb)を測定して、下限は通常80.0%以上、好ましくは81.0%以上、より好ましくは82.0%以上、さらに好ましくは83.0%以上、特に好ましくは83.5%以上である。白色度を上記範囲とすることで、紙に代わる情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた際、特にカラー印刷を行った際などにおいて、文字や画像が高精細なものとなり、品質的に好ましいものとなる傾向にある。また、使用する用途にも依存するが、高級感を出すためには高い方が好ましく、特に上限は限定されるものではない。一方で、光沢を気にする用途に用いる場合には、好ましい範囲の上限は95.0%以下である。
The whiteness of the polyester film is determined by measuring the Hunter whiteness (Wb) when the film is a single sheet with a colorimeter. The lower limit is usually 80.0% or more, preferably 81.0% or more, more preferably 82. It is 0% or more, more preferably 83.0% or more, and particularly preferably 83.5% or more. By setting the whiteness to the above range, high-definition characters and images can be used as recording materials for copy paper and printer paper, which are information printing media that replace paper, especially when color printing is performed. Therefore, it tends to be preferable in terms of quality. Moreover, although depending on the use to be used, in order to give a high-class feeling, a higher one is preferable, and the upper limit is not particularly limited. On the other hand, when used in applications where gloss is a concern, the upper limit of the preferred range is 95.0% or less.
<機能層>
次に、本積層白色フィルム1を構成する機能層について説明する。
この機能層は、例えば、画像形成物質が層表面に直接付着する被記録層として役割を果たすことができる。本発明における被記録層は、付着した画像形成物質を定着させるだけでなく、後述の樹脂層を設けた際に画像形成物質を樹脂層と一緒に除去させる役割を有する層である。 <Functional layer>
Next, the functional layer which comprises this laminated white film 1 is demonstrated.
This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example. The recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
次に、本積層白色フィルム1を構成する機能層について説明する。
この機能層は、例えば、画像形成物質が層表面に直接付着する被記録層として役割を果たすことができる。本発明における被記録層は、付着した画像形成物質を定着させるだけでなく、後述の樹脂層を設けた際に画像形成物質を樹脂層と一緒に除去させる役割を有する層である。 <Functional layer>
Next, the functional layer which comprises this laminated white film 1 is demonstrated.
This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example. The recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
本積層白色フィルム1における機能層は、帯電防止性能及び離型性能を備えることが好ましい。
本積層白色フィルム1には、見掛け密度の低減と、コストをかけることなく白色化を行うことと、印刷された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字および画像を容易に剥離除去できることとを実現するため、ポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えることが好ましく、当該ポリエステル樹脂層が表層に有することがより好ましい。しかしながら、機能層を設けた場合、表面に有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去できるようにする性能を発現することが難しくなる場合があることが判明したため、機能層は離型性能も備えることが好ましい。 The functional layer in the laminated white film 1 preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
The present laminated white film 1 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily remove and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin. In order to realize the above, it is preferable to provide a polyester resin layer containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with polyester, and it is more preferable that the polyester resin layer has a surface layer. However, when the functional layer is provided, it has been found that it may be difficult to express the ability to easily peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface. It is preferable to provide performance.
本積層白色フィルム1には、見掛け密度の低減と、コストをかけることなく白色化を行うことと、印刷された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字および画像を容易に剥離除去できることとを実現するため、ポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えることが好ましく、当該ポリエステル樹脂層が表層に有することがより好ましい。しかしながら、機能層を設けた場合、表面に有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去できるようにする性能を発現することが難しくなる場合があることが判明したため、機能層は離型性能も備えることが好ましい。 The functional layer in the laminated white film 1 preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
The present laminated white film 1 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily remove and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin. In order to realize the above, it is preferable to provide a polyester resin layer containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with polyester, and it is more preferable that the polyester resin layer has a surface layer. However, when the functional layer is provided, it has been found that it may be difficult to express the ability to easily peel off and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface. It is preferable to provide performance.
(帯電防止剤)
本積層白色フィルム1は、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いる際、複写機・複合機の用紙搬送における重送防止、用紙取扱い時の用紙同士の貼り付き防止等の目的として、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を少なくとも片面に有することが好ましい。また、機能層に帯電防止剤を含有することによって、複合機内でフィルムの詰まりがなく、印刷されたフィルムの重送の発生がなく、1枚1枚独立して搬送でき、かつ、塵埃の付着を防止できるため、品質の良いフィルムや画像品質の良いフィルム印刷物とすることができる。 (Antistatic agent)
When used as a recording material for copy paper and printer paper, this laminated white film 1 is used for the purpose of preventing double feeding in the paper transport of copiers and multifunction machines, and preventing sticking between papers when handling paper. It is preferable to have a functional layer containing an agent on at least one side. In addition, by containing an antistatic agent in the functional layer, there is no clogging of the film in the multi-function machine, there is no occurrence of double feeding of the printed film, and each sheet can be conveyed independently, and dust adheres to it. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a film having a high quality and a film printed matter having a good image quality.
本積層白色フィルム1は、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いる際、複写機・複合機の用紙搬送における重送防止、用紙取扱い時の用紙同士の貼り付き防止等の目的として、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を少なくとも片面に有することが好ましい。また、機能層に帯電防止剤を含有することによって、複合機内でフィルムの詰まりがなく、印刷されたフィルムの重送の発生がなく、1枚1枚独立して搬送でき、かつ、塵埃の付着を防止できるため、品質の良いフィルムや画像品質の良いフィルム印刷物とすることができる。 (Antistatic agent)
When used as a recording material for copy paper and printer paper, this laminated white film 1 is used for the purpose of preventing double feeding in the paper transport of copiers and multifunction machines, and preventing sticking between papers when handling paper. It is preferable to have a functional layer containing an agent on at least one side. In addition, by containing an antistatic agent in the functional layer, there is no clogging of the film in the multi-function machine, there is no occurrence of double feeding of the printed film, and each sheet can be conveyed independently, and dust adheres to it. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a film having a high quality and a film printed matter having a good image quality.
機能層に含有する帯電防止剤は、特に制限はなく、従来公知の帯電防止剤を使用することが可能である。例えば耐熱性、耐湿熱性が良好であることから、高分子タイプの帯電防止剤であることが好ましい。
高分子タイプの帯電防止剤としては、例えば、アンモニウム基を有する化合物、ポリエーテル化合物、スルホン酸基を有する化合物、ベタイン化合物、導電ポリマー等が挙げられる。
帯電防止性能を考慮すると、アンモニウム基を有する化合物やスルホン酸基を有する化合物が好ましく、離型剤等、機能層を形成する他の材料との相溶性を考慮すると、アンモニウム基を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、導電ポリマーは帯電防止性には最も優れていて好ましい。但し、材料が高価であることと、着色を極度に嫌う用途では使用が制限される可能性がある。 The antistatic agent contained in the functional layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known antistatic agent can be used. For example, it is preferable to be a polymer type antistatic agent because of its good heat resistance and moist heat resistance.
Examples of the polymer type antistatic agent include a compound having an ammonium group, a polyether compound, a compound having a sulfonic acid group, a betaine compound, and a conductive polymer.
In view of antistatic performance, a compound having an ammonium group or a compound having a sulfonic acid group is preferable. In consideration of compatibility with other materials forming a functional layer such as a release agent, a compound having an ammonium group is more preferable. preferable. Conductive polymers are preferred because they have the best antistatic properties. However, there is a possibility that the use is limited in applications where the material is expensive and coloring is extremely disliked.
高分子タイプの帯電防止剤としては、例えば、アンモニウム基を有する化合物、ポリエーテル化合物、スルホン酸基を有する化合物、ベタイン化合物、導電ポリマー等が挙げられる。
帯電防止性能を考慮すると、アンモニウム基を有する化合物やスルホン酸基を有する化合物が好ましく、離型剤等、機能層を形成する他の材料との相溶性を考慮すると、アンモニウム基を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、導電ポリマーは帯電防止性には最も優れていて好ましい。但し、材料が高価であることと、着色を極度に嫌う用途では使用が制限される可能性がある。 The antistatic agent contained in the functional layer is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known antistatic agent can be used. For example, it is preferable to be a polymer type antistatic agent because of its good heat resistance and moist heat resistance.
Examples of the polymer type antistatic agent include a compound having an ammonium group, a polyether compound, a compound having a sulfonic acid group, a betaine compound, and a conductive polymer.
In view of antistatic performance, a compound having an ammonium group or a compound having a sulfonic acid group is preferable. In consideration of compatibility with other materials forming a functional layer such as a release agent, a compound having an ammonium group is more preferable. preferable. Conductive polymers are preferred because they have the best antistatic properties. However, there is a possibility that the use is limited in applications where the material is expensive and coloring is extremely disliked.
上記のアンモニウム基を有する化合物としては、脂肪族アミン、脂環族アミンや芳香族アミンのアンモニウム化物等が挙げられる。
アンモニウム基を有する化合物は、高分子タイプのアンモニウム基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、当該アンモニウム基は、カウンターイオンとしてではなく、高分子の主鎖や側鎖中に組み込まれている構造であることが好ましい。例えば、付加重合性のアンモニウム基またはアミン等のアンモニウム基の前駆体を含有するモノマーを重合した重合体によるものが挙げられ、好適に用いられる。重合体としては、付加重合性のアンモニウム基またはアミン等のアンモニウム基の前駆体を含有するモノマーを単独で重合してもよいし、これらを含有するモノマーと他のモノマーとの共重合体であってもよい。 Examples of the compound having an ammonium group include aliphatic amines, alicyclic amines, and ammonium amines of aromatic amines.
The compound having an ammonium group is preferably a compound having a polymer type ammonium group, and the ammonium group has a structure incorporated in the main chain or side chain of the polymer, not as a counter ion. It is preferable. For example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing an addition-polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine is preferably used. As the polymer, a monomer containing an addition polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine may be polymerized alone, or it may be a copolymer of a monomer containing these and another monomer. May be.
アンモニウム基を有する化合物は、高分子タイプのアンモニウム基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、当該アンモニウム基は、カウンターイオンとしてではなく、高分子の主鎖や側鎖中に組み込まれている構造であることが好ましい。例えば、付加重合性のアンモニウム基またはアミン等のアンモニウム基の前駆体を含有するモノマーを重合した重合体によるものが挙げられ、好適に用いられる。重合体としては、付加重合性のアンモニウム基またはアミン等のアンモニウム基の前駆体を含有するモノマーを単独で重合してもよいし、これらを含有するモノマーと他のモノマーとの共重合体であってもよい。 Examples of the compound having an ammonium group include aliphatic amines, alicyclic amines, and ammonium amines of aromatic amines.
The compound having an ammonium group is preferably a compound having a polymer type ammonium group, and the ammonium group has a structure incorporated in the main chain or side chain of the polymer, not as a counter ion. It is preferable. For example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing an addition-polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine is preferably used. As the polymer, a monomer containing an addition polymerizable ammonium group or a precursor of an ammonium group such as an amine may be polymerized alone, or it may be a copolymer of a monomer containing these and another monomer. May be.
アンモニウム基を有する化合物の中でも、帯電防止性、耐熱安定性が優れているという点で、ピロリジニウム環を有する化合物も好ましい。
Among the compounds having an ammonium group, compounds having a pyrrolidinium ring are also preferred in that they are excellent in antistatic properties and heat stability.
ピロリジニウム環を有する化合物の窒素原子に結合している2つの置換基は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、フェニル基等であり、これらのアルキル基、フェニル基が以下に示す基で置換されていてもよい。
置換可能な基は、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、アミド基、エステル基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、チオアルコキシ、チオフェノキシ基、シクロアルキル基、トリアルキルアンモニウムアルキル基、シアノ基、ハロゲンである。また、窒素原子に結合している2つの置換基は化学的に結合していてもよく、例えば、-(CH2)m-(m=2~5の整数)、-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、-CH=CH-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-CH=N-、-CH=CH-N=CH-、-CH2OCH2-、-(CH2)2O(CH2)2-などが挙げられる。 The two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom of the compound having a pyrrolidinium ring are each independently an alkyl group, a phenyl group, and the like. Even if these alkyl groups and phenyl groups are substituted with the groups shown below, Good.
Substitutable groups are, for example, hydroxyl group, amide group, ester group, alkoxy group, phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, thioalkoxy, thiophenoxy group, cycloalkyl group, trialkylammonium alkyl group, cyano group, and halogen. Further, the two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom may be chemically bonded. For example, — (CH 2 ) m — (m = 2 to 5), —CH (CH 3 ) CH (CH 3 ) —, —CH═CH—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH═N—, —CH═CH—N═CH—, —CH 2 OCH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 O (CH 2 ) 2 — and the like.
置換可能な基は、例えば、ヒドロキシル基、アミド基、エステル基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、チオアルコキシ、チオフェノキシ基、シクロアルキル基、トリアルキルアンモニウムアルキル基、シアノ基、ハロゲンである。また、窒素原子に結合している2つの置換基は化学的に結合していてもよく、例えば、-(CH2)m-(m=2~5の整数)、-CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-、-CH=CH-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-CH=N-、-CH=CH-N=CH-、-CH2OCH2-、-(CH2)2O(CH2)2-などが挙げられる。 The two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom of the compound having a pyrrolidinium ring are each independently an alkyl group, a phenyl group, and the like. Even if these alkyl groups and phenyl groups are substituted with the groups shown below, Good.
Substitutable groups are, for example, hydroxyl group, amide group, ester group, alkoxy group, phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, thioalkoxy, thiophenoxy group, cycloalkyl group, trialkylammonium alkyl group, cyano group, and halogen. Further, the two substituents bonded to the nitrogen atom may be chemically bonded. For example, — (CH 2 ) m — (m = 2 to 5), —CH (CH 3 ) CH (CH 3 ) —, —CH═CH—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH═N—, —CH═CH—N═CH—, —CH 2 OCH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 2 O (CH 2 ) 2 — and the like.
ピロリジニウム環を有するポリマーは、ジアリルアミン誘導体を、ラジカル重合触媒を用いて環化重合させることにより得られる。重合は、溶媒として水あるいはメタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、ホルムアミド、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジオキサン、アセトニトリルなどの極性溶媒中で過酸化水素、ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、第3級ブチルパーオキサイド等の重合開始剤により、公知の方法で実施できるが、これらに限定するものではない。本発明においては、ジアリルアミン誘導体と重合性のある炭素-炭素不飽和結合を有する化合物を共重合成分としてもよい。
A polymer having a pyrrolidinium ring can be obtained by cyclopolymerizing a diallylamine derivative using a radical polymerization catalyst. The polymerization is carried out by using a polymerization initiator such as hydrogen peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxide in a polar solvent such as water or methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, formamide, dimethylformamide, dioxane, acetonitrile as a solvent. Although it can implement by a method, it is not limited to these. In the present invention, a compound having a polymerizable carbon-carbon unsaturated bond with a diallylamine derivative may be used as a copolymerization component.
また、アンモニウム基を有する化合物としては、帯電防止性および耐湿熱安定性に優れるという点で、帯電防止剤が下記式(1)の構造を有する高分子であることも好ましい。下記式(1)の構造を有する単独の重合体や共重合体、さらには、その他の複数の成分を共重合していてもよい。
In addition, as the compound having an ammonium group, the antistatic agent is preferably a polymer having a structure represented by the following formula (1) from the viewpoint of excellent antistatic properties and wet heat stability. A single polymer or copolymer having the structure of the following formula (1) may be copolymerized, and further a plurality of other components may be copolymerized.
例えば、上記式中で置換基R1は水素原子または炭素数が1~20のアルキル基、フェニル基等の炭化水素基、R2が-O-、-NH-または-S-、R3が炭素数1~20のアルキレン基または式1の構造を成立しうるその他の構造、R4、R5、R6は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、フェニル基等の炭化水素基、またはヒドロキシアルキル基等の官能基が付与された炭化水素基、X-は各種のカウンターイオンである。
For example, in the above formula, the substituent R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group such as an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, R 2 is —O—, —NH— or —S—, and R 3 is An alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or another structure capable of forming the structure of Formula 1, R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. Or a hydrocarbon group provided with a functional group such as a hydroxyalkyl group, and X − is various counter ions.
上記の中でも、特に帯電防止性や耐湿熱安定性に優れるという観点において、式(1)中で、置換基R1は水素原子または炭素数が1~6のアルキル基であることが好ましく、R3は炭素数が1~6のアルキル基であることが好ましく、R4、R5、R6はそれぞれ独立して水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、R4、R5、R6のいずれか1つは水素原子であり、他の置換基が炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。
Among the above, from the viewpoint of excellent antistatic properties and wet heat resistance, in the formula (1), the substituent R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably , R 4 , R 5 , or R 6 is a hydrogen atom, and the other substituent is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
上述したアンモニウム基を有する化合物のアンモニウム基の対イオン(カウンターイオン)となるアニオンとしては例えば、ハロゲンイオン、スルホネート、サルフェート、ホスファート、ニトラート、カルボキシラート等のイオンが挙げられる。
Examples of the anion that becomes a counter ion (counter ion) of the ammonium group of the compound having an ammonium group described above include ions such as halogen ions, sulfonates, sulfates, phosphates, nitrates, and carboxylates.
また、アンモニウム基を有する化合物の数平均分子量は通常1000~500000、好ましくは2000~350000、より好ましくは5000~200000である。分子量が1000未満の場合は機能層の強度が弱くなる場合や、耐熱安定性が劣る場合がある。また、分子量が500000を超える場合は、塗布液の粘度が高くなり、取扱い性や塗布性が悪化する場合がある。
In addition, the number average molecular weight of the compound having an ammonium group is usually 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 2,000 to 350,000, more preferably 5,000 to 200,000. When the molecular weight is less than 1000, the strength of the functional layer may be weakened or the heat resistance stability may be poor. On the other hand, when the molecular weight exceeds 500,000, the viscosity of the coating solution increases, and the handleability and applicability may deteriorate.
ポリエーテル化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレンオキシド、ポリエーテルエステルアミド、ポリエチレングリコールを側鎖に有するアクリル樹脂等が挙げられる。
Examples of polyether compounds include polyethylene oxide, polyether ester amide, acrylic resin having polyethylene glycol in the side chain, and the like.
スルホン酸基を有する化合物とは、分子内にスルホン酸あるいはスルホン酸塩を含有する化合物のことであり、例えばポリスチレンスルホン酸等、スルホン酸あるいはスルホン酸塩が多量に存在する化合物が好適に用いられる。
The compound having a sulfonic acid group is a compound containing sulfonic acid or a sulfonate in the molecule. For example, a compound containing a large amount of sulfonic acid or a sulfonate such as polystyrene sulfonic acid is preferably used. .
導電ポリマーとしては、例えばポリチオフェン系、ポリアニリン系、ポリピロール系、ポリアセチレン系等が挙げられ、その中でも例えば、ポリ(3,4-エチレンジオキシチオフェン)をポリスチレンスルホン酸と併用するような、ポリチオフェン系が好適に用いられる。導電ポリマーは抵抗値が低くなるという点において、上述の他の帯電防止剤に比べて好適である。しかし、一方で、着色やコストが気になる用途では使用量を低減するなどの工夫が必要となってくる。
Examples of the conductive polymer include polythiophene-based, polyaniline-based, polypyrrole-based, and polyacetylene-based polymers. Among them, for example, polythiophene-based polymers that use poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) in combination with polystyrene sulfonic acid. Preferably used. The conductive polymer is preferable to the other antistatic agents described above in that the resistance value is low. However, on the other hand, it is necessary to devise measures such as reducing the amount used in applications where coloring and cost are a concern.
機能層における帯電防止剤の含有量は、下限が通常1重量%以上、好ましくは3重量%以上、より好ましくは5重量%以上、さらに好ましくは10重量%以上、特に好ましくは20重量%以上である。また上限は、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは70重量%以下、より好ましくは60重量%以下、さらに好ましくは55重量%以下、特に好ましくは50重量%以下である。帯電防止剤を上記範囲で使用することで、十分な帯電防止性を得ることができ、フィルム同士の貼り付き防止や、塵埃の付着防止に効果的なものとなり、印刷搬送性や、画像品質に優れたものとなる傾向にある。
The lower limit of the content of the antistatic agent in the functional layer is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, further preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20% by weight or more. is there. The upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 55% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less. By using an antistatic agent in the above range, sufficient antistatic properties can be obtained, and it is effective for preventing sticking between films and preventing dust from adhering to printing transportability and image quality. It tends to be excellent.
(離型剤)
前記機能層には、印刷を行った後に、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を好適に剥離除去することが出来るよう、離型性能を付与することが好ましい。
離型性能を有する機能層は、前記の帯電防止剤を含有する機能層と同一であっても、異なる層であってもよい。特に、後述する理由により、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層が離型性能を有していることが好ましい。なお、離型性能を有する機能層と帯電防止剤を含有する機能層が異なる層である場合は、離型性能を有する機能層を外層とすることが好ましい。
機能層に離型性能を付与することにより、画像形成物質等を剥離除去する機能を、より適切に行えることを見出した。すなわち、定着性と剥離性との互いに相反する特性を、1つの機能層で、より高度に実現する手法を見出した。この技術は、一般的な定着性能を有する機能層では剥離性能が実現できず、一方、一般的な剥離性能を有する機能層では定着性能が実現できないことを考えると非常に効果の高い技術といえる。また、定着性能を有する機能層と剥離性能を有する機能層とを積層したとしても、いずれの性能も発現させることは困難であり、最外層にあたる機能層の性能が主として反映される。
画像形成物質等に対する離型性能を付与するために、機能層は離型剤を含有することが好ましい。 (Release agent)
It is preferable to provide the functional layer with a release performance so that an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled off after printing.
The functional layer having mold release performance may be the same as or different from the functional layer containing the antistatic agent. In particular, it is preferable that the functional layer containing the antistatic agent has a releasing property for the reason described later. In addition, when the functional layer which has mold release performance and the functional layer containing an antistatic agent are different layers, it is preferable to make the functional layer which has mold release performance into an outer layer.
It has been found that the function of separating and removing image forming substances and the like can be performed more appropriately by imparting release properties to the functional layer. That is, the present inventors have found a technique for realizing the characteristics of the fixing property and the releasability that are mutually contradictory with a single functional layer. This technology can be said to be a highly effective technology considering that a functional layer having general fixing performance cannot achieve peeling performance, while a functional layer having general peeling performance cannot realize fixing performance. . Moreover, even if a functional layer having fixing performance and a functional layer having peeling performance are laminated, it is difficult to express any performance, and the performance of the functional layer corresponding to the outermost layer is mainly reflected.
The functional layer preferably contains a release agent in order to impart release performance to the image forming substance or the like.
前記機能層には、印刷を行った後に、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を好適に剥離除去することが出来るよう、離型性能を付与することが好ましい。
離型性能を有する機能層は、前記の帯電防止剤を含有する機能層と同一であっても、異なる層であってもよい。特に、後述する理由により、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層が離型性能を有していることが好ましい。なお、離型性能を有する機能層と帯電防止剤を含有する機能層が異なる層である場合は、離型性能を有する機能層を外層とすることが好ましい。
機能層に離型性能を付与することにより、画像形成物質等を剥離除去する機能を、より適切に行えることを見出した。すなわち、定着性と剥離性との互いに相反する特性を、1つの機能層で、より高度に実現する手法を見出した。この技術は、一般的な定着性能を有する機能層では剥離性能が実現できず、一方、一般的な剥離性能を有する機能層では定着性能が実現できないことを考えると非常に効果の高い技術といえる。また、定着性能を有する機能層と剥離性能を有する機能層とを積層したとしても、いずれの性能も発現させることは困難であり、最外層にあたる機能層の性能が主として反映される。
画像形成物質等に対する離型性能を付与するために、機能層は離型剤を含有することが好ましい。 (Release agent)
It is preferable to provide the functional layer with a release performance so that an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled off after printing.
The functional layer having mold release performance may be the same as or different from the functional layer containing the antistatic agent. In particular, it is preferable that the functional layer containing the antistatic agent has a releasing property for the reason described later. In addition, when the functional layer which has mold release performance and the functional layer containing an antistatic agent are different layers, it is preferable to make the functional layer which has mold release performance into an outer layer.
It has been found that the function of separating and removing image forming substances and the like can be performed more appropriately by imparting release properties to the functional layer. That is, the present inventors have found a technique for realizing the characteristics of the fixing property and the releasability that are mutually contradictory with a single functional layer. This technology can be said to be a highly effective technology considering that a functional layer having general fixing performance cannot achieve peeling performance, while a functional layer having general peeling performance cannot realize fixing performance. . Moreover, even if a functional layer having fixing performance and a functional layer having peeling performance are laminated, it is difficult to express any performance, and the performance of the functional layer corresponding to the outermost layer is mainly reflected.
The functional layer preferably contains a release agent in order to impart release performance to the image forming substance or the like.
離型剤としては特に制限はなく、従来公知の離型剤を使用することが可能であり、例えば、長鎖アルキル基含有化合物、フッ素化合物、シリコーン化合物、ワックス等が挙げられる。これらの中でも汚染性が少なく、画像形成物質の剥離除去に優れるという点からは長鎖アルキル化合物やフッ素化合物が好ましく、長鎖アルキル化合物がより好ましい。また、特に画像形成物質の剥離除去を重視したい場合はシリコーン化合物が好ましい。また、表面の画像形成物質の印刷性を重視したい場合にはワックスが効果的である。これらの離型剤は単独で用いてもよいし、複数種使用してもよい。
The release agent is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known release agent can be used. Examples thereof include a long-chain alkyl group-containing compound, a fluorine compound, a silicone compound, and wax. Among these, a long-chain alkyl compound and a fluorine compound are preferable, and a long-chain alkyl compound is more preferable from the viewpoint of low contamination and excellent peeling and removal of the image forming substance. In addition, a silicone compound is preferable when it is particularly important to remove and remove the image forming substance. In addition, wax is effective when it is desired to emphasize the printability of the image forming material on the surface. These release agents may be used alone or in combination.
また、機能層をコーティングにより設ける場合、上記ポリエステルフィルムへの濡れ性の観点からは、上記の離型剤の中でも、長鎖アルキル基含有化合物が好ましい。
Further, when the functional layer is provided by coating, a long-chain alkyl group-containing compound is preferable among the above releasing agents from the viewpoint of wettability to the polyester film.
長鎖アルキル基含有化合物とは、炭素数が通常6以上、好ましくは8以上、より好ましくは12以上の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基を有する化合物のことである。
アルキル基としては、例えば、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ラウリル基、オクタデシル基、ベヘニル基等が挙げられる。
アルキル基を有する化合物とは、例えば、各種の長鎖アルキル基含有高分子化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有アミン化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有エーテル化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有4級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。耐熱性、汚染性を考慮すると高分子化合物であることが好ましい。また、効果的に離型性を得られるという観点から、長鎖アルキル基を側鎖に持つ高分子化合物であることがより好ましい。 The long-chain alkyl group-containing compound is a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group having usually 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, and more preferably 12 or more carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkyl group include hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, lauryl group, octadecyl group, and behenyl group.
Examples of the compound having an alkyl group include various long-chain alkyl group-containing polymer compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing amine compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing ether compounds, and long-chain alkyl group-containing quaternary ammonium salts. . In view of heat resistance and contamination, a polymer compound is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of effectively obtaining releasability, a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain is more preferable.
アルキル基としては、例えば、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ラウリル基、オクタデシル基、ベヘニル基等が挙げられる。
アルキル基を有する化合物とは、例えば、各種の長鎖アルキル基含有高分子化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有アミン化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有エーテル化合物、長鎖アルキル基含有4級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。耐熱性、汚染性を考慮すると高分子化合物であることが好ましい。また、効果的に離型性を得られるという観点から、長鎖アルキル基を側鎖に持つ高分子化合物であることがより好ましい。 The long-chain alkyl group-containing compound is a compound having a linear or branched alkyl group having usually 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, and more preferably 12 or more carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkyl group include hexyl group, octyl group, decyl group, lauryl group, octadecyl group, and behenyl group.
Examples of the compound having an alkyl group include various long-chain alkyl group-containing polymer compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing amine compounds, long-chain alkyl group-containing ether compounds, and long-chain alkyl group-containing quaternary ammonium salts. . In view of heat resistance and contamination, a polymer compound is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of effectively obtaining releasability, a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain is more preferable.
長鎖アルキル基を側鎖に持つ高分子化合物は、反応性基を有する高分子と、当該反応性基と反応可能なアルキル基を有する化合物とを反応させて得ることができる。上記反応性基としては、例えば、水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、酸無水物等が挙げられる。これらの反応性基を有する化合物としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリエチレンアミン、反応性基含有ポリエステル樹脂、反応性基含有ポリ(メタ)アクリル樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中でも離型性や取り扱い易さを考慮するとポリビニルアルコールであることが好ましい。
A polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain can be obtained by reacting a polymer having a reactive group with a compound having an alkyl group capable of reacting with the reactive group. Examples of the reactive group include a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, and an acid anhydride. Examples of the compound having such a reactive group include polyvinyl alcohol, polyethyleneimine, polyethyleneamine, a reactive group-containing polyester resin, and a reactive group-containing poly (meth) acrylic resin. Among these, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable in view of releasability and ease of handling.
上記の反応性基と反応可能なアルキル基を有する化合物としては、例えば、ヘキシルイソシアネート、オクチルイソシアネート、デシルイソシアネート、ラウリルイソシアネート、オクタデシルイソシアネート、ベヘニルイソシアネート等の長鎖アルキル基含有イソシアネート;ヘキシルクロライド、オクチルクロライド、デシルクロライド、ラウリルクロライド、オクタデシルクロライド、ベヘニルクロライド等の長鎖アルキル基含有酸クロライド;長鎖アルキル基含有アミン;長鎖アルキル基含有アルコール等が挙げられる。これらの中でも離型性や取り扱い易さを考慮すると長鎖アルキル基含有イソシアネートが好ましく、オクタデシルイソシアネートが特に好ましい。
Examples of the compound having an alkyl group capable of reacting with the reactive group include, for example, long-chain alkyl group-containing isocyanates such as hexyl isocyanate, octyl isocyanate, decyl isocyanate, lauryl isocyanate, octadecyl isocyanate, and behenyl isocyanate; hexyl chloride, octyl chloride Long chain alkyl group-containing acid chlorides such as decyl chloride, lauryl chloride, octadecyl chloride, and behenyl chloride; long chain alkyl group-containing amines; long chain alkyl group-containing alcohols. Among these, long chain alkyl group-containing isocyanates are preferable, and octadecyl isocyanate is particularly preferable in consideration of releasability and ease of handling.
また、長鎖アルキル基を側鎖に持つ高分子化合物は、長鎖アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの重合物や長鎖アルキル(メタ)アクリレートと他のビニル基含有モノマーとの共重合によって得ることもできる。長鎖アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、デシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、オクタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベヘニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
In addition, a polymer compound having a long-chain alkyl group in the side chain can also be obtained by copolymerization of a long-chain alkyl (meth) acrylate polymer or a long-chain alkyl (meth) acrylate and another vinyl group-containing monomer. . Examples of the long chain alkyl (meth) acrylate include hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate, and behenyl (meth) acrylate. It is done.
フッ素化合物とは、化合物中にフッ素原子を含有している化合物である。汚染性の低減のためには、フッ素原子を含有する重合物(ポリマー)であることが好ましい。インラインコーティングによる塗布外観の点で有機系フッ素化合物が好適に用いられ、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基含有化合物等のフルオロアルキル基含有化合物、フッ素原子を含有するオレフィン化合物の重合体、フルオロベンゼン等の芳香族フッ素化合物等が挙げられる。離型性の観点からフルオロアルキル基含有化合物が好ましく、中でもパーフルオロアルキル基含有化合物であることが好ましい。さらにフッ素化合物には後述するような長鎖アルキル化合物を含有している化合物も使用することができる。
A fluorine compound is a compound containing a fluorine atom in the compound. In order to reduce contamination, a polymer (polymer) containing a fluorine atom is preferable. Organic fluorine compounds are preferably used from the viewpoint of coating appearance by in-line coating. For example, fluoroalkyl group-containing compounds such as perfluoroalkyl group-containing compounds, polymers of olefin compounds containing fluorine atoms, and aromatics such as fluorobenzene. Group fluorine compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of releasability, a fluoroalkyl group-containing compound is preferable, and among them, a perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound is preferable. Furthermore, the compound containing the long-chain alkyl compound which is mentioned later can also be used for a fluorine compound.
パーフルオロアルキル基含有化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、パーフルオロアルキルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-パーフルオロアルキルエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-パーフルオロアルキルプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-パーフルオロアルキル-1-メチルプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-パーフルオロアルキル-2-プロペニル(メタ)アクリレート等のパーフルオロアルキル基含有(メタ)アクリレートやその重合物;パーフルオロアルキルメチルビニルエーテル、2-パーフルオロアルキルエチルビニルエーテル、3-パーフルオロプロピルビニルエーテル、3-パーフルオロアルキル-1-メチルプロピルビニルエーテル、3-パーフルオロアルキル-2-プロペニルビニルエーテル等のパーフルオロアルキル基含有ビニルエーテルやその重合物などが挙げられる。耐熱性、汚染性を考慮すると重合物であることが好ましい。重合物は単一化合物のみでも複数化合物の重合物でもよい。
Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group-containing compound include perfluoroalkyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoroalkylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-perfluoroalkylethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-perfluoroalkylpropyl (meth) acrylate, Perfluoroalkyl group-containing (meth) acrylates such as 3-perfluoroalkyl-1-methylpropyl (meth) acrylate and 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propenyl (meth) acrylate, and polymers thereof; perfluoroalkylmethyl vinyl ether, 2-perfluoroalkyl ethyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoropropyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoroalkyl-1-methylpropyl vinyl ether, 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propenyl Perfluoroalkyl group-containing vinyl ether and polymers thereof such as vinyl ether and the like. In view of heat resistance and contamination, a polymer is preferable. The polymer may be a single compound or a polymer of multiple compounds.
また、離型性の観点からパーフルオロアルキル基は炭素原子数が3~11であることが好ましい。さらに後述するような長鎖アルキル化合物を含有している化合物との重合物であってもよい。また、基材との密着性の観点から、塩化ビニルとの重合物であることも好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of releasability, the perfluoroalkyl group preferably has 3 to 11 carbon atoms. Further, it may be a polymer with a compound containing a long-chain alkyl compound as described later. Moreover, it is also preferable that it is a polymer with vinyl chloride from a viewpoint of adhesiveness with a base material.
シリコーン化合物としては、例えば、ジメチルシリコーン、ジエチルシリコーン等のアルキルシリコーン、また、フェニル基を有するフェニルシリコーン、メチルフェニルシリコーン等が挙げられる。シリコーンには各種の官能基を有するものも使用することができ、例えば、エーテル基、水酸基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、カルボン酸基、フッ素等のハロゲン基、パーフルオロアルキル基等が挙げられる。他の官能基として、ビニル基を有するシリコーンや水素原子が直接ケイ素原子に結合したハイドロゲンシリコーンも一般的で、両者を併用して、付加型(ビニル基とハイドロゲンシランの付加反応による型)のシリコーンとして使用することも可能である。
Examples of the silicone compound include alkyl silicones such as dimethyl silicone and diethyl silicone, phenyl silicone having a phenyl group, and methyl phenyl silicone. Silicone having various functional groups can be used, and examples thereof include ether groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, carboxylic acid groups, halogen groups such as fluorine, and perfluoroalkyl groups. As other functional groups, silicones having vinyl groups and hydrogen silicones in which hydrogen atoms are directly bonded to silicon atoms are also common, and both are used in combination to form silicones (addition reaction between vinyl groups and hydrogen silane). It can also be used.
また、シリコーン化合物として、アクリルグラフトシリコーン、シリコーングラフトアクリル、アミノ変性シリコーン、パーフルオロアルキル変性シリコーン等の変性シリコーンを使用することも可能である。耐熱性、汚染性を考慮すると、硬化型シリコーン樹脂を使用することが好ましく、硬化型の種類としては、縮合型、付加型、活性エネルギー線硬化型等いずれの硬化反応タイプでも用いることができる。
It is also possible to use modified silicones such as acrylic graft silicone, silicone graft acrylic, amino-modified silicone, perfluoroalkyl-modified silicone as the silicone compound. In view of heat resistance and contamination, it is preferable to use a curable silicone resin. As the type of curable type, any of the curing reaction types such as a condensation type, an addition type, and an active energy ray curable type can be used.
ワックスとは、天然ワックス、合成ワックス、それらの配合したワックスの中から選ばれたワックスである。
The wax is a wax selected from natural waxes, synthetic waxes, and blended waxes.
天然ワックスとは、植物系ワックス、動物系ワックス、鉱物系ワックス、石油ワックスである。植物系ワックスとしては、キャンデリラワックス、カルナウバワックス、ライスワックス、木ロウ、ホホバ油等が挙げられる。動物系ワックスとしては、みつろう、ラノリン、鯨ロウ等が挙げられる。鉱物系ワックスとしてはモンタンワックス、オゾケライト、セレシン等が挙げられる。石油ワックスとしてはパラフィンワックス、マイクロクリスタリンワックス、ペトロラタム等が挙げられる。
Natural waxes are plant waxes, animal waxes, mineral waxes and petroleum waxes. Examples of plant waxes include candelilla wax, carnauba wax, rice wax, wood wax, jojoba oil and the like. Animal waxes include beeswax, lanolin, whale wax and the like. Examples of the mineral wax include montan wax, ozokerite, and ceresin. Examples of petroleum wax include paraffin wax, microcrystalline wax, and petrolatum.
合成ワックスとしては、合成炭化水素、変性ワックス、水素化ワックス、高級脂肪酸エステル、脂肪酸アミド、アミン類、イミド、エステルワックス、ケトン類等が挙げられる。
合成炭化水素として、具体的には、フィッシャー・トロプシュワックス(別名サゾールワックス)、ポリエチレンワックスが挙げられ、このほかに低分子量の高分子(具体的には数平均分子量500から20000の高分子)である以下のポリマー、すなわち、ポリプロピレン、エチレン・アクリル酸共重合体、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールとポリプロピレングリコールのブロックまたはグラフト結合体等が挙げられる。 Synthetic waxes include synthetic hydrocarbons, modified waxes, hydrogenated waxes, higher fatty acid esters, fatty acid amides, amines, imides, ester waxes, ketones, and the like.
Specific examples of synthetic hydrocarbons include Fischer-Tropsch wax (also known as sazol wax) and polyethylene wax, as well as low molecular weight polymers (specifically, polymers having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 20000). And the following polymers, namely, polypropylene, ethylene / acrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol block or graft conjugate, and the like.
合成炭化水素として、具体的には、フィッシャー・トロプシュワックス(別名サゾールワックス)、ポリエチレンワックスが挙げられ、このほかに低分子量の高分子(具体的には数平均分子量500から20000の高分子)である以下のポリマー、すなわち、ポリプロピレン、エチレン・アクリル酸共重合体、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールとポリプロピレングリコールのブロックまたはグラフト結合体等が挙げられる。 Synthetic waxes include synthetic hydrocarbons, modified waxes, hydrogenated waxes, higher fatty acid esters, fatty acid amides, amines, imides, ester waxes, ketones, and the like.
Specific examples of synthetic hydrocarbons include Fischer-Tropsch wax (also known as sazol wax) and polyethylene wax, as well as low molecular weight polymers (specifically, polymers having a number average molecular weight of 500 to 20000). And the following polymers, namely, polypropylene, ethylene / acrylic acid copolymer, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol block or graft conjugate, and the like.
変性ワックスとして、具体的にはモンタンワックス誘導体、パラフィンワックス誘導体、マイクロクリスタリンワックス誘導体等が挙げられる。ここでの誘導体とは、精製、酸化、エステル化、ケン化のいずれかの処理、またはそれらの組み合わせによって得られる化合物である。
また、水素化ワックスとして、具体的には硬化ひまし油、および硬化ひまし油誘導体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the modified wax include montan wax derivatives, paraffin wax derivatives, and microcrystalline wax derivatives. The derivative herein is a compound obtained by any of purification, oxidation, esterification, saponification treatment, or a combination thereof.
Specific examples of hydrogenated wax include hardened castor oil and hardened castor oil derivatives.
また、水素化ワックスとして、具体的には硬化ひまし油、および硬化ひまし油誘導体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the modified wax include montan wax derivatives, paraffin wax derivatives, and microcrystalline wax derivatives. The derivative herein is a compound obtained by any of purification, oxidation, esterification, saponification treatment, or a combination thereof.
Specific examples of hydrogenated wax include hardened castor oil and hardened castor oil derivatives.
中でもブロッキング等の特性が安定するという観点において、機能層における離型剤としては合成ワックスが好ましく、その中でもポリエチレンワックスがより好ましく、酸化ポリエチレンワックスがさらに好ましい。合成ワックスの数平均分子量は、ブロッキング等の特性の安定性、取扱い性の観点から、通常500~30000、好ましくは1000~15000、より好ましくは2000~8000である。
Among them, from the viewpoint of stabilization of properties such as blocking, a synthetic wax is preferable as the release agent in the functional layer, among which polyethylene wax is more preferable, and oxidized polyethylene wax is more preferable. The number average molecular weight of the synthetic wax is usually 500 to 30000, preferably 1000 to 15000, and more preferably 2000 to 8000, from the viewpoints of stability of properties such as blocking and handling properties.
機能層における離型剤の含有量は、下限が通常0重量%以上、好ましくは3重量%以上、より好ましくは5重量%以上、さらに好ましくは8重量%以上、特に好ましくは10重量%以上である。また上限は、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは70重量%以下、より好ましくは60重量%以下、さらに好ましくは50重量%以下、特に好ましくは40重量%以下である。離型剤を上記範囲で使用することで、画像形成物質等との定着性を確保しながら、剥離性を向上させ、画像形成物質を容易に剥離除去することが可能となる傾向にある。
The lower limit of the content of the release agent in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 8% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or more. is there. The upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 50% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or less. By using the release agent in the above range, the releasability is improved and the image forming substance can be easily peeled and removed while securing the fixing property with the image forming substance or the like.
(ポリマー)
機能層に対する画像形成物質等との定着性の向上、機能層の形成のしやすさ、または、機能層をコーティングにより設ける際の基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上のため、機能層には、ポリマー(上述した帯電防止剤、離型剤や後述する架橋剤以外のポリマー)を含有することが好ましい。 (polymer)
In order to improve the fixability of the functional layer with an image-forming substance, etc., to facilitate the formation of the functional layer, or to improve the wettability to the base film when the functional layer is provided by coating, the functional layer includes a polymer. It is preferable to contain (an antistatic agent, a release agent, or a polymer other than the crosslinking agent described later).
機能層に対する画像形成物質等との定着性の向上、機能層の形成のしやすさ、または、機能層をコーティングにより設ける際の基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上のため、機能層には、ポリマー(上述した帯電防止剤、離型剤や後述する架橋剤以外のポリマー)を含有することが好ましい。 (polymer)
In order to improve the fixability of the functional layer with an image-forming substance, etc., to facilitate the formation of the functional layer, or to improve the wettability to the base film when the functional layer is provided by coating, the functional layer includes a polymer. It is preferable to contain (an antistatic agent, a release agent, or a polymer other than the crosslinking agent described later).
機能層に用いるポリマーとしては、従来公知のポリマーを使用することができる。ポリマーの具体例としては、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリビニル(ポリビニルアルコール、塩化ビニル酢酸ビニル共重合体等)、ポリアルキレングリコール、ポリアルキレンイミン、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシセルロース、でんぷん類等が挙げられる。これらの中でも外観の向上、基材のフィルムとの密着性、帯電防止性能や離型性能の安定化の観点から、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂がより好ましく、アクリル樹脂やウレタン樹脂が更に好ましい。また、帯電防止性能や離型性能の安定化、あるいはコーティングにより機能層を形成する場合の塗布液の状態での安定性の観点からは、アクリル樹脂やポリビニルアルコールが好ましい。総合的な性能を考慮すると、アクリル樹脂またはウレタン樹脂が好ましく、特にアクリル樹脂が好ましい。
Conventionally known polymers can be used as the polymer used for the functional layer. Specific examples of the polymer include acrylic resin, urethane resin, polyester resin, polyvinyl (polyvinyl alcohol, vinyl chloride vinyl acetate copolymer, etc.), polyalkylene glycol, polyalkyleneimine, methylcellulose, hydroxycellulose, starches and the like. . Among these, acrylic resin, urethane resin, polyester resin, and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable from the viewpoint of improving appearance, adhesion to the film of the base material, antistatic performance and stabilization of mold release performance, acrylic resin, urethane resin, Polyester resin is more preferable, and acrylic resin and urethane resin are still more preferable. In addition, acrylic resin and polyvinyl alcohol are preferable from the viewpoint of stabilization of antistatic performance and release performance, or stability in the state of a coating solution when a functional layer is formed by coating. In view of overall performance, an acrylic resin or a urethane resin is preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
機能層に含有させる上記ポリマーとしてのアクリル樹脂とは、アクリル系、メタアクリル系のモノマーを含む重合性モノマーからなる重合体である。これらは、単独重合体あるいは共重合体、さらにはアクリル系、メタアクリル系のモノマー以外の重合性モノマーとの共重合体、いずれでもよい。また、それら重合体と他のポリマー(例えばポリエステル、ポリウレタン等)との共重合体も含まれる。例えば、ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体である。あるいは、ポリエステル溶液、またはポリエステル分散液中で重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマーの混合物)も含まれる。同様にポリウレタン溶液、ポリウレタン分散液中で重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマーの混合物)も含まれる。同様にして他のポリマー溶液、または分散液中で重合性モノマーを重合して得られたポリマー(場合によってはポリマー混合物)も含まれる。また、密着性をより向上させるために、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基を含有することも可能である。
The acrylic resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer is a polymer composed of polymerizable monomers including acrylic and methacrylic monomers. These may be either homopolymers or copolymers, and copolymers with polymerizable monomers other than acrylic and methacrylic monomers. Moreover, the copolymer of these polymers and other polymers (for example, polyester, polyurethane, etc.) is also included. For example, a block copolymer or a graft copolymer. Alternatively, a polymer (possibly a mixture of polymers) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in a polyester solution or a polyester dispersion is also included. Similarly, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in a polyurethane solution or a polyurethane dispersion (sometimes a mixture of polymers) is also included. Similarly, a polymer (in some cases, a polymer mixture) obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer in another polymer solution or dispersion is also included. Moreover, in order to improve adhesiveness more, it is also possible to contain a hydroxyl group and an amino group.
上記重合性モノマーとしては、特に限定はしないが、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸のような各種カルボキシル基含有モノマー類、およびそれらの塩;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、モノブチルヒドロキルフマレート、モノブチルヒドロキシイタコネートのような各種の水酸基含有モノマー類;メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレートのような各種の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジアセトンアクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミドまたは(メタ)アクリロニトリル等のような種々の窒素含有化合物;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ジビニルベンゼン、ビニルトルエンのような各種スチレン誘導体;プロピオン酸ビニルのような各種のビニルエステル類;γ-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン等のような種々の珪素含有重合性モノマー類;燐含有ビニル系モノマー類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビリデンのような各種のハロゲン化ビニル類;ブタジエンのような各種共役ジエン類が挙げられる。
The polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include various carboxyl group-containing monomers such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, and salts thereof; Various hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, monobutylhydroxyfumarate, monobutylhydroxyitaconate; methyl Various (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, Various nitrogen-containing compounds such as methylolacrylamide or (meth) acrylonitrile; various styrene derivatives such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene, vinyltoluene; various vinyl esters such as vinyl propionate; -Various silicon-containing polymerizable monomers such as methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, etc .; phosphorus-containing vinyl monomers; various vinyl halides such as vinyl chloride and biridene chloride; And various conjugated dienes.
機能層に含有させる上記ポリマーとしてのウレタン樹脂とは、ウレタン結合を分子内に有する高分子化合物のことであり、通常ポリオールとイソシアネートの反応により作成される。ポリオールとしては、ポリエステルポリオール類、ポリカーボネートポリオール類、ポリエーテルポリオール類、ポリオレフィンポリオール類、アクリルポリオール類が挙げられ、これらの化合物は単独で用いても、複数種用いてもよい。
The urethane resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer is a polymer compound having a urethane bond in the molecule, and is usually prepared by a reaction between a polyol and an isocyanate. Examples of the polyol include polyester polyols, polycarbonate polyols, polyether polyols, polyolefin polyols, and acrylic polyols. These compounds may be used alone or in combination.
上記のポリエステルポリオール類としては、多価カルボン酸(マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、スベリン酸、セバシン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸等)またはそれらの酸無水物と多価アルコール(エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、2-メチル-2-プロピル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ヘキサンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、2-ブチル-2-ヘキシル-1,3-プロパンジオール、シクロヘキサンジオール、ビスヒドロキシメチルシクロヘキサン、ジメタノールベンゼン、ビスヒドロキシエトキシベンゼン、アルキルジアルカノールアミン、ラクトンジオール等)の反応から得られるもの、ポリカプロラクトン等のラクトン化合物の誘導体ユニットを有するもの等が挙げられる。
Examples of the polyester polyols include polycarboxylic acids (malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, etc.) Acid anhydrides and polyhydric alcohols (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butane Diol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-2,4- Pentanediol, 2-methyl-2-pro 1,3-propanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2, 5-hexanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-hexyl-1,3- Propanediol, cyclohexanediol, bishydroxymethylcyclohexane, dimethanolbenzene, bishydroxyethoxybenzene, alkyl dialkanolamine, lactone diol, etc.), those having derivative units of lactone compounds such as polycaprolactone, etc. Can be mentioned.
上記のポリカーボネートポリオール類は、多価アルコール類とカーボネート化合物とから、脱アルコール反応によって得られる。多価アルコール類としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、1,7-ヘプタンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン等が挙げられる。カーボネート化合物としては、ジメチルカーボネート、ジエチルカーボネート、ジフェニルカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート等が挙げられ、これらの反応から得られるポリカーボネート系ポリオール類としては、例えば、ポリ(1,6-ヘキシレン)カーボネート、ポリ(3-メチル-1,5-ペンチレン)カーボネート等が挙げられる。
The above polycarbonate polyols are obtained from a polyhydric alcohol and a carbonate compound by a dealcoholization reaction. Polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentane Diol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, 1,7-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decane Examples thereof include diol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, and 3,3-dimethylol heptane. Examples of the carbonate compound include dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, and ethylene carbonate. Examples of the polycarbonate-based polyols obtained from these reactions include poly (1,6-hexylene) carbonate, poly (3- And methyl-1,5-pentylene) carbonate.
上記のポリエーテルポリオール類としては、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレンプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレンエーテルグリコール、ポリヘキサメチレンエーテルグリコール等が挙げられる。
Examples of the polyether polyols include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene propylene glycol, polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyhexamethylene ether glycol and the like.
機能層の他成分との相溶性や、帯電防止性能や離型性能の安定化等を考慮すると、上記ポリオール類の中でもポリエステルポリオール類およびポリカーボネートポリオール類がより好ましい。
In consideration of compatibility with other components of the functional layer, stabilization of antistatic performance and release performance, polyester polyols and polycarbonate polyols are more preferable among the above polyols.
ウレタン樹脂を得るために使用される上記のポリイソシアネート化合物としては、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、メチレンジフェニルジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート、トリジンジイソシアネート等の芳香族ジイソシアネート、α,α,α’,α’-テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の芳香環を有する脂肪族ジイソシアネート、メチレンジイソシアネート、プロピレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、メチルシクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、イソプロピリデンジシクロヘキシルジイソシアネート等の脂環族ジイソシアネート等が例示される。これらは単独で用いても、複数種併用してもよい。
Examples of the polyisocyanate compound used for obtaining the urethane resin include aromatic diisocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, and tolidine diisocyanate, α, α, α ′, Aliphatic diisocyanates having an aromatic ring such as α'-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and other aliphatic diisocyanates, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate , Dicyclohexylme Down diisocyanate, alicyclic diisocyanates such as isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanates. These may be used alone or in combination.
ウレタン樹脂を合成する際に鎖延長剤を使用してもよく、鎖延長剤としては、イソシアネート基と反応する活性基を2個以上有するものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的には、水酸基またはアミノ基を2個有する鎖延長剤を主に用いることができる。
A chain extender may be used when synthesizing the urethane resin, and the chain extender is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more active groups that react with an isocyanate group. Alternatively, a chain extender having two amino groups can be mainly used.
上記の水酸基を2個有する鎖延長剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブタンジオール等の脂肪族グリコール、キシリレングリコール、ビスヒドロキシエトキシベンゼン等の芳香族グリコール、ネオペンチルグリコールヒドロキシピバレート等のエステルグリコールといったグリコール類を挙げることができる。また、アミノ基を2個有する鎖延長剤としては、例えば、トリレンジアミン、キシリレンジアミン、ジフェニルメタンジアミン等の芳香族ジアミン、エチレンジアミン、プロピレンジアミン、ヘキサンジアミン、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジアミン、2-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジアミン、トリメチルヘキサンジアミン、2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,5-ペンタンジアミン、1,8-オクタンジアミン、1,9-ノナンジアミン、1,10-デカンジアミン等の脂肪族ジアミン、1-アミノ-3-アミノメチル-3,5,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジアミン、イソプロビリチンシクロヘキシル-4,4’-ジアミン、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,3-ビスアミノメチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環族ジアミン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the chain extender having two hydroxyl groups include aliphatic glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol and butanediol, aromatic glycols such as xylylene glycol and bishydroxyethoxybenzene, neopentyl glycol hydroxypivalate, and the like. And glycols such as ester glycols. Examples of the chain extender having two amino groups include aromatic diamines such as tolylenediamine, xylylenediamine, diphenylmethanediamine, ethylenediamine, propylenediamine, hexanediamine, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3- Propanediamine, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediamine, trimethylhexanediamine, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,5-pentanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,10- Aliphatic diamines such as decane diamine, 1-amino-3-aminomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethanediamine, isopropylidine cyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1 , 3-Bisaminomethylcyclohexane Alicyclic diamines, and the like of.
上記のウレタン樹脂は、溶剤を媒体とするものであってもよい。好ましくは水を媒体とするものである。
ウレタン樹脂を水に分散または溶解させるには、乳化剤を用いる強制乳化型、ウレタン樹脂中に親水性基を導入する自己乳化型あるいは水溶型等がある。特に、ウレタン樹脂の構造中にイオン基を導入しアイオノマー化した自己乳化タイプが、液の貯蔵安定性や得られる機能層の耐水性、透明性に優れており好ましい。 The urethane resin may use a solvent as a medium. Preferably, water is used as a medium.
In order to disperse or dissolve the urethane resin in water, there are a forced emulsification type using an emulsifier, a self-emulsification type in which a hydrophilic group is introduced into the urethane resin, and a water-soluble type. In particular, the self-emulsification type in which an ionic group is introduced into the structure of the urethane resin to form an ionomer is preferable because of excellent storage stability of the liquid and water resistance and transparency of the obtained functional layer.
ウレタン樹脂を水に分散または溶解させるには、乳化剤を用いる強制乳化型、ウレタン樹脂中に親水性基を導入する自己乳化型あるいは水溶型等がある。特に、ウレタン樹脂の構造中にイオン基を導入しアイオノマー化した自己乳化タイプが、液の貯蔵安定性や得られる機能層の耐水性、透明性に優れており好ましい。 The urethane resin may use a solvent as a medium. Preferably, water is used as a medium.
In order to disperse or dissolve the urethane resin in water, there are a forced emulsification type using an emulsifier, a self-emulsification type in which a hydrophilic group is introduced into the urethane resin, and a water-soluble type. In particular, the self-emulsification type in which an ionic group is introduced into the structure of the urethane resin to form an ionomer is preferable because of excellent storage stability of the liquid and water resistance and transparency of the obtained functional layer.
この際、導入するイオン基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸、リン酸、ホスホン酸、第4級アンモニウム塩等、種々のものが挙げられる。ウレタン樹脂にカルボキシル基を導入する方法としては、重合反応の各段階の中で種々の方法が取り得る。例えば、プレポリマー合成時に、カルボキシル基を持つ樹脂を共重合成分として用いる方法や、ポリオールやポリイソシアネート、鎖延長剤などの一成分としてカルボキシル基を持つ成分を用いる方法がある。特に、カルボキシル基含有ジオールを用いて、この成分の仕込み量によって所望の量のカルボキシル基を導入する方法が好ましい。
At this time, examples of the ionic group to be introduced include various groups such as a carboxyl group, sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, phosphonic acid, and quaternary ammonium salt. As a method for introducing a carboxyl group into a urethane resin, various methods can be taken in each stage of the polymerization reaction. For example, there are a method of using a carboxyl group-containing resin as a copolymer component during prepolymer synthesis, and a method of using a component having a carboxyl group as one component such as polyol, polyisocyanate, and chain extender. In particular, a method in which a desired amount of carboxyl groups is introduced using a carboxyl group-containing diol depending on the amount of this component charged is preferred.
例えば、ウレタン樹脂の重合に用いるジオールに対して、ジメチロールプロピオン酸、ジメチロールブタン酸、ビス-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)プロピオン酸、ビス-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)ブタン酸等を共重合させることができる。またこのカルボキシル基はアンモニア、アミン、アルカリ金属類、無機アルカリ類等で中和した塩の形にするのが好ましい。特に好ましいものは、アンモニア、トリメチルアミン、トリエチルアミンである。かかるウレタン樹脂は、塗布後の乾燥工程において中和剤が外れたカルボキシル基を、他の架橋剤による架橋反応点として用いることが出来る。これにより、塗布前の液の状態での安定性に優れる上、得られる機能層の耐久性、耐溶剤性、耐水性、耐ブロッキング性等をさらに改善することが可能となる。
For example, dimethylolpropionic acid, dimethylolbutanoic acid, bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) propionic acid, bis- (2-hydroxyethyl) butanoic acid, and the like are copolymerized with a diol used for polymerization of a urethane resin. Can do. The carboxyl group is preferably in the form of a salt neutralized with ammonia, amine, alkali metal, inorganic alkali or the like. Particularly preferred are ammonia, trimethylamine and triethylamine. In such a urethane resin, the carboxyl group from which the neutralizing agent has been removed in the drying step after coating can be used as a crosslinking reaction point by another crosslinking agent. Thereby, it is possible to further improve the durability, solvent resistance, water resistance, blocking resistance, and the like of the functional layer obtained in addition to excellent stability in the liquid state before coating.
機能層に含有させる上記ポリマーとしてのポリエステル樹脂とは、主な構成成分として例えば、下記のような多価カルボン酸および多価ヒドロキシ化合物からなるものが挙げられる。すなわち、多価カルボン酸としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、オルトフタル酸、フタル酸、4,4’-ジフェニルジカルボン酸、2,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸および、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、2,7-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸、2-カリウムスルホテレフタル酸、5-ソジウムスルホイソフタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸、グルタル酸、コハク酸、トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水フタル酸、p-ヒドロキシ安息香酸、トリメリット酸モノカリウム塩およびそれらのエステル形成性誘導体などを用いることができ、多価ヒドロキシ化合物としては、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオ-ル、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオ-ル、2-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオ-ル、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノ-ル、p-キシリレングリコ-ル、ビスフェノ-ルA-エチレングリコール付加物、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコ-ル、ポリプロピレングリコ-ル、ポリテトラメチレングリコ-ル、ポリテトラメチレンオキシドグリコ-ル、ジメチロ-ルプロピオン酸、グリセリン、トリメチロ-ルプロパン、ジメチロ-ルエチルスルホン酸ナトリウム、ジメチロ-ルプロピオン酸カリウムなどを用いることができる。これらの化合物の中から、それぞれ適宜1つ以上を選択し、常法の重縮合反応によりポリエステル樹脂を合成すればよい。
The polyester resin as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer includes, for example, those composed of the following polyvalent carboxylic acid and polyvalent hydroxy compound as main constituent components. That is, as the polyvalent carboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, orthophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 4,4′-diphenyldicarboxylic acid, 2,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 2,6 -Naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-potassium sulfoterephthalic acid, 5-sodium sulfoisophthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid, glutar Acid, succinic acid, trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, trimellitic acid monopotassium salt and ester-forming derivatives thereof can be used. As the polyvalent hydroxy compound, ethylene Recall, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,5-pentanediol , Neopentyl glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, p-xylylene glycol, bisphenol A-ethylene glycol adduct, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, Polytetramethylene glycol, polytetramethylene oxide glycol, dimethylolpropionic acid, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, sodium dimethylolethylsulfonate, potassium dimethylolpropionate, and the like can be used. One or more compounds may be appropriately selected from these compounds, and a polyester resin may be synthesized by a conventional polycondensation reaction.
機能層に含有させる上記ポリマーとしてのポリビニルアルコールとは、ポリビニルアルコール部位を有するものであり、例えば、ポリビニルアルコールに対し、部分的にアセタール化やブチラール化等された変性化合物も含め、従来公知のポリビニルアルコールを使用することができる。ポリビニルアルコールの重合度は特に限定されるものではないが、通常100以上、好ましくは300~40000の範囲のものが用いられる。重合度が100未満の場合、機能層の耐水性が低下する場合がある。また、ポリビニルアルコールのケン化度は特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは50mol%以上、より好ましくは70~99mol%、さらに好ましくは80~98mol%、特に好ましくは86~97mol%の範囲であるポリ酢酸ビニルケン化物である。
The polyvinyl alcohol as the polymer to be contained in the functional layer has a polyvinyl alcohol moiety. For example, polyvinyl alcohol including modified compounds partially acetalized or butyralized with respect to polyvinyl alcohol is known. Alcohol can be used. The degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is usually 100 or more, preferably 300 to 40,000. When the degree of polymerization is less than 100, the water resistance of the functional layer may decrease. The degree of saponification of polyvinyl alcohol is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 to 99 mol%, still more preferably 80 to 98 mol%, and particularly preferably 86 to 97 mol%. It is a polyvinyl acetate saponified product.
機能層におけるポリマーの含有量は、下限が通常0重量%以上、好ましくは3重量%以上、より好ましくは5重量%以上、さらに好ましくは10重量%以上、特に好ましくは15重量%以上である。また上限は、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは70重量%以下、より好ましくは60重量%以下、さらに好ましくは55重量%以下、特に好ましくは50重量%以下である。ポリマーを上記範囲で使用することで、画像形成物質の形成のしやすさ、基材フィルムとの密着性向上、また、機能層をコーティングにより設ける際の基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上による優れた外観を達成しやすくなる傾向にある。
The lower limit of the polymer content in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 10% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 15% by weight or more. The upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 55% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 50% by weight or less. By using the polymer in the above range, it is easy to form an image-forming substance, improved adhesion to the base film, and excellent wettability to the base film when a functional layer is provided by coating. Appearance tends to be achieved.
(架橋剤)
機能層の強度を上げるため、かつ、画像形成物質等との定着性の向上のために架橋剤をさらに含有することが好ましい。この際、架橋後の機能層は、架橋剤に由来する架橋構造を含有することになる。すなわち、架橋剤を含有する機能層とは、架橋剤を含有する塗布液を硬化させることによって形成される機能層を意味する。
また、機能層に架橋剤を含有することにより、基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上の性質を付与できる傾向にある。本発明者らの検討によれば、基材であるポリエステルフィルム中にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー、特にポリオレフィンを含有する場合には、コーティングにより機能層を設ける場合に濡れ性が悪く、塗布液をはじいてしまう場合があることが分かった。しかしながら、意外なことに、機能層に架橋剤を含有させることで、濡れ性が大きく改善されることが見出された。 (Crosslinking agent)
It is preferable to further contain a crosslinking agent in order to increase the strength of the functional layer and to improve fixability with an image forming substance or the like. At this time, the functional layer after crosslinking contains a crosslinked structure derived from the crosslinking agent. That is, the functional layer containing a crosslinking agent means a functional layer formed by curing a coating solution containing a crosslinking agent.
Moreover, it exists in the tendency which can give the property of the wettability improvement to a base film by containing a crosslinking agent in a functional layer. According to the study by the present inventors, when a polyester film as a base material contains a polymer incompatible with polyester, particularly polyolefin, the wettability is poor when a functional layer is provided by coating, and the coating solution It turns out that there is a case where it is repelled. However, surprisingly, it has been found that wettability is greatly improved by including a cross-linking agent in the functional layer.
機能層の強度を上げるため、かつ、画像形成物質等との定着性の向上のために架橋剤をさらに含有することが好ましい。この際、架橋後の機能層は、架橋剤に由来する架橋構造を含有することになる。すなわち、架橋剤を含有する機能層とは、架橋剤を含有する塗布液を硬化させることによって形成される機能層を意味する。
また、機能層に架橋剤を含有することにより、基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上の性質を付与できる傾向にある。本発明者らの検討によれば、基材であるポリエステルフィルム中にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー、特にポリオレフィンを含有する場合には、コーティングにより機能層を設ける場合に濡れ性が悪く、塗布液をはじいてしまう場合があることが分かった。しかしながら、意外なことに、機能層に架橋剤を含有させることで、濡れ性が大きく改善されることが見出された。 (Crosslinking agent)
It is preferable to further contain a crosslinking agent in order to increase the strength of the functional layer and to improve fixability with an image forming substance or the like. At this time, the functional layer after crosslinking contains a crosslinked structure derived from the crosslinking agent. That is, the functional layer containing a crosslinking agent means a functional layer formed by curing a coating solution containing a crosslinking agent.
Moreover, it exists in the tendency which can give the property of the wettability improvement to a base film by containing a crosslinking agent in a functional layer. According to the study by the present inventors, when a polyester film as a base material contains a polymer incompatible with polyester, particularly polyolefin, the wettability is poor when a functional layer is provided by coating, and the coating solution It turns out that there is a case where it is repelled. However, surprisingly, it has been found that wettability is greatly improved by including a cross-linking agent in the functional layer.
架橋剤としては、従来公知の材料を使用することができ、例えばオキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート系化合物、エポキシ化合物、メラミン化合物、カルボジイミド系化合物、シランカップリング化合物、ヒドラジド化合物、アジリジン化合物等が挙げられる。それらの中でも、オキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート系化合物、エポキシ化合物、メラミン化合物、カルボジイミド系化合物、シランカップリング化合物が好ましい。より機能層の強度を強化するためには、メラミン化合物やオキサゾリン化合物が好ましく、基材のフィルムとの密着性を向上させるためには、オキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート系化合物、エポキシ化合物、カルボジイミド系化合物が好ましく、特にオキサゾリン化合物やイソシアネート系化合物が好ましい。
As the crosslinking agent, conventionally known materials can be used, and examples thereof include oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, carbodiimide compounds, silane coupling compounds, hydrazide compounds, and aziridine compounds. Among these, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, melamine compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and silane coupling compounds are preferable. In order to further strengthen the strength of the functional layer, a melamine compound or an oxazoline compound is preferable, and in order to improve adhesion to the base film, an oxazoline compound, an isocyanate compound, an epoxy compound, or a carbodiimide compound is preferable. In particular, oxazoline compounds and isocyanate compounds are preferred.
架橋剤としては上述の材料を使用することができ、それらの中でもオキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート系化合物、エポキシ化合物、シランカップリング化合物が濡れ性向上には好ましく、その中でもオキサゾリン化合物やイソシアネート系化合物がより好ましい。すなわち、総合的に考えると、架橋剤として最も好ましい材料は、オキサゾリン化合物またはイソシアネート系化合物である。また、これらの架橋剤は1種類でもよいし、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
As the cross-linking agent, the above-mentioned materials can be used. Among them, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, and silane coupling compounds are preferable for improving wettability, and among them, oxazoline compounds and isocyanate compounds are more preferable. . That is, when considered comprehensively, the most preferable material for the crosslinking agent is an oxazoline compound or an isocyanate compound. These crosslinking agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
上記架橋剤として用いるオキサゾリン化合物としては、特にオキサゾリン基を含有する重合体が好ましく、付加重合性オキサゾリン基含有モノマー単独もしくは他のモノマーとの重合によって作成できる。付加重合性オキサゾリン基含有モノマーは、2-ビニル-2-オキサゾリン、2-ビニル-4-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-ビニル-5-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-4-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-5-エチル-2-オキサゾリン等を挙げることができ、これらの1種または2種以上の混合物を使用することができる。
The oxazoline compound used as the crosslinking agent is particularly preferably a polymer containing an oxazoline group, and can be prepared by polymerization of an addition polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomer alone or with another monomer. Addition-polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomers include 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, Examples thereof include 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-5-ethyl-2-oxazoline, and the like, and one or a mixture of two or more thereof can be used.
これらの中でも2-イソプロペニル-2-オキサゾリンが工業的にも入手しやすく好適である。他のモノマーは、付加重合性オキサゾリン基含有モノマーと共重合可能なモノマーであれば制限なく、例えばアルキル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、スチレンスルホン酸およびその塩(ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩、第三級アミン塩等)等の不飽和カルボン酸類;アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等の不飽和ニトリル類;(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の不飽和アミド類;酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類;メチルビニルエーテル、エチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類;エチレン、プロピレン等のα-オレフィン類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、フッ化ビニル等の含ハロゲンα,β-不飽和モノマー類;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、等のα,β-不飽和芳香族モノマー等を挙げることができ、これらの1種または2種以上のモノマーを使用することができる。なお、上記のアルキルとしては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
Of these, 2-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline is preferred because it is easily available industrially. The other monomer is not limited as long as it is a monomer copolymerizable with an addition polymerizable oxazoline group-containing monomer. For example, (meth) acrylic acid esters such as alkyl (meth) acrylate; acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, malein Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof (sodium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, tertiary amine salt, etc.); unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile; Unsaturated amides such as (meth) acrylamide, N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide; Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; Vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether ; Ethylene, propylene, etc. -Olefins; Halogen-containing α, β-unsaturated monomers such as vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride and vinyl fluoride; α, β-unsaturated aromatic monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene One or more of these monomers can be used. Examples of the alkyl include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
上記架橋剤として用いるイソシアネート系化合物とは、イソシアネート、あるいはブロックイソシアネートに代表されるイソシアネート誘導体構造を有する化合物のことである。イソシアネートとしては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、メチレンジフェニルジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート等の芳香族イソシアネート;α,α,α’,α’-テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の芳香環を有する脂肪族イソシアネート;メチレンジイソシアネート、プロピレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族イソシアネート;シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、メチルシクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、メチレンビス(4-シクロヘキシルイソシアネート)、イソプロピリデンジシクロヘキシルジイソシアネート等の脂環族イソシアネート等が例示される。
The isocyanate compound used as the crosslinking agent is a compound having an isocyanate derivative structure represented by isocyanate or blocked isocyanate. Examples of the isocyanate include aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate; and aromatic rings such as α, α, α ′, α′-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate. Aliphatic isocyanates; aliphatic isocyanates such as methylene diisocyanate, propylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, methylene bis (4-cyclohexyl isocyanate), isopropylidene dicyclohexyl diisocyanate Ne Alicyclic isocyanates such as bets are exemplified.
また、これらイソシアネートのビュレット化物、イソシアヌレート化物、ウレトジオン化物、カルボジイミド変性体等の重合体や誘導体も挙げられる。これらは単独で用いても、複数種併用してもよい。上記イソシアネートの中でも、紫外線による黄変を避けるために、芳香族イソシアネートよりも脂肪族または脂環族イソシアネートがより好ましい。
In addition, polymers and derivatives such as burettes, isocyanurates, uretdiones, and carbodiimide modified products of these isocyanates are also included. These may be used alone or in combination. Among the above isocyanates, aliphatic or alicyclic isocyanates are more preferable than aromatic isocyanates in order to avoid yellowing due to ultraviolet rays.
ブロックイソシアネートの状態で使用する場合、そのブロック剤としては、例えば重亜硫酸塩類、フェノール、クレゾール、エチルフェノールなどのフェノール系化合物、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコール、ベンジルアルコール、メタノール、エタノールなどのアルコール系化合物、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、イソブタノイル酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセチルアセトンなどの活性メチレン系化合物、ブチルメルカプタン、ドデシルメルカプタンなどのメルカプタン系化合物、ε‐カプロラクタム、δ‐バレロラクタムなどのラクタム系化合物、ジフェニルアニリン、アニリン、エチレンイミンなどのアミン系化合物、アセトアニリド、酢酸アミドの酸アミド化合物、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトンオキシム、メチルエチルケトンオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシムなどのオキシム系化合物が挙げられ、これらは単独でも2種以上の併用であってもよい。上記中でも特に基材フィルムとの密着性や基材フィルムへの濡れ性の観点から、活性メチレン系化合物によりブロックされたイソシアネート化合物であることが好ましい。
When used in the state of blocked isocyanate, the blocking agent includes, for example, bisulfites, phenolic compounds such as phenol, cresol, and ethylphenol, and alcohols such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol, benzyl alcohol, methanol, and ethanol. Compounds, active methylene compounds such as dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, methyl isobutanoyl acetate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, acetylacetone, mercaptan compounds such as butyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, ε-caprolactam, δ-valerolactam, etc. Lactam compounds, amine compounds such as diphenylaniline, aniline, ethyleneimine, acetanilide, acetic acid amide acid amide compounds, Examples include oxime compounds such as rumaldehyde, acetoaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime, and cyclohexanone oxime, and these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, an isocyanate compound blocked with an active methylene compound is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of adhesion to a substrate film and wettability to the substrate film.
上記イソシアネート系化合物は単体で用いてもよいし、各種ポリマーとの混合物や結合物として用いてもよい。イソシアネート系化合物の分散性や架橋性を向上させるという意味において、ポリエステル樹脂やウレタン樹脂との混合物や結合物を使用することも好ましい。
The above isocyanate-based compounds may be used alone or as a mixture or combination with various polymers. In the sense of improving the dispersibility and crosslinkability of the isocyanate compound, it is also preferable to use a mixture or a bond with a polyester resin or a urethane resin.
上記架橋剤として用いるエポキシ化合物としては、例えば、エピクロロヒドリンとエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、グリセリン、ポリグリセリン、ビスフェノールA等の水酸基やアミノ基との縮合物が挙げられ、ポリエポキシ化合物、ジエポキシ化合物、モノエポキシ化合物、グリシジルアミン化合物等がある。ポリエポキシ化合物としては、例えば、ソルビトールポリグリシジルエーテル、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールポリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル、トリグリシジルトリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアネート、グリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパンポリグリシジルエーテル;ジエポキシ化合物としては、例えば、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、レゾルシンジグリシジルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル;モノエポキシ化合物としては、例えば、アリルグリシジルエーテル、2-エチルヘキシルグリシジルエーテル、フェニルグリシジルエーテル、グリシジルアミン化合物としてはN,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノ)シクロヘキサン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the epoxy compound used as the cross-linking agent include condensates of epichlorohydrin with ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerin, polyglycerin, bisphenol A and other hydroxyl groups and amino groups, such as polyepoxy compounds and diepoxy compounds. Monoepoxy compounds, glycidylamine compounds, and the like. Examples of the polyepoxy compound include sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, triglycidyl tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanate, glycerol polyglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane. Polyglycidyl ether: As the diepoxy compound, for example, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, resorcin diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether , Polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, poly Tetramethylene glycol diglycidyl ether; monoepoxy compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether, phenyl glycidyl ether, and glycidyl amine compounds such as N, N, N ′, N′-tetraglycidyl-m-xyl Examples include range amine and 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylamino) cyclohexane.
上記架橋剤として用いるメラミン化合物とは、化合物中にメラミン骨格を有する化合物のことであり、例えば、アルキロール化メラミン誘導体、アルキロール化メラミン誘導体にアルコールを反応させて部分的あるいは完全にエーテル化した化合物、およびこれらの混合物を用いることができる。エーテル化に用いるアルコールとしては、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール等が好適に用いられる。また、メラミン化合物としては、単量体、あるいは2量体以上の多量体のいずれであってもよく、あるいはこれらの混合物を用いてもよい。各種化合物との反応性を考慮すると、メラミン化合物中に水酸基を含有していることが好ましい。さらに、メラミンの一部に尿素等を共縮合したものも使用できるし、メラミン化合物の反応性を上げるために触媒を使用することも可能である。
The melamine compound used as the cross-linking agent is a compound having a melamine skeleton in the compound. For example, an alkylolized melamine derivative or an alkylolated melamine derivative is partially or completely etherified by reacting alcohol. Compounds, and mixtures thereof can be used. As alcohol used for etherification, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutanol and the like are preferably used. Moreover, as a melamine compound, either a monomer or a multimer more than a dimer may be sufficient, or a mixture thereof may be used. In view of reactivity with various compounds, it is preferable that the melamine compound contains a hydroxyl group. Further, a product obtained by co-condensing urea or the like with a part of melamine can be used, and a catalyst can be used to increase the reactivity of the melamine compound.
上記架橋剤として用いるカルボジイミド系化合物とは、分子内にカルボジイミド、あるいはカルボジイミド誘導体構造を1つ以上有する化合物である。より良好な機能層の強度等のために、分子内に2つ以上カルボジイミド構造を有するポリカルボジイミド系化合物が好ましい。
The carbodiimide-based compound used as the crosslinking agent is a compound having one or more carbodiimide or carbodiimide derivative structures in the molecule. A polycarbodiimide compound having two or more carbodiimide structures in the molecule is preferred for better strength of the functional layer and the like.
上記架橋剤として用いるカルボジイミド系化合物は、従来公知の技術で合成することができ、一般的には、ジイソシアネート化合物の縮合反応が用いられる。ジイソシアネート化合物としては、特に限定されるものではなく、芳香族系、脂肪族系いずれも使用することができ、具体的には、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、メチルシクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネートなどが挙げられる。
The carbodiimide compound used as the crosslinking agent can be synthesized by a conventionally known technique, and generally a condensation reaction of a diisocyanate compound is used. The diisocyanate compound is not particularly limited, and any of aromatic and aliphatic compounds can be used. Specifically, tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, hexa Examples include methylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, methylcyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexyl diisocyanate, and dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate.
さらに、本発明の効果を消失させない範囲において、ポリカルボジイミド系化合物の水溶性や水分散性を向上させるために、界面活性剤を添加することや、ポリアルキレンオキシド、ジアルキルアミノアルコールの四級アンモニウム塩、ヒドロキシアルキルスルホン酸塩などの親水性モノマーを添加して用いてもよい。
Furthermore, in order to improve the water solubility and water dispersibility of the polycarbodiimide compound within a range not losing the effect of the present invention, a surfactant may be added, or a polyalkylene oxide or a quaternary ammonium salt of a dialkylamino alcohol. Hydrophilic monomers such as hydroxyalkyl sulfonates may be added and used.
上記架橋剤として用いるシランカップリング化合物とは、1つの分子中に有機官能基とアルコキシ基などの加水分解基を有する有機ケイ素化合物である。例えば、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシランなどのエポキシ基含有化合物;ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシランなどのビニル基含有化合物;p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、p-スチリルトリエトキシシランなどのスチリル基含有化合物;3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシランなどの(メタ)アクリル基含有化合物;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチルブチリデン)プロピルアミン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシランなどのアミノ基含有化合物;トリス(トリメトキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレート、トリス(トリエトキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレートなどのイソシアヌレート基含有化合物;3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジエトキシシランなどのメルカプト基含有化合物などが挙げられる。
The silane coupling compound used as the crosslinking agent is an organosilicon compound having a hydrolyzable group such as an organic functional group and an alkoxy group in one molecule. For example, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 2- (3,4- Epoxy group) epoxy group-containing compounds such as ethyltrimethoxysilane; vinyl group-containing compounds such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and vinyltriethoxysilane; styryl group-containing compounds such as p-styryltrimethoxysilane and p-styryltriethoxysilane; 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, etc. (Meth) acrylic group-containing compound; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl)- 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N -Amino group-containing compounds such as (1,3-dimethylbutylidene) propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane; Tris (trimethoxysilylpropyl) Isocyanurate, tris (triethoxysilylpropyl) Isocyanurate group-containing compounds such as cyanurate; mercapto group-containing compounds such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-mercaptopropylmethyldiethoxysilane It is done.
上記化合物の中でも、機能層の強度や基材フィルムとの密着性の観点から、エポキシ基含有シランカップリング化合物、ビニル基や(メタ)アクリル基などの二重結合含有シランカップリング化合物、アミノ基含有シランカップリング化合物がより好ましい。
Among the above compounds, from the viewpoint of the strength of the functional layer and the adhesion to the substrate film, an epoxy group-containing silane coupling compound, a double bond-containing silane coupling compound such as a vinyl group or a (meth) acryl group, an amino group More preferred are silane coupling compounds.
なお、機能層に含有する架橋剤は、通常、乾燥過程や、製膜過程において、ポリマーや架橋剤自身と反応した状態で存在している。従って、本積層白色フィルム1における機能層には、これら架橋剤の未反応物、反応後の化合物、あるいはそれらの混合物(架橋剤由来の化合物)として存在することとなる。
In addition, the crosslinking agent contained in the functional layer usually exists in a state of reacting with the polymer or the crosslinking agent itself in the drying process or the film forming process. Therefore, the functional layer in the present laminated white film 1 exists as an unreacted product of these crosslinking agents, a compound after reaction, or a mixture thereof (compound derived from the crosslinking agent).
機能層における架橋剤の含有量は、下限が通常0重量%以上、好ましくは3重量%以上、より好ましくは5重量%以上、さらに好ましくは8重量%以上、特に好ましくは10重量%以上である。また上限は、通常80重量%以下、好ましくは70重量%以下、より好ましくは60重量%以下、さらに好ましくは50重量%以下、特に好ましくは40重量%以下である。上記範囲で使用することで、機能層の強度を向上させることができ、また、基材フィルムとの密着性向上や、機能層をコーティングにより設ける際の基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上による優れた外観を達成しやすくなる傾向にある。ここで、架橋剤の含有量とは、架橋反応前の原料(塗布液)における不揮発成分中の含有割合を意味し、架橋反応後の機能層においても同様の意味を指す。
The lower limit of the content of the crosslinking agent in the functional layer is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 3% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, further preferably 8% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or more. . The upper limit is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 70% by weight or less, more preferably 60% by weight or less, still more preferably 50% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or less. By using in the above range, it is possible to improve the strength of the functional layer, and also to improve the adhesion to the base film, and to improve the wettability to the base film when the functional layer is provided by coating Appearance tends to be achieved. Here, content of a crosslinking agent means the content rate in the non-volatile component in the raw material (coating liquid) before bridge | crosslinking reaction, and the same meaning is pointed out also in the functional layer after bridge | crosslinking reaction.
(その他の成分)
本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲において、機能層に、ブロッキングや滑り性改良のために、粒子を含有させることも可能である。さらに、機能層に、消泡剤、塗布性改良剤、増粘剤、有機系潤滑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、発泡剤等を含有させることも可能である。 (Other ingredients)
In the range not impairing the gist of the present invention, the functional layer may contain particles for improving blocking and slipperiness. Further, the functional layer may contain an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a foaming agent, and the like.
本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲において、機能層に、ブロッキングや滑り性改良のために、粒子を含有させることも可能である。さらに、機能層に、消泡剤、塗布性改良剤、増粘剤、有機系潤滑剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、発泡剤等を含有させることも可能である。 (Other ingredients)
In the range not impairing the gist of the present invention, the functional layer may contain particles for improving blocking and slipperiness. Further, the functional layer may contain an antifoaming agent, a coating property improver, a thickener, an organic lubricant, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a foaming agent, and the like.
(機能層の膜厚)
機能層の膜厚は、通常0.001~3μm、好ましくは0.005~1μm、より好ましくは0.01~0.5μm、さらに好ましくは0.02~0.3μm、最も好ましくは0.03~0.2μmである。機能層の膜厚を上記範囲とすることにより、良好な帯電防止性能と離型性能を両立することが容易となる傾向にある。 (Functional layer thickness)
The thickness of the functional layer is usually 0.001 to 3 μm, preferably 0.005 to 1 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm, still more preferably 0.02 to 0.3 μm, and most preferably 0.03. ~ 0.2 μm. By setting the film thickness of the functional layer in the above range, it tends to be easy to achieve both good antistatic performance and release performance.
機能層の膜厚は、通常0.001~3μm、好ましくは0.005~1μm、より好ましくは0.01~0.5μm、さらに好ましくは0.02~0.3μm、最も好ましくは0.03~0.2μmである。機能層の膜厚を上記範囲とすることにより、良好な帯電防止性能と離型性能を両立することが容易となる傾向にある。 (Functional layer thickness)
The thickness of the functional layer is usually 0.001 to 3 μm, preferably 0.005 to 1 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm, still more preferably 0.02 to 0.3 μm, and most preferably 0.03. ~ 0.2 μm. By setting the film thickness of the functional layer in the above range, it tends to be easy to achieve both good antistatic performance and release performance.
(機能層の配置)
機能層は、基材であるポリエステルフィルムの片面に設けることも、また、ポリエステルフィルムの両面に設けることも可能である。
両面に設ける場合においては、両面ともに被記録材として使用可能なフィルムとすることができ、フィルムの取り扱い性が良化するなどの利点もあり、片面の場合より性能的に好ましい。また、機能層を両面に設けることにより、温度や湿度等の環境変化によるカール性を改善することもできる傾向にある。 (Functional layer layout)
The functional layer can be provided on one side of the polyester film as the base material, or can be provided on both sides of the polyester film.
When provided on both sides, the film can be used as a recording material on both sides, and there are advantages such as improved handling of the film. In addition, by providing the functional layer on both sides, the curling property due to environmental changes such as temperature and humidity tends to be improved.
機能層は、基材であるポリエステルフィルムの片面に設けることも、また、ポリエステルフィルムの両面に設けることも可能である。
両面に設ける場合においては、両面ともに被記録材として使用可能なフィルムとすることができ、フィルムの取り扱い性が良化するなどの利点もあり、片面の場合より性能的に好ましい。また、機能層を両面に設けることにより、温度や湿度等の環境変化によるカール性を改善することもできる傾向にある。 (Functional layer layout)
The functional layer can be provided on one side of the polyester film as the base material, or can be provided on both sides of the polyester film.
When provided on both sides, the film can be used as a recording material on both sides, and there are advantages such as improved handling of the film. In addition, by providing the functional layer on both sides, the curling property due to environmental changes such as temperature and humidity tends to be improved.
(機能層の帯電防止性能)
機能層の帯電防止性能としては、表面抵抗値として、通常1×1013Ω以下、好ましくは1×1012Ω以下、より好ましくは5×1011Ω以下、さらに好ましくは1×1011Ω以下、特に好ましくは5×1010Ω以下である。上記範囲内の場合、フィルム同士の貼り付き防止、塵埃等の付着防止に有効なフィルムとなる傾向がある。このため、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式によってトナー像を好適に転写できる複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いる際、複写機・複合機の用紙搬送における重送防止、用紙取扱い時の用紙同士の貼り付き防止ができるようになる。 (Antistatic performance of functional layer)
As the antistatic performance of the functional layer, the surface resistance value is usually 1 × 10 13 Ω or less, preferably 1 × 10 12 Ω or less, more preferably 5 × 10 11 Ω or less, more preferably 1 × 10 11 Ω or less. Particularly preferably, it is 5 × 10 10 Ω or less. When it is within the above range, the film tends to be effective for preventing sticking between films and preventing adhesion of dust and the like. For this reason, when used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer toner images suitably by methods such as electrophotography and thermal transfer, prevention of double feeding in paper transportation of copying machines and multifunction devices, It becomes possible to prevent sticking between sheets.
機能層の帯電防止性能としては、表面抵抗値として、通常1×1013Ω以下、好ましくは1×1012Ω以下、より好ましくは5×1011Ω以下、さらに好ましくは1×1011Ω以下、特に好ましくは5×1010Ω以下である。上記範囲内の場合、フィルム同士の貼り付き防止、塵埃等の付着防止に有効なフィルムとなる傾向がある。このため、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式によってトナー像を好適に転写できる複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いる際、複写機・複合機の用紙搬送における重送防止、用紙取扱い時の用紙同士の貼り付き防止ができるようになる。 (Antistatic performance of functional layer)
As the antistatic performance of the functional layer, the surface resistance value is usually 1 × 10 13 Ω or less, preferably 1 × 10 12 Ω or less, more preferably 5 × 10 11 Ω or less, more preferably 1 × 10 11 Ω or less. Particularly preferably, it is 5 × 10 10 Ω or less. When it is within the above range, the film tends to be effective for preventing sticking between films and preventing adhesion of dust and the like. For this reason, when used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer toner images suitably by methods such as electrophotography and thermal transfer, prevention of double feeding in paper transportation of copying machines and multifunction devices, It becomes possible to prevent sticking between sheets.
<本積層白色フィルム1の製造方法>
以下、本積層白色フィルム1の製造方法に関して具体的に説明する。但し、本発明の要旨を満足する限り、本発明は以下の例示に特に限定されるものではない。 <The manufacturing method of this laminated white film 1>
Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the present laminated white film 1 will be specifically described. However, the present invention is not particularly limited to the following examples as long as the gist of the present invention is satisfied.
以下、本積層白色フィルム1の製造方法に関して具体的に説明する。但し、本発明の要旨を満足する限り、本発明は以下の例示に特に限定されるものではない。 <The manufacturing method of this laminated white film 1>
Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the present laminated white film 1 will be specifically described. However, the present invention is not particularly limited to the following examples as long as the gist of the present invention is satisfied.
まず、公知の手法により乾燥または未乾燥の配合した原料を溶融押出装置に供給し、それぞれのポリマーの融点以上である温度に加熱し溶融混練する。次いで、溶融ポリマーをダイへ導き溶融シートを作製する。
なお、2層以上に積層させたポリエステルフィルムを製造する場合は、各層毎に配合した原料を各溶融押出装置に供給し、それぞれのポリマーの融点以上である温度に加熱し溶融混練する。次いで、各層の溶融ポリマーを、通常マルチマニホールドまたはフィードブロックを経てダイへ導き積層する。
次にダイから押出された溶融シートを、回転冷却ドラム上でガラス転移温度以下の温度になるように急冷固化し、実質的に非晶状態の未配向シートを得る。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるため、シートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高めることが好ましく、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。 First, dry or undried raw materials blended by a known method are supplied to a melt extrusion apparatus, heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of each polymer, and melt kneaded. The molten polymer is then directed to a die to produce a molten sheet.
In addition, when manufacturing the polyester film laminated | stacked on two or more layers, the raw material mix | blended for each layer is supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, and it heat-melts and kneads to the temperature which is more than melting | fusing point of each polymer. The molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
Next, the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
なお、2層以上に積層させたポリエステルフィルムを製造する場合は、各層毎に配合した原料を各溶融押出装置に供給し、それぞれのポリマーの融点以上である温度に加熱し溶融混練する。次いで、各層の溶融ポリマーを、通常マルチマニホールドまたはフィードブロックを経てダイへ導き積層する。
次にダイから押出された溶融シートを、回転冷却ドラム上でガラス転移温度以下の温度になるように急冷固化し、実質的に非晶状態の未配向シートを得る。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるため、シートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高めることが好ましく、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。 First, dry or undried raw materials blended by a known method are supplied to a melt extrusion apparatus, heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of each polymer, and melt kneaded. The molten polymer is then directed to a die to produce a molten sheet.
In addition, when manufacturing the polyester film laminated | stacked on two or more layers, the raw material mix | blended for each layer is supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, and it heat-melts and kneads to the temperature which is more than melting | fusing point of each polymer. The molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
Next, the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
上述のようにして得られたシートを延伸してフィルム化する。ポリエステルフィルムに含有する微細な独立空洞は、かかる延伸によって生成される。
¡The sheet obtained as described above is stretched to form a film. Fine independent cavities contained in the polyester film are generated by such stretching.
延伸条件について具体的に述べると、前記未延伸シートを、好ましくは長手方向(縦方向)に70~150℃で2.5~5倍に延伸し、縦一軸延伸フィルムとする。縦一軸延伸フィルムは、幅方向(横方向)に70~160℃で3~5倍延伸を行い、通常200~250℃、好ましくは210~240℃、より好ましくは215~240℃の範囲で、通常5~600秒間、好ましくは8~300秒間の熱処理を行うことが好ましい。
熱処理温度をかかる温度範囲内で調整することにより、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの溶融粘度を調整することができ、フィルム表面の粗さを調整することができる。 The stretching conditions will be specifically described. The unstretched sheet is preferably stretched 2.5 to 5 times at 70 to 150 ° C. in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) to form a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film. A longitudinally uniaxially stretched film is stretched 3 to 5 times at 70 to 160 ° C. in the width direction (lateral direction), and is usually 200 to 250 ° C., preferably 210 to 240 ° C., more preferably 215 to 240 ° C. The heat treatment is usually performed for 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds.
By adjusting the heat treatment temperature within such a temperature range, the melt viscosity of the polymer incompatible with the polyester can be adjusted, and the roughness of the film surface can be adjusted.
熱処理温度をかかる温度範囲内で調整することにより、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの溶融粘度を調整することができ、フィルム表面の粗さを調整することができる。 The stretching conditions will be specifically described. The unstretched sheet is preferably stretched 2.5 to 5 times at 70 to 150 ° C. in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) to form a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film. A longitudinally uniaxially stretched film is stretched 3 to 5 times at 70 to 160 ° C. in the width direction (lateral direction), and is usually 200 to 250 ° C., preferably 210 to 240 ° C., more preferably 215 to 240 ° C. The heat treatment is usually performed for 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds.
By adjusting the heat treatment temperature within such a temperature range, the melt viscosity of the polymer incompatible with the polyester can be adjusted, and the roughness of the film surface can be adjusted.
上記熱処理工程の諸条件は、フィルムの加熱収縮率だけでなく、フィルムの表面の算術平均粗さ(Ra)にも影響を与える。すなわち、上記範囲の高温とすることで、表面もしくは積層構造の場合は表層に存在するポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーが形成した微細な空洞を溶解させる。表面粗さを適度に低減させることで、印刷によりフィルム表面に形成された文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することが可能となる。それにより、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることが可能となる。
The various conditions of the heat treatment step affect not only the heat shrinkage rate of the film but also the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the film surface. That is, by setting the temperature within the above range, in the case of a surface or a laminated structure, fine cavities formed by a polymer incompatible with the polyester existing on the surface layer are dissolved. By appropriately reducing the surface roughness, it is possible to easily peel and remove characters and images formed on the film surface by printing. This makes it possible to repeatedly use the film as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
熱処理工程後は、熱処理の最高温度ゾーンおよび/または熱処理出口のクーリングゾーンにおいて、縦方向および/または横方向に2~20%弛緩する方法が好ましい。また、必要に応じて再縦延伸、再横延伸を付加することも可能である。
After the heat treatment step, a method of relaxing 2 to 20% in the longitudinal direction and / or the transverse direction in the maximum temperature zone of the heat treatment and / or the cooling zone at the heat treatment outlet is preferable. Further, it is possible to add re-longitudinal stretching and re-lateral stretching as necessary.
(機能層の形成方法)
上述の製造方法によって得られたポリエステルフィルムは、少なくとも片面に機能層を積層させる。
機能層は、コーティング法、共押出法、転写法等、公知の種々の方法により設けることが可能である。それらの中でも、効率的な製造および性能付与の観点からコーティングによるものが好ましい。 (Method for forming functional layer)
The polyester film obtained by the above-described production method has a functional layer laminated on at least one side.
The functional layer can be provided by various known methods such as a coating method, a coextrusion method, and a transfer method. Of these, coating is preferred from the viewpoint of efficient production and performance.
上述の製造方法によって得られたポリエステルフィルムは、少なくとも片面に機能層を積層させる。
機能層は、コーティング法、共押出法、転写法等、公知の種々の方法により設けることが可能である。それらの中でも、効率的な製造および性能付与の観点からコーティングによるものが好ましい。 (Method for forming functional layer)
The polyester film obtained by the above-described production method has a functional layer laminated on at least one side.
The functional layer can be provided by various known methods such as a coating method, a coextrusion method, and a transfer method. Of these, coating is preferred from the viewpoint of efficient production and performance.
上記コーティングの手法は、例えば、グラビアコート、リバースロールコート、ダイコート、エアドクターコート、ブレードコート、ロッドコート、バーコート、カーテンコート、ナイフコート、トランスファロールコート、スクイズコート、含浸コート、キスコート、スプレーコート、カレンダコート、押出コート等、従来公知のコーティング方式を用いることができる。
機能層は、ポリエステルフィルムの製膜工程中にフィルム表面を処理する、インラインコーティングにより設けられてもよく、一旦製造したフィルム上に系外で塗布する、オフラインコーティングを採用してもよい。中でも機能層は、インラインコーティングにより形成されるものがより好ましい。 Examples of the coating method include gravure coating, reverse roll coating, die coating, air doctor coating, blade coating, rod coating, bar coating, curtain coating, knife coating, transfer roll coating, squeeze coating, impregnation coating, kiss coating, and spray coating. Conventionally known coating methods such as calendar coating and extrusion coating can be used.
The functional layer may be provided by in-line coating, which treats the film surface during the process of forming the polyester film, or may employ offline coating that is applied outside the system on the once produced film. Among them, the functional layer is more preferably formed by in-line coating.
機能層は、ポリエステルフィルムの製膜工程中にフィルム表面を処理する、インラインコーティングにより設けられてもよく、一旦製造したフィルム上に系外で塗布する、オフラインコーティングを採用してもよい。中でも機能層は、インラインコーティングにより形成されるものがより好ましい。 Examples of the coating method include gravure coating, reverse roll coating, die coating, air doctor coating, blade coating, rod coating, bar coating, curtain coating, knife coating, transfer roll coating, squeeze coating, impregnation coating, kiss coating, and spray coating. Conventionally known coating methods such as calendar coating and extrusion coating can be used.
The functional layer may be provided by in-line coating, which treats the film surface during the process of forming the polyester film, or may employ offline coating that is applied outside the system on the once produced film. Among them, the functional layer is more preferably formed by in-line coating.
インラインコーティングは、ポリエステルフィルム製造の工程内でコーティングを行う方法であり、具体的には、ポリエステルを溶融押出ししてから延伸後熱固定して巻き上げるまでの任意の段階でコーティングを行う方法である。通常は、溶融、急冷して得られる未延伸シート、延伸された一軸延伸フィルム、熱固定前の二軸延伸フィルム、熱固定後で巻上前のフィルムの何れかにコーティングする。以下に限定するものではないが、例えば逐次二軸延伸においては、特に長手方向(縦方向)に延伸された一軸延伸フィルムにコーティングした後に幅方向(横方向)に延伸する方法が優れている。かかる方法によれば、製膜と機能層形成を同時に行うことができるため製造コスト上のメリットがあり、また、コーティング後に延伸を行うために、機能層の厚みを延伸倍率により変化させることもでき、オフラインコーティングに比べ、薄膜コーティングをより容易に行うことができる。また、延伸前にフィルム上に機能層を設けることにより、機能層を基材フィルムと共に延伸することができ、それにより機能層を基材フィルムに強固に密着させることができる。
さらに、二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムの製造において、クリップ等によりフィルム端部を把持しつつ延伸することで、フィルムを縦および横方向に拘束することができ、熱固定工程において、しわ等が入らず平面性を維持したまま高温をかけることができる。それゆえ、インラインコーティングを行えば、塗布後に施される熱処理が他の方法では達成されない高温とすることができるために、機能層の造膜性が向上し、機能層と基材フィルムをより強固に密着させることができ、さらには、強固な機能層とすることができ、機能層の脱落を防ぎ、帯電防止性能や離型性能を向上させることができる。また、架橋剤を含有する原料(塗布液)を用いて機能層を形成する場合においては、熱固定時の高温によって架橋反応を行うことができる。 In-line coating is a method of coating within the process of manufacturing a polyester film, and specifically, a method of coating at any stage from melt extrusion of a polyester to heat setting after stretching and winding up. Usually, it is coated on any of an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding. Although not limited to the following, for example, in sequential biaxial stretching, a method of stretching in the width direction (lateral direction) after coating a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) is particularly excellent. According to this method, film formation and functional layer formation can be performed at the same time, so there is an advantage in manufacturing cost. In addition, in order to perform stretching after coating, the thickness of the functional layer can be changed by the stretching ratio. Compared to offline coating, thin film coating can be performed more easily. Further, by providing the functional layer on the film before stretching, the functional layer can be stretched together with the base film, whereby the functional layer can be firmly adhered to the base film.
Furthermore, in the production of a biaxially stretched polyester film, the film can be restrained in the longitudinal and lateral directions by stretching while gripping the film end with a clip, etc. High temperature can be applied while maintaining the properties. Therefore, if in-line coating is performed, the heat treatment performed after application can be performed at a high temperature that cannot be achieved by other methods, so that the film-forming property of the functional layer is improved and the functional layer and the base film are made stronger. In addition, the functional layer can be made strong, the functional layer can be prevented from falling off, and the antistatic performance and the release performance can be improved. Moreover, when forming a functional layer using the raw material (coating liquid) containing a crosslinking agent, a crosslinking reaction can be performed by the high temperature at the time of heat setting.
さらに、二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムの製造において、クリップ等によりフィルム端部を把持しつつ延伸することで、フィルムを縦および横方向に拘束することができ、熱固定工程において、しわ等が入らず平面性を維持したまま高温をかけることができる。それゆえ、インラインコーティングを行えば、塗布後に施される熱処理が他の方法では達成されない高温とすることができるために、機能層の造膜性が向上し、機能層と基材フィルムをより強固に密着させることができ、さらには、強固な機能層とすることができ、機能層の脱落を防ぎ、帯電防止性能や離型性能を向上させることができる。また、架橋剤を含有する原料(塗布液)を用いて機能層を形成する場合においては、熱固定時の高温によって架橋反応を行うことができる。 In-line coating is a method of coating within the process of manufacturing a polyester film, and specifically, a method of coating at any stage from melt extrusion of a polyester to heat setting after stretching and winding up. Usually, it is coated on any of an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding. Although not limited to the following, for example, in sequential biaxial stretching, a method of stretching in the width direction (lateral direction) after coating a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) is particularly excellent. According to this method, film formation and functional layer formation can be performed at the same time, so there is an advantage in manufacturing cost. In addition, in order to perform stretching after coating, the thickness of the functional layer can be changed by the stretching ratio. Compared to offline coating, thin film coating can be performed more easily. Further, by providing the functional layer on the film before stretching, the functional layer can be stretched together with the base film, whereby the functional layer can be firmly adhered to the base film.
Furthermore, in the production of a biaxially stretched polyester film, the film can be restrained in the longitudinal and lateral directions by stretching while gripping the film end with a clip, etc. High temperature can be applied while maintaining the properties. Therefore, if in-line coating is performed, the heat treatment performed after application can be performed at a high temperature that cannot be achieved by other methods, so that the film-forming property of the functional layer is improved and the functional layer and the base film are made stronger. In addition, the functional layer can be made strong, the functional layer can be prevented from falling off, and the antistatic performance and the release performance can be improved. Moreover, when forming a functional layer using the raw material (coating liquid) containing a crosslinking agent, a crosslinking reaction can be performed by the high temperature at the time of heat setting.
機能層の形成方法としては、上述の一連の化合物を溶液または溶媒の分散体として、固形分濃度が0.1~80重量%程度を目安に調整した液をポリエステルフィルム上にコーティングする要領にて積層白色フィルムを製造することが好ましい。特にインラインコーティングにより設ける場合は、水溶液または水分散体であることがより好ましい。水への分散性改良、造膜性改良等を目的として、塗布液には少量の有機溶剤を含有していてもよい。また、有機溶剤は1種類のみでもよく、適宜、2種類以上を使用してもよい。
The functional layer is formed by coating the polyester film with a solution prepared by using the above-described series of compounds as a solution or solvent dispersion and adjusting the solid content concentration to about 0.1 to 80% by weight. It is preferable to produce a laminated white film. In particular, when provided by in-line coating, an aqueous solution or a water dispersion is more preferable. For the purpose of improving the dispersibility in water, improving the film-forming property, etc., the coating solution may contain a small amount of an organic solvent. Moreover, only one type of organic solvent may be used, and two or more types may be used as appropriate.
機能層を形成する際の乾燥および硬化条件は特に限定されるものではないが、コーティングによる方法の場合、塗布液に使用している水等の溶媒の乾燥温度は、通常70~150℃、好ましくは80~130℃、さらに好ましくは90~120℃である。乾燥の時間としては、目安として3~200秒、好ましくは5~120秒である。
また、機能層の強度を向上させるため、フィルム製造工程において、通常150~270℃、好ましくは170~250℃、さらに好ましくは180~240℃の範囲の熱処理工程を経ることが好ましい。当該熱処理工程の時間としては、目安として5~600秒、好ましくは8~300秒である。 The drying and curing conditions for forming the functional layer are not particularly limited, but in the case of the coating method, the drying temperature of a solvent such as water used in the coating solution is usually 70 to 150 ° C., preferably Is 80 to 130 ° C, more preferably 90 to 120 ° C. The drying time is generally 3 to 200 seconds, preferably 5 to 120 seconds.
In order to improve the strength of the functional layer, it is preferable that a heat treatment step in the range of usually 150 to 270 ° C., preferably 170 to 250 ° C., more preferably 180 to 240 ° C. is performed in the film manufacturing process. The time for the heat treatment step is generally 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds.
また、機能層の強度を向上させるため、フィルム製造工程において、通常150~270℃、好ましくは170~250℃、さらに好ましくは180~240℃の範囲の熱処理工程を経ることが好ましい。当該熱処理工程の時間としては、目安として5~600秒、好ましくは8~300秒である。 The drying and curing conditions for forming the functional layer are not particularly limited, but in the case of the coating method, the drying temperature of a solvent such as water used in the coating solution is usually 70 to 150 ° C., preferably Is 80 to 130 ° C, more preferably 90 to 120 ° C. The drying time is generally 3 to 200 seconds, preferably 5 to 120 seconds.
In order to improve the strength of the functional layer, it is preferable that a heat treatment step in the range of usually 150 to 270 ° C., preferably 170 to 250 ° C., more preferably 180 to 240 ° C. is performed in the film manufacturing process. The time for the heat treatment step is generally 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 to 300 seconds.
また、必要に応じて熱処理と紫外線照射等の活性エネルギー線照射とを併用してもよい。本積層白色フィルム1を構成するポリエステルフィルムにはあらかじめ、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等の表面処理を施してもよい。
Further, heat treatment and active energy ray irradiation such as ultraviolet irradiation may be used in combination as necessary. The polyester film constituting the laminated white film 1 may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment or plasma treatment in advance.
<画像形成物質等>
本積層白色フィルム1は、機能層上に、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像を設けることが可能である。 <Image-forming substances, etc.>
The laminated white film 1 can be provided with characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance on the functional layer.
本積層白色フィルム1は、機能層上に、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像を設けることが可能である。 <Image-forming substances, etc.>
The laminated white film 1 can be provided with characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance on the functional layer.
ここで、文字,画像は、従来公知の手法で設けることが可能であり、複写機やプリンターなどで印刷することで得ることが可能である。
他方、画像形成物質等に用いられる熱可塑性樹脂についても、従来公知の材料を使用することができる。
画像形成物質に限定は無い。すなわち、上記の「画像形成物質等」には、一般に被記録材に対して画像を形成可能な物質の全てを包含し、固体粒子、懸濁液、溶液等の何れの性状であってもよく、インクも包含される。
また、着色剤にも制約は無く、顔料、染料、有色化合物等の何れを用いることも出来る。中でも、熱可塑性樹脂中に顔料を分散させて微粒状にしたトナーが好適である。 Here, the character and the image can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer.
On the other hand, conventionally known materials can also be used for thermoplastic resins used for image forming substances and the like.
There is no limitation on the image forming substance. That is, the above-mentioned “image forming substance” generally includes all substances capable of forming an image on a recording material, and may have any property such as solid particles, suspension, solution, etc. Ink is also included.
The colorant is not limited, and any of pigments, dyes, colored compounds and the like can be used. Among these, a toner in which a pigment is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin to form a fine particle is preferable.
他方、画像形成物質等に用いられる熱可塑性樹脂についても、従来公知の材料を使用することができる。
画像形成物質に限定は無い。すなわち、上記の「画像形成物質等」には、一般に被記録材に対して画像を形成可能な物質の全てを包含し、固体粒子、懸濁液、溶液等の何れの性状であってもよく、インクも包含される。
また、着色剤にも制約は無く、顔料、染料、有色化合物等の何れを用いることも出来る。中でも、熱可塑性樹脂中に顔料を分散させて微粒状にしたトナーが好適である。 Here, the character and the image can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer.
On the other hand, conventionally known materials can also be used for thermoplastic resins used for image forming substances and the like.
There is no limitation on the image forming substance. That is, the above-mentioned “image forming substance” generally includes all substances capable of forming an image on a recording material, and may have any property such as solid particles, suspension, solution, etc. Ink is also included.
The colorant is not limited, and any of pigments, dyes, colored compounds and the like can be used. Among these, a toner in which a pigment is dispersed in a thermoplastic resin to form a fine particle is preferable.
<樹脂層>
本積層白色フィルム1は、さらに画像形成物質等の上に若しくは機能層の上に樹脂層を設けることが可能である。
当該樹脂層は、積層白色フィルムを再利用する等のために、文字,画像を、樹脂層と共にフィルムから剥離除去するために設ける主旨であってもよい。 <Resin layer>
The laminated white film 1 can further be provided with a resin layer on the image forming substance or the like or on the functional layer.
The main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white film.
本積層白色フィルム1は、さらに画像形成物質等の上に若しくは機能層の上に樹脂層を設けることが可能である。
当該樹脂層は、積層白色フィルムを再利用する等のために、文字,画像を、樹脂層と共にフィルムから剥離除去するために設ける主旨であってもよい。 <Resin layer>
The laminated white film 1 can further be provided with a resin layer on the image forming substance or the like or on the functional layer.
The main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white film.
この樹脂層としては、従来公知の材料を使用することができ、硬化性の樹脂組成物から形成された硬化性の樹脂層であるのが好ましい。
硬化性の樹脂層としては、例えば、加熱により硬化する樹脂組成物からなる熱硬化性樹脂層や、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する樹脂組成物からなる活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層などを挙げることができる。中でも、文字,画像を残らず剥離除去しやすいという観点において、前記活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が好ましい。 As this resin layer, conventionally known materials can be used, and a curable resin layer formed from a curable resin composition is preferable.
Examples of the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by heating, an active energy ray curable resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays, and the like. Can be mentioned. Among these, the active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to peel off and remove all characters and images.
硬化性の樹脂層としては、例えば、加熱により硬化する樹脂組成物からなる熱硬化性樹脂層や、活性エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する樹脂組成物からなる活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層などを挙げることができる。中でも、文字,画像を残らず剥離除去しやすいという観点において、前記活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が好ましい。 As this resin layer, conventionally known materials can be used, and a curable resin layer formed from a curable resin composition is preferable.
Examples of the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by heating, an active energy ray curable resin layer made of a resin composition that is cured by irradiation with active energy rays, and the like. Can be mentioned. Among these, the active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint that it is easy to peel off and remove all characters and images.
活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層としては、紫外線硬化性樹脂層、電子線硬化性樹脂層、可視光線硬化性樹脂層等が挙げられる。取扱の容易性や、硬化性の性能を考慮すると、前記紫外線硬化性樹脂層であることが好ましい。活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の一例としては、例えば、ハードコート層が挙げられる。
Examples of the active energy ray curable resin layer include an ultraviolet curable resin layer, an electron beam curable resin layer, and a visible light curable resin layer. In view of ease of handling and curable performance, the ultraviolet curable resin layer is preferable. An example of the active energy ray-curable resin layer is a hard coat layer.
活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層に使用される材料としては、特に限定されない。例えば単官能(メタ)アクリレート、多官能(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエトキシシラン等の反応性珪素化合物等の硬化物が挙げられる。これらのうち生産性及び硬度の両立の観点より、活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物の重合硬化物であることが特に好ましい。また、当該樹脂層を、画像を積層白色フィルムから剥離除去するために設ける場合は、上記の材料とすることにより、良好な剥離除去特性を発揮することができる傾向にある。
The material used for the active energy ray-curable resin layer is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include cured products such as reactive silicon compounds such as monofunctional (meth) acrylates, polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, and tetraethoxysilane. Among these, from the viewpoint of achieving both productivity and hardness, a polymerization cured product of a composition containing an active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable. Moreover, when providing the said resin layer in order to peel and remove an image from a lamination | stacking white film, it exists in the tendency which can exhibit a favorable peeling removal characteristic by using said material.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物は特に限定されるものでない。例えば公知の単官能(メタ)アクリレート、二官能(メタ)アクリレート、多官能(メタ)アクリレートを一種類以上混合したもの、活性エネルギー線硬化性ハードコート用樹脂材として市販されているもの、あるいはこれら以外に本実施形態の目的を損なわない範囲において、その他の成分をさらに添加したものを用いることができる。
The composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, a known monofunctional (meth) acrylate, a bifunctional (meth) acrylate, a mixture of one or more polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, a commercially available resin material for an active energy ray-curable hard coat, or these In addition to this, what added the other component can be used in the range which does not impair the objective of this embodiment.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の単官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではない。例えばメチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリート、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等の芳香族(メタ)アクリレート、ジアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリール(メタ)アクリレート、フェニルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート等のエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, alkyl (meth) acrylate such as methyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxypropyl (meth) ) Acrylate, alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) Aromatic (meth) acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, amino group-containing (meth) acrylates such as diaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene Examples include ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylates such as glycyl (meth) acrylate and phenylphenol ethylene oxide-modified (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の二官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではない。例えば1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のアルカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAエチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールFエチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート等のビスフェノール変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable bifunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanedi Alkanediol di (meth) acrylate such as methylol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A ethylene oxide modified di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol F ethylene oxide modified di (meth) acrylate and other bisphenol modified di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, epoxy di (meth) acrylate and the like.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス(アクロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等のイソシアヌル酸変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートトルエンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等のウレタンアクリレート等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate. , Isocyanuric acid modified tri (meth) such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri (meth) acrylate, ε-caprolactone modified tris (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate Acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, pentaerythritol triacrylate toluene diisocyanate Tan prepolymers, urethane acrylates such as dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, and the like.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物に含まれるその他の成分は特に限定されるものではない。例えば、無機又は有機の微粒子、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、分散剤、界面活性剤、光安定剤及びレベリング剤等が挙げられる。また、ウェットコーティング法において成膜後乾燥させる場合には、任意の量の溶媒を添加することができる。
Other components contained in the composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents. In addition, when the film is dried after film formation in the wet coating method, an arbitrary amount of solvent can be added.
樹脂層を、文字や画像を積層白色フィルムから剥離除去するために設ける場合は、通常、当該剥離除去の工程はフィルムを製造する工場ではなく、オフィスなどで行われる。このため、オフィスなどの屋内での使用には、溶媒を含有しないことが好ましい。樹脂層を形成するための樹脂(樹脂液)として、溶剤の含有量は、好ましくは10重量%以下、より好ましくは5重量%以下、さらに好ましくは3重量%以下、特に好ましくは1重量%以下であり、最も好ましくは溶剤を含有しない(意図的に含有しない)ことである。
When a resin layer is provided for peeling and removing characters and images from a laminated white film, the peeling and removing process is usually performed in an office or the like, not in a factory that manufactures the film. For this reason, it is preferable not to contain a solvent for indoor use such as in an office. As the resin (resin liquid) for forming the resin layer, the content of the solvent is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, further preferably 3% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 1% by weight or less. Most preferably, it does not contain a solvent (does not intentionally contain it).
樹脂層の形成方法は、ロールコート法、ダイコート法等の一般的なウェットコート法、押出法等が挙げられる。形成された樹脂層には必要に応じて加熱や紫外線、電子線等の活性エネルギー線照射を施し、硬化反応を行うことができる。
Examples of the method for forming the resin layer include a general wet coating method such as a roll coating method and a die coating method, and an extrusion method. The formed resin layer can be subjected to a curing reaction by heating, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams as necessary.
<<第2の実施形態>>
本発明を実施するための第2の実施形態の一例として、積層白色ポリエステルフィルム(「積層白色フィルム」とも称する)10について説明する。 << Second Embodiment >>
As an example of a second embodiment for carrying out the present invention, a laminated white polyester film (also referred to as “laminated white film”) 10 will be described.
本発明を実施するための第2の実施形態の一例として、積層白色ポリエステルフィルム(「積層白色フィルム」とも称する)10について説明する。 << Second Embodiment >>
As an example of a second embodiment for carrying out the present invention, a laminated white polyester film (also referred to as “laminated white film”) 10 will be described.
<本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10>
本発明を実施するための形態の一例としての積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10(「本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10」と称する)は、ポリエステルを主成分樹脂とする層を少なくとも2層以上有する積層フィルムであり、そのうちの少なくとも表層は、ポリエステルと、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含有することを特徴としている。 <Laminated white polyester film 10>
A laminated white polyester film 10 (referred to as “the present laminated white polyester film 10”) as an example for carrying out the present invention is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin. At least the surface layer is characterized by containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
本発明を実施するための形態の一例としての積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10(「本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10」と称する)は、ポリエステルを主成分樹脂とする層を少なくとも2層以上有する積層フィルムであり、そのうちの少なくとも表層は、ポリエステルと、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含有することを特徴としている。 <Laminated white polyester film 10>
A laminated white polyester film 10 (referred to as “the present laminated white polyester film 10”) as an example for carrying out the present invention is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin. At least the surface layer is characterized by containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
<積層構成>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の積層構成は、本発明の要旨を超えない限り、2層、3層、4層またはそれ以上の多層であってもよく、特に限定されるものではない。中でも、両表層と中間層とからなる3層構成(表層/中間層/表層)が好ましい。
なお、積層構成が2層である場合とは、2つの表層によって構成されることを意味し、具体的には、各層を構成するポリエステルの種類や、含有する粒子等の配合が異なる組成の2層によって形成される場合等が挙げられる。 <Laminated structure>
The laminated structure of the laminated white polyester film 10 may be a multilayer of two layers, three layers, four layers or more as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention, and is not particularly limited. Among these, a three-layer structure (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) composed of both surface layers and an intermediate layer is preferable.
In addition, the case where a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing | blending of the kind of polyester which comprises each layer, the particle | grains to contain, etc. differs. The case where it forms with a layer is mentioned.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の積層構成は、本発明の要旨を超えない限り、2層、3層、4層またはそれ以上の多層であってもよく、特に限定されるものではない。中でも、両表層と中間層とからなる3層構成(表層/中間層/表層)が好ましい。
なお、積層構成が2層である場合とは、2つの表層によって構成されることを意味し、具体的には、各層を構成するポリエステルの種類や、含有する粒子等の配合が異なる組成の2層によって形成される場合等が挙げられる。 <Laminated structure>
The laminated structure of the laminated white polyester film 10 may be a multilayer of two layers, three layers, four layers or more as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention, and is not particularly limited. Among these, a three-layer structure (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) composed of both surface layers and an intermediate layer is preferable.
In addition, the case where a laminated structure is two layers means that it is comprised by two surface layers, and specifically, 2 of the composition from which mixing | blending of the kind of polyester which comprises each layer, the particle | grains to contain, etc. differs. The case where it forms with a layer is mentioned.
<表層>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層は、少なくとも主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むのが好ましい。
ここで、「主成分樹脂」とは、表層を構成する樹脂成分のうち最も含有割合の多い樹脂の意味である。当該主成分樹脂は、表層を構成する樹脂成分のうち30質量%以上、中でも50質量%以上、その中でも80質量%以上(100質量%を含む)を占める場合を想定することができる。 <Surface>
The surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 preferably contains at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
Here, the “main component resin” means a resin having the largest content ratio among the resin components constituting the surface layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, particularly 80% by mass or more (including 100% by mass) of the resin components constituting the surface layer.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層は、少なくとも主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むのが好ましい。
ここで、「主成分樹脂」とは、表層を構成する樹脂成分のうち最も含有割合の多い樹脂の意味である。当該主成分樹脂は、表層を構成する樹脂成分のうち30質量%以上、中でも50質量%以上、その中でも80質量%以上(100質量%を含む)を占める場合を想定することができる。 <Surface>
The surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 preferably contains at least a polyester as a main component resin and a polymer incompatible with the polyester.
Here, the “main component resin” means a resin having the largest content ratio among the resin components constituting the surface layer. It can be assumed that the main component resin occupies 30% by mass or more, particularly 50% by mass or more, particularly 80% by mass or more (including 100% by mass) of the resin components constituting the surface layer.
(ポリエステル)
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10を構成するポリエステルは、上記本積層白色フィルム1における基材としてのポリエステルフィルム又はポリエステル樹脂層の主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと同様である。 (polyester)
The polyester constituting the laminated white polyester film 10 is the same as the polyester as the base material in the laminated white film 1 or the polyester as the main component resin of the polyester resin layer.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10を構成するポリエステルは、上記本積層白色フィルム1における基材としてのポリエステルフィルム又はポリエステル樹脂層の主成分樹脂としてのポリエステルと同様である。 (polyester)
The polyester constituting the laminated white polyester film 10 is the same as the polyester as the base material in the laminated white film 1 or the polyester as the main component resin of the polyester resin layer.
(ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー)
上記ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10中に含有させることで、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸したポリエステルフィルムに無数の微細な空洞を含有させることができる。前記微細な空洞によって、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は光を散乱させ、白色不透明をもたらすだけでなく、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の見掛け密度を低減させる。
中でも本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有することによって、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた時、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を容易に剥離除去できる。また、十分な隠蔽性および軽量化を確保するために、必要に応じて中間層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有させてもよい。 (Polyester incompatible with polyester)
By including a polymer incompatible with the polyester in the laminated white polyester film 10, the polyester film stretched at least in a uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the laminated white polyester film 10 not only scatters light and causes white opacity, but also reduces the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10.
In particular, the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, so that the toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, etc. Thus, the image forming substance containing the thermoplastic resin can be easily peeled and removed. Moreover, in order to ensure sufficient concealability and weight reduction, a polymer incompatible with the polyester may be contained in the intermediate layer as necessary.
上記ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10中に含有させることで、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸したポリエステルフィルムに無数の微細な空洞を含有させることができる。前記微細な空洞によって、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は光を散乱させ、白色不透明をもたらすだけでなく、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の見掛け密度を低減させる。
中でも本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有することによって、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた時、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10表面に印刷されたトナー等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質を容易に剥離除去できる。また、十分な隠蔽性および軽量化を確保するために、必要に応じて中間層にポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有させてもよい。 (Polyester incompatible with polyester)
By including a polymer incompatible with the polyester in the laminated white polyester film 10, the polyester film stretched at least in a uniaxial direction can contain innumerable fine cavities. Due to the fine cavities, the laminated white polyester film 10 not only scatters light and causes white opacity, but also reduces the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10.
In particular, the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polymer that is incompatible with polyester, so that the toner printed on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 when used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, etc. Thus, the image forming substance containing the thermoplastic resin can be easily peeled and removed. Moreover, in order to ensure sufficient concealability and weight reduction, a polymer incompatible with the polyester may be contained in the intermediate layer as necessary.
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーについても、上記本積層白色フィルム1において説明した「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」と同様である。
The polymer incompatible with the polyester is the same as the “polymer incompatible with the polyester” described in the laminated white film 1 described above.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層における「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」の含有量の下限は、通常1重量%以上、好ましくは2重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、さらに好ましくは5重量%以上、特に好ましくは8重量%以上である。上記範囲で使用することにより、フィルムの微細空洞の生成量が十分なものとなり、フィルムの隠蔽性が向上し、かつ、見掛け密度の低減効果すなわち軽量化が十分なものとなる。また、フィルムの滑り性や鉛筆などの筆記性も向上し、印刷搬送性にも有利となる。さらに、フィルム表面においては、印刷された画像形成物質等による文字や画像を剥離除去しやすくなり、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることが可能となる傾向がある。
一方、表層におけるポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。当該範囲で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。 The lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5%. % By weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more. By using in the above range, the amount of fine cavities generated in the film becomes sufficient, the concealability of the film is improved, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction is sufficient. In addition, the slipperiness of the film and the writing property of a pencil or the like are improved, which is advantageous for the print transportability. Furthermore, on the film surface, it becomes easy to peel off and remove characters and images from printed image forming substances and the like, and there is a tendency that the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in the surface layer is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, still more preferably 35% by weight or less, particularly preferably. 30% by weight or less, most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
一方、表層におけるポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。当該範囲で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。 The lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible polymer” in the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably 5%. % By weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more. By using in the above range, the amount of fine cavities generated in the film becomes sufficient, the concealability of the film is improved, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction is sufficient. In addition, the slipperiness of the film and the writing property of a pencil or the like are improved, which is advantageous for the print transportability. Furthermore, on the film surface, it becomes easy to peel off and remove characters and images from printed image forming substances and the like, and there is a tendency that the film can be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in the surface layer is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, still more preferably 35% by weight or less, particularly preferably. 30% by weight or less, most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
また、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の各層における「ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー」の含有量の下限は、通常1重量%以上、好ましくは2重量%以上、より好ましくは3重量%以上、さらに好ましくは5重量%以上、特に好ましくは8重量%以上である。上記範囲で使用することにより、十分な隠蔽性を有し、かつ、見掛け密度の低減効果すなわち軽量化が十分なものとすることができる。
一方、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10各層におけるポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。当該範囲で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。 Further, the lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible with polyester” in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably. Is 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more. By using it in the above range, it has sufficient concealing property, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction can be sufficient.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and further preferably 35% by weight. % Or less, particularly preferably 30% by weight or less, and most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
一方、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10各層におけるポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有量の上限は、通常70重量%以下、好ましくは50重量%以下、より好ましくは40重量%以下、さらに好ましくは35重量%以下、特に好ましくは30重量%以下、最も好ましくは25重量%以下である。当該範囲で使用することにより、生成する空洞の量が多すぎず、延伸時の破断を抑えやすい傾向がある。 Further, the lower limit of the content of the “polyester incompatible with polyester” in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 2% by weight or more, more preferably 3% by weight or more, and further preferably. Is 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably 8% by weight or more. By using it in the above range, it has sufficient concealing property, and the effect of reducing the apparent density, that is, the weight reduction can be sufficient.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the content of the polymer incompatible with the polyester in each layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 70% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 40% by weight or less, and further preferably 35% by weight. % Or less, particularly preferably 30% by weight or less, and most preferably 25% by weight or less. By using in this range, the amount of cavities to be generated is not too large, and there is a tendency to easily suppress breakage during stretching.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10が3層以上の構成である場合、中間層はフィルム製造時に発生する耳部、マスターロール耳部およびマスターロール下巻き部などの再生品を本発明の主旨を損なわない範囲で配合してもよい。再生品が含まれることによって、コストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応の効果を有する。中間層における再生品の含有量は、色調規制の他に、固有粘度低下による製膜安定性の面から、中間層に対して95重量%以下とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは85重量%以下、さらに好ましくは70重量%以下、特に好ましくは60重量%以下、最も好ましくは40重量%以下の範囲である。
When the present laminated white polyester film 10 has a structure of three or more layers, the intermediate layer is a range that does not impair the gist of the present invention, such as an ear part, a master roll ear part, and a master roll lower winding part generated during film production. You may mix with. The inclusion of recycled products has the effect of reducing costs and reducing environmental impact. The content of the recycled product in the intermediate layer is preferably 95% by weight or less, more preferably 85% by weight or less with respect to the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of film formation stability due to a decrease in intrinsic viscosity in addition to color tone regulation. More preferably, it is 70% by weight or less, particularly preferably 60% by weight or less, most preferably 40% by weight or less.
(金属化合物粒子)
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10に、さらなる隠蔽性や白色度の向上を目的として、金属化合物粒子を含有させることも可能である。ポリエステルフィルムが3層以上の構成である場合は、金属化合物粒子を含有させる層は、表層であっても、中間層であっても構わない。隠蔽性や白色度の向上を効果的なものとするためには、表層に含有させることが好ましい。 (Metal compound particles)
The laminated white polyester film 10 may contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving the concealability and whiteness. When the polyester film has a structure of three or more layers, the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10に、さらなる隠蔽性や白色度の向上を目的として、金属化合物粒子を含有させることも可能である。ポリエステルフィルムが3層以上の構成である場合は、金属化合物粒子を含有させる層は、表層であっても、中間層であっても構わない。隠蔽性や白色度の向上を効果的なものとするためには、表層に含有させることが好ましい。 (Metal compound particles)
The laminated white polyester film 10 may contain metal compound particles for the purpose of further improving the concealability and whiteness. When the polyester film has a structure of three or more layers, the layer containing the metal compound particles may be a surface layer or an intermediate layer. In order to effectively improve the concealability and whiteness, it is preferably contained in the surface layer.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10で使用する金属化合物粒子は、非相溶なポリマーを配合することによる微細な空洞によって発生する光散乱効果による白色不透明性を補う傾向があるため、より高い隠蔽度および白色度を得られる傾向にある。
The metal compound particles used in the laminated white polyester film 10 tend to compensate for the white opacity due to the light scattering effect generated by fine cavities by blending incompatible polymers. It tends to get a degree.
この際、当該金属化合物粒子としては、上記本積層白色フィルム1で説明した金属化合物粒子と同様である。
At this time, the metal compound particles are the same as the metal compound particles described in the laminated white film 1.
金属化合物粒子の含有量は、金属化合物粒子を含有する本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層全体に対して、下限は、好ましくは1重量%以上、より好ましくは2重量%以上、さらに好ましくは3重量%以上であり、上限は、通常30重量%以下、好ましくは20重量%以下、より好ましくは15重量%以下、さらに好ましくは13重量%以下、特に好ましくは10重量%以下である。上記範囲にすることで、十分な隠蔽度を付与することができ、さらにコスト的にも有利で、紙を材料とする用紙に代えて複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いることが最適なものとなる傾向にある。
The lower limit of the content of the metal compound particles is preferably 1% by weight or more, more preferably 2% by weight or more, and further preferably 3% by weight with respect to the entire surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 containing the metal compound particles. The upper limit is usually 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, still more preferably 13% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 10% by weight or less. By making it in the above range, a sufficient degree of concealment can be given, and it is also advantageous in terms of cost, and it is optimal to use it as a recording material for copy paper or printer paper instead of paper made of paper. It tends to be a thing.
(金属化合物粒子以外の粒子)
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の取り扱い性、易滑性を向上させるために、特に本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層に、易滑性付与のために前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子が含まれていてもよい。 (Particles other than metal compound particles)
In order to improve the handleability and the slipperiness of the present laminated white polyester film 10, in particular, the surface layer of the present laminate white polyester film 10 includes particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above for imparting slipperiness. It may be.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の取り扱い性、易滑性を向上させるために、特に本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層に、易滑性付与のために前記で例示した金属化合物粒子以外の粒子が含まれていてもよい。 (Particles other than metal compound particles)
In order to improve the handleability and the slipperiness of the present laminated white polyester film 10, in particular, the surface layer of the present laminate white polyester film 10 includes particles other than the metal compound particles exemplified above for imparting slipperiness. It may be.
この際、金属化合物粒子以外の粒子としては、上記本積層白色フィルム1において説明した「金属化合物粒子以外の粒子」と同様である。
At this time, the particles other than the metal compound particles are the same as the “particles other than the metal compound particles” described in the laminated white film 1.
(その他の成分)
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10中には、上述の粒子、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー以外に必要に応じて従来公知の酸化防止剤、熱安定剤、潤滑剤、帯電防止剤、蛍光増白剤、染料、顔料等を添加することができる。また用途によっては、紫外線吸収剤、特にベンゾオキサジノン系紫外線吸収剤等を含有させてもよい。 (Other ingredients)
In the present laminated white polyester film 10, in addition to the above-described particles and polymers incompatible with polyester, conventionally known antioxidants, heat stabilizers, lubricants, antistatic agents, fluorescent whitening agents, Dyes, pigments and the like can be added. Further, depending on the use, an ultraviolet absorber, particularly a benzoxazinone-based ultraviolet absorber may be contained.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10中には、上述の粒子、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー以外に必要に応じて従来公知の酸化防止剤、熱安定剤、潤滑剤、帯電防止剤、蛍光増白剤、染料、顔料等を添加することができる。また用途によっては、紫外線吸収剤、特にベンゾオキサジノン系紫外線吸収剤等を含有させてもよい。 (Other ingredients)
In the present laminated white polyester film 10, in addition to the above-described particles and polymers incompatible with polyester, conventionally known antioxidants, heat stabilizers, lubricants, antistatic agents, fluorescent whitening agents, Dyes, pigments and the like can be added. Further, depending on the use, an ultraviolet absorber, particularly a benzoxazinone-based ultraviolet absorber may be contained.
<積層構成>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、上記のように、ポリエステルを主成分樹脂とする層を少なくとも2層以上有する積層フィルムであり、そのうちの少なくとも表層は、ポリエステルと、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有し、かつ、当該表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)が950nm以下であるのが好ましい。
当該表層が、上記のように、ポリエステル、及び、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有すれば、延伸によって微細な空洞を設けることができるから、軽量化、隠蔽性及び白色化を実現することができ、さらに表面粗さを調整することができるから、筆記性を高めることができる。 <Laminated structure>
As described above, the laminated white polyester film 10 is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin, and at least a surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester. In addition, the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layer is preferably 950 nm or less.
If the surface layer contains polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester as described above, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching, so that weight reduction, concealability, and whitening can be realized. Since the surface roughness can be further adjusted, the writing property can be improved.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、上記のように、ポリエステルを主成分樹脂とする層を少なくとも2層以上有する積層フィルムであり、そのうちの少なくとも表層は、ポリエステルと、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有し、かつ、当該表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)が950nm以下であるのが好ましい。
当該表層が、上記のように、ポリエステル、及び、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーを含有すれば、延伸によって微細な空洞を設けることができるから、軽量化、隠蔽性及び白色化を実現することができ、さらに表面粗さを調整することができるから、筆記性を高めることができる。 <Laminated structure>
As described above, the laminated white polyester film 10 is a laminated film having at least two layers containing polyester as a main component resin, and at least a surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 contains a polyester and a polymer incompatible with the polyester. In addition, the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layer is preferably 950 nm or less.
If the surface layer contains polyester and a polymer that is incompatible with the polyester as described above, a fine cavity can be provided by stretching, so that weight reduction, concealability, and whitening can be realized. Since the surface roughness can be further adjusted, the writing property can be improved.
当該表層が、さらに金属化合物粒子を含有すれば、隠蔽性や白色度をさらに高めることができ、さらに金属化合物粒子以外の粒子を含有することにより、易滑性を向上させることができる。
If the surface layer further contains metal compound particles, the hiding property and whiteness can be further increased, and the slipperiness can be improved by containing particles other than the metal compound particles.
上記表層以外の中間層は、上記ポリエステルを含有していれば、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー、金属化合物粒子及び金属化合物粒子以外の粒子は、必要に応じて含有してもよい。金属化合物粒子及び金属化合物粒子以外の粒子の含有量をできるだけ少量とし、また、再生品としてのポリエステルを配合して使用することがコストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応の観点で好ましい。
As long as the intermediate layer other than the surface layer contains the polyester, a polymer incompatible with the polyester, metal compound particles, and particles other than the metal compound particles may be contained as necessary. It is preferable from the viewpoint of cost reduction and environmental load reduction that the content of the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles is made as small as possible, and the recycled polyester is used.
<厚み>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の厚みは、フィルムとして製膜可能な範囲であれば特に限定されるものではない。10~1000μmであるのが好ましく、より好ましくは20~500μm、さらにより好ましくは30~400μm、特に好ましくは38~350μmの範囲である。上記範囲で使用することで、フィルムのコシや取り扱い性を十分なものとすることが可能となる。 <Thickness>
The thickness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film. The thickness is preferably 10 to 1000 μm, more preferably 20 to 500 μm, even more preferably 30 to 400 μm, and particularly preferably 38 to 350 μm. By using in the said range, it becomes possible to make the firmness and handleability of a film sufficient.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の厚みは、フィルムとして製膜可能な範囲であれば特に限定されるものではない。10~1000μmであるのが好ましく、より好ましくは20~500μm、さらにより好ましくは30~400μm、特に好ましくは38~350μmの範囲である。上記範囲で使用することで、フィルムのコシや取り扱い性を十分なものとすることが可能となる。 <Thickness>
The thickness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed as a film. The thickness is preferably 10 to 1000 μm, more preferably 20 to 500 μm, even more preferably 30 to 400 μm, and particularly preferably 38 to 350 μm. By using in the said range, it becomes possible to make the firmness and handleability of a film sufficient.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、金属化合物粒子や金属化合物粒子以外の粒子は表層に含有されることが好ましい。
また、中間層には、再生品を配合してコストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応を行うため、共押出法を用いて積層構造とすることが好ましい。
かかる観点から、ポリエステルフィルムが、上記のように3層以上の積層構成である場合、各表層の厚さは1μm~50μmであるのが好ましく、中でも2μm以上或いは40μm以下、その中でも3μm以上或いは30μm以下、その中でも4μm以上或いは25μm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。上記範囲で使用することで、後述の金属化合物粒子、金属化合物粒子以外の粒子による性能を十分に発揮することが可能となり、かつ製造コストも安価に抑えられる。 In the laminated white polyester film 10, the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles are preferably contained in the surface layer.
In addition, in order to reduce costs and reduce environmental impact by adding recycled products to the intermediate layer, it is preferable to use a coextrusion method to form a laminated structure.
From this point of view, when the polyester film has a laminated structure of three or more layers as described above, the thickness of each surface layer is preferably 1 μm to 50 μm, especially 2 μm or more or 40 μm or less, especially 3 μm or more or 30 μm. Hereinafter, among them, the thickness is more preferably 4 μm or more or 25 μm or less. By using in the said range, it becomes possible to fully exhibit the performance by the metal compound particle | grains mentioned later and particle | grains other than metal compound particle | grains, and manufacturing cost can also be suppressed at low cost.
また、中間層には、再生品を配合してコストダウンおよび環境負荷低減対応を行うため、共押出法を用いて積層構造とすることが好ましい。
かかる観点から、ポリエステルフィルムが、上記のように3層以上の積層構成である場合、各表層の厚さは1μm~50μmであるのが好ましく、中でも2μm以上或いは40μm以下、その中でも3μm以上或いは30μm以下、その中でも4μm以上或いは25μm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。上記範囲で使用することで、後述の金属化合物粒子、金属化合物粒子以外の粒子による性能を十分に発揮することが可能となり、かつ製造コストも安価に抑えられる。 In the laminated white polyester film 10, the metal compound particles and particles other than the metal compound particles are preferably contained in the surface layer.
In addition, in order to reduce costs and reduce environmental impact by adding recycled products to the intermediate layer, it is preferable to use a coextrusion method to form a laminated structure.
From this point of view, when the polyester film has a laminated structure of three or more layers as described above, the thickness of each surface layer is preferably 1 μm to 50 μm, especially 2 μm or more or 40 μm or less, especially 3 μm or more or 30 μm. Hereinafter, among them, the thickness is more preferably 4 μm or more or 25 μm or less. By using in the said range, it becomes possible to fully exhibit the performance by the metal compound particle | grains mentioned later and particle | grains other than metal compound particle | grains, and manufacturing cost can also be suppressed at low cost.
<見掛け密度>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の見掛け密度は、下限が通常0.7g/cm3以上であり、好ましくは0.75g/cm3以上、より好ましくは0.8g/cm3以上である。上記範囲とすることで、フィルムの強度を保持でき、情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の紙に代わる被記録材として用いる際の、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができ、最適な印刷をすることが可能となる。
一方、上限としては、通常1.3g/cm3以下、好ましくは1.2g/cm3以下、より好ましくは1.1g/cm3以下である。上記範囲とすることで、大量の印刷物を持ち運びする際の作業負担が軽減され、さらにはフィルム(シート)の輸送過程で発生するCO2削減による環境負荷低減やコストダウン対応が可能となる。
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、主成分樹脂であるポリエステルよりも比重の軽い非相溶なポリマーを配合し、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することにより、調整することができる。但し、これらの方法に限定するものではない。 <Apparent density>
The lower limit of the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more. By setting the above range, the strength of the film can be maintained, and clogging of the film in the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material in place of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium can be reduced. This makes it possible to perform optimal printing.
On the other hand, the upper limit is usually 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less. By setting it as the above range, the work burden when carrying a large amount of printed matter is reduced, and furthermore, it is possible to reduce environmental load and reduce costs by reducing CO 2 generated in the film (sheet) transportation process.
The apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted by blending an incompatible polymer having a specific gravity lighter than that of the polyester as the main component resin and stretching in at least a uniaxial direction. However, it is not limited to these methods.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の見掛け密度は、下限が通常0.7g/cm3以上であり、好ましくは0.75g/cm3以上、より好ましくは0.8g/cm3以上である。上記範囲とすることで、フィルムの強度を保持でき、情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の紙に代わる被記録材として用いる際の、複写機内の搬送工程におけるフィルムの詰まりを低減することができ、最適な印刷をすることが可能となる。
一方、上限としては、通常1.3g/cm3以下、好ましくは1.2g/cm3以下、より好ましくは1.1g/cm3以下である。上記範囲とすることで、大量の印刷物を持ち運びする際の作業負担が軽減され、さらにはフィルム(シート)の輸送過程で発生するCO2削減による環境負荷低減やコストダウン対応が可能となる。
ポリエステルフィルムの見掛け密度は、主成分樹脂であるポリエステルよりも比重の軽い非相溶なポリマーを配合し、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸することにより、調整することができる。但し、これらの方法に限定するものではない。 <Apparent density>
The lower limit of the apparent density of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.7 g / cm 3 or more, preferably 0.75 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 0.8 g / cm 3 or more. By setting the above range, the strength of the film can be maintained, and clogging of the film in the transport process in the copying machine when used as a recording material in place of copying paper or printer paper as an information printing medium can be reduced. This makes it possible to perform optimal printing.
On the other hand, the upper limit is usually 1.3 g / cm 3 or less, preferably 1.2 g / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1.1 g / cm 3 or less. By setting it as the above range, the work burden when carrying a large amount of printed matter is reduced, and furthermore, it is possible to reduce environmental load and reduce costs by reducing CO 2 generated in the film (sheet) transportation process.
The apparent density of the polyester film can be adjusted by blending an incompatible polymer having a specific gravity lighter than that of the polyester as the main component resin and stretching in at least a uniaxial direction. However, it is not limited to these methods.
<物性>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表面すなわち表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、950nm以下であるのが好ましく、中でも850nm以下、その中でも800nm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。算術平均粗さ(Ra)が、上記範囲で使用することで、印刷によりフィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することができ、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることができる傾向にある。
一方、算術平均粗さ(Ra)の下限は、100nm以上であるのが好ましく、中でも200nm以上、その中でも300nm以上、その中でも350nm以上であるのがさらに好ましい。上記範囲とすることで、隠蔽性や搬送性を十分なものとすることが可能となり、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いるのに最適なフィルムとすることが可能となる。さらに、十分な筆記性を有することができる傾向にある。
なお、本発明における算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、後述する実施例で用いた測定方法に基づくものとする。 <Physical properties>
The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface, that is, the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is preferably 950 nm or less, more preferably 850 nm or less, and particularly preferably 800 nm or less. By using the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) within the above range, characters and images such as image forming substances containing thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface by printing can be easily peeled and removed. Tends to be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and particularly preferably 350 nm or more. By setting it within the above range, it is possible to make the concealability and transportability sufficient, and it is possible to obtain an optimum film for use as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper. Furthermore, it exists in the tendency which can have sufficient writing property.
In addition, the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) in this invention shall be based on the measuring method used in the Example mentioned later.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表面すなわち表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、950nm以下であるのが好ましく、中でも850nm以下、その中でも800nm以下であるのがさらに好ましい。算術平均粗さ(Ra)が、上記範囲で使用することで、印刷によりフィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することができ、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることができる傾向にある。
一方、算術平均粗さ(Ra)の下限は、100nm以上であるのが好ましく、中でも200nm以上、その中でも300nm以上、その中でも350nm以上であるのがさらに好ましい。上記範囲とすることで、隠蔽性や搬送性を十分なものとすることが可能となり、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いるのに最適なフィルムとすることが可能となる。さらに、十分な筆記性を有することができる傾向にある。
なお、本発明における算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、後述する実施例で用いた測定方法に基づくものとする。 <Physical properties>
The arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface, that is, the surface layer of the laminated white polyester film 10 is preferably 950 nm or less, more preferably 850 nm or less, and particularly preferably 800 nm or less. By using the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) within the above range, characters and images such as image forming substances containing thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface by printing can be easily peeled and removed. Tends to be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
On the other hand, the lower limit of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) is preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 200 nm or more, more preferably 300 nm or more, and particularly preferably 350 nm or more. By setting it within the above range, it is possible to make the concealability and transportability sufficient, and it is possible to obtain an optimum film for use as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper. Furthermore, it exists in the tendency which can have sufficient writing property.
In addition, the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) in this invention shall be based on the measuring method used in the Example mentioned later.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の黄味を表す指標であるb値(反射法)は、通常0.00以下、好ましくは-0.20以下、より好ましくは-0.40以下、さらに好ましくは-0.50以下、特に好ましくは-0.60以下であり、下限は特に限定されないが、-5.0以上が好ましい。上記範囲で使用することで、黄味が抑えられ白色度を良好なものとすることができる。さらに、カラー印刷用の被記録材として用いる際は、得られる画像品質を優れたものとすることができる傾向にある。
The b value (reflection method) which is an index representing the yellowness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.00 or less, preferably −0.20 or less, more preferably −0.40 or less, and further preferably −0. .50 or less, particularly preferably −0.60 or less, and the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably −5.0 or more. By using in the said range, yellowness can be suppressed and whiteness can be made favorable. Further, when used as a recording material for color printing, the obtained image quality tends to be excellent.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、150℃、30分におけるフィルム長手方向(MD)およびフィルム幅方向(TD)の加熱収縮率は、絶対値として通常2.8%以下、好ましくは2.3%以下、より好ましくは2.0%以下である。
加熱収縮率が上記範囲であれば、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式により被記録材に印刷する際に、熱による影響でフィルムの寸法安定性が損なわれることを防ぐことができ、特にフィルム(シート)の縁の部分、すなわち、しわが発生しやすい部分においても、しわの発生を抑えることができ、文字や画像に歪みやムラなどが発生して画像品質が低下する現象を抑えることが可能となる。また、しわは、一度発生してしまうと消すことができないため、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し使用することができなくなるため、極力発生しないようにすることが好ましい。 In the laminated white polyester film 10, the heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes is usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less as an absolute value. More preferably, it is 2.0% or less.
If the heat shrinkage is in the above range, it is possible to prevent the dimensional stability of the film from being impaired due to the influence of heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. Even at the edge of the (sheet), that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles can be suppressed, and the phenomenon of distortion and unevenness in characters and images can be suppressed and image quality can be reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since wrinkles cannot be erased once they occur, they cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, and therefore it is preferable that wrinkles are not generated as much as possible.
加熱収縮率が上記範囲であれば、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式により被記録材に印刷する際に、熱による影響でフィルムの寸法安定性が損なわれることを防ぐことができ、特にフィルム(シート)の縁の部分、すなわち、しわが発生しやすい部分においても、しわの発生を抑えることができ、文字や画像に歪みやムラなどが発生して画像品質が低下する現象を抑えることが可能となる。また、しわは、一度発生してしまうと消すことができないため、複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し使用することができなくなるため、極力発生しないようにすることが好ましい。 In the laminated white polyester film 10, the heat shrinkage in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the film width direction (TD) at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes is usually 2.8% or less, preferably 2.3% or less as an absolute value. More preferably, it is 2.0% or less.
If the heat shrinkage is in the above range, it is possible to prevent the dimensional stability of the film from being impaired due to the influence of heat when printing on a recording material by a method such as an electrophotographic method or a thermal transfer method. Even at the edge of the (sheet), that is, the portion where wrinkles are likely to occur, the generation of wrinkles can be suppressed, and the phenomenon of distortion and unevenness in characters and images can be suppressed and image quality can be reduced. It becomes possible. In addition, since wrinkles cannot be erased once they occur, they cannot be repeatedly used as a recording material for copying paper or printer paper, and therefore it is preferable that wrinkles are not generated as much as possible.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の隠蔽性(OD)は、マクベス濃度計によりフィルム単枚を測定して、通常0.30以上、好ましくは0.35以上、より好ましくは0.40以上、さらに好ましくは0.45以上である。上記範囲で用いることで、フィルム両面に、全面印刷した際の裏写りが軽減され、品質の良い文字や画像を得ることができる。一方、隠蔽性(OD)の上限は特に限定しないが、他の物性のバランスを考慮すると、1.0以下が好ましく、0.9以下がより好ましい。
The concealability (OD) of the present laminated white polyester film 10 is usually 0.30 or more, preferably 0.35 or more, more preferably 0.40 or more, even more preferably, when a single film is measured with a Macbeth densitometer. 0.45 or more. By using it in the above range, the show-through when the entire surface is printed on both sides of the film is reduced, and high quality characters and images can be obtained. On the other hand, the upper limit of the concealability (OD) is not particularly limited, but considering the balance of other physical properties, 1.0 or less is preferable, and 0.9 or less is more preferable.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の白色度は、測色計によりフィルム単枚の時のハンター白色度(Wb)を測定して、下限は通常80.0%以上、好ましくは81.0%以上、より好ましくは82.0%以上、さらに好ましくは83.0%以上、特に好ましくは83.5%以上である。白色度を上記範囲とすることで、紙に代わる情報印刷媒体である複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いた際、特にカラー印刷を行った際などにおいて、文字や画像が高精細なものとなり、品質的に好ましいものとなる傾向にある。また、使用する用途にも依存するため、高級感を出すためには高い方が好ましく、特に上限は限定されるものではない。一方、光沢を気にする用途に用いる場合には、好ましい範囲の上限は95.0%以下である。
The whiteness of the laminated white polyester film 10 is determined by measuring the Hunter whiteness (Wb) when the film is a single sheet with a colorimeter, and the lower limit is usually 80.0% or more, preferably 81.0% or more. Preferably it is 82.0% or more, More preferably, it is 83.0% or more, Most preferably, it is 83.5% or more. By setting the whiteness to the above range, high-definition characters and images can be used as recording materials for copy paper and printer paper, which are information printing media that replace paper, especially when color printing is performed. Therefore, it tends to be preferable in terms of quality. Moreover, since it depends also on the use to be used, in order to give a high-class feeling, a higher one is preferable, and the upper limit is not particularly limited. On the other hand, when used in applications where gloss is a concern, the upper limit of the preferred range is 95.0% or less.
<機能層>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の少なくとも片面に機能層を設けてもよい。
この機能層は、例えば、画像形成物質が層表面に直接付着する被記録層としての役割を果たすことができる。本発明における被記録層は、付着した画像形成物質を定着させるだけでなく、後述の樹脂層を設けた際に画像形成物質を樹脂層と一緒に除去させる役割を有する層である。 <Functional layer>
A functional layer may be provided on at least one side of the laminated white polyester film 10.
This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example. The recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の少なくとも片面に機能層を設けてもよい。
この機能層は、例えば、画像形成物質が層表面に直接付着する被記録層としての役割を果たすことができる。本発明における被記録層は、付着した画像形成物質を定着させるだけでなく、後述の樹脂層を設けた際に画像形成物質を樹脂層と一緒に除去させる役割を有する層である。 <Functional layer>
A functional layer may be provided on at least one side of the laminated white polyester film 10.
This functional layer can serve as a recording layer on which the image forming substance adheres directly to the layer surface, for example. The recording layer in the present invention is a layer that not only fixes the attached image forming substance but also has a role of removing the image forming substance together with the resin layer when a resin layer described later is provided.
前記機能層は、帯電防止性能及び離型性能を備えていることが好ましい。
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10には、見掛け密度の低減と、コストをかけることなく白色化を行うことと、印刷された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字および画像を容易に剥離除去できることとを実現するため、ポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えることが好ましく、当該ポリエステル樹脂層が表層に有することがより好ましい。しかしながら、機能層を設けた場合、表層に有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去できるようにする性能を発現することが難しくなる傾向にあることが判明したため、機能層は離型性能も備えていることが好ましい。すなわち、印刷を行った後に、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有するトナー等の文字,画像形成物質を好適に剥離除去することが出来るように、離型性能を設けるために、機能層は離型剤を含有することが好ましい。 The functional layer preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
The laminated white polyester film 10 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin. It is preferable to provide a polyester resin layer containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with polyester, and it is more preferable that the polyester resin layer has a surface layer. However, when a functional layer is provided, it has been found that it tends to be difficult to express the ability to easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface layer. It is preferable that performance is also provided. That is, the functional layer is provided in order to provide a release performance so that characters and image forming substances such as toner containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled and removed after printing. Preferably contains a release agent.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10には、見掛け密度の低減と、コストをかけることなく白色化を行うことと、印刷された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字および画像を容易に剥離除去できることとを実現するため、ポリエステルと、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーとを含むポリエステル樹脂層を備えることが好ましく、当該ポリエステル樹脂層が表層に有することがより好ましい。しかしながら、機能層を設けた場合、表層に有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去できるようにする性能を発現することが難しくなる傾向にあることが判明したため、機能層は離型性能も備えていることが好ましい。すなわち、印刷を行った後に、フィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有するトナー等の文字,画像形成物質を好適に剥離除去することが出来るように、離型性能を設けるために、機能層は離型剤を含有することが好ましい。 The functional layer preferably has antistatic performance and release performance.
The laminated white polyester film 10 has a reduced apparent density, can be whitened without cost, and can easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances containing a printed thermoplastic resin. It is preferable to provide a polyester resin layer containing polyester and a polymer incompatible with polyester, and it is more preferable that the polyester resin layer has a surface layer. However, when a functional layer is provided, it has been found that it tends to be difficult to express the ability to easily peel and remove characters and images such as image forming substances on the surface layer. It is preferable that performance is also provided. That is, the functional layer is provided in order to provide a release performance so that characters and image forming substances such as toner containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface can be suitably peeled and removed after printing. Preferably contains a release agent.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、電子写真方式や熱転写方式などの方式によってトナー像を好適に転写できる複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として用いる際、複写機・複合機の用紙搬送における重送防止、用紙取扱い時の用紙同士の貼り付き防止等を目的とする。さらには、塵埃の付着を防止し、品質の良いフィルムや画像品質の良いフィルム印刷物とするために、機能層は帯電防止性能を備えていることが好ましい。
かかる観点から、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を少なくとも片面に有するものが好ましい。 This laminated white polyester film 10 is used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer a toner image suitably by a system such as an electrophotographic system or a thermal transfer system, and prevents double feeding in the paper transport of a copier / multifunction machine. The purpose is to prevent sticking between sheets when handling the sheets. Furthermore, it is preferable that the functional layer has an antistatic performance in order to prevent the adhesion of dust and to obtain a high-quality film or a high-quality film print.
From this viewpoint, it is preferable to have a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side.
かかる観点から、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を少なくとも片面に有するものが好ましい。 This laminated white polyester film 10 is used as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper that can transfer a toner image suitably by a system such as an electrophotographic system or a thermal transfer system, and prevents double feeding in the paper transport of a copier / multifunction machine. The purpose is to prevent sticking between sheets when handling the sheets. Furthermore, it is preferable that the functional layer has an antistatic performance in order to prevent the adhesion of dust and to obtain a high-quality film or a high-quality film print.
From this viewpoint, it is preferable to have a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one side.
また、画像形成物質の形成のしやすさと定着性の向上、また、機能層をコーティングにより設ける際の、基材フィルムへの濡れ性向上のために、機能層は、ポリマー(上述した帯電防止剤、離型剤以外のポリマー)を含有することがさらに好ましい。
In order to improve the ease of forming an image forming substance and fixability, and to improve the wettability to the base film when the functional layer is provided by coating, the functional layer is a polymer (antistatic agent described above). It is further preferable to contain a polymer other than the release agent.
前記機能層に、帯電防止剤、離型剤及びポリマーを含有させて適度な離型性能を付与することにより、画像形成物質等をフィルム表面に定着する機能と、画像形成物質等を剥離除去する機能とを、より適切に得ることができることを見出した。すなわち、定着性と剥離性という互いに相反する特性を、1つの機能層で、より高度に実現する手法を見出した。この技術は、一般的な定着性能を有する機能層では剥離性能が実現できず、一方、一般的な剥離性能を有する機能層では定着性能が実現できないことを考えると非常に効果の高い技術といえる。また、定着性能を有する機能層と剥離性能を有する機能層とを積層したとしても、いずれの性能も発現させることはできず、最外層にあたる機能層の性能だけが反映される。
By adding an antistatic agent, a release agent and a polymer to the functional layer and imparting an appropriate release performance, the function of fixing the image forming substance on the film surface and the image forming substance are peeled and removed. It has been found that functions can be obtained more appropriately. That is, the present inventors have found a technique for realizing the mutually contradictory characteristics of fixability and peelability with a single functional layer. This technology can be said to be a highly effective technology considering that a functional layer having general fixing performance cannot achieve peeling performance, while a functional layer having general peeling performance cannot realize fixing performance. . Moreover, even if a functional layer having fixing performance and a functional layer having peeling performance are laminated, any performance cannot be expressed, and only the performance of the functional layer corresponding to the outermost layer is reflected.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10で用いる上記の帯電防止剤、離型剤及びポリマーは、上記本積層白色フィルム1で用いる帯電防止剤、離型剤及びポリマーと同様である。
The antistatic agent, release agent and polymer used in the laminated white polyester film 10 are the same as the antistatic agent, release agent and polymer used in the laminated white film 1.
なお、本積層ポリエステルフィルムが前記機能層を有する場合においても、本積層ポリエステルフィルムのb値、加熱収縮率、隠蔽性(OD)、白色度の好ましい範囲については、前記した数値範囲と同様である。
In addition, also when this laminated polyester film has the said functional layer, about the preferable value range of b value of this laminated polyester film, heat shrinkage rate, concealability (OD), and whiteness, it is the same as the above-mentioned numerical range. .
<製造方法>
以下、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の製造方法に関して具体的に説明する。本発明の要旨を満足する限り、本発明は以下の例示に特に限定されるものではない。 <Manufacturing method>
Hereinafter, the method for producing the laminated white polyester film 10 will be specifically described. The present invention is not particularly limited to the following examples as long as the gist of the present invention is satisfied.
以下、本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の製造方法に関して具体的に説明する。本発明の要旨を満足する限り、本発明は以下の例示に特に限定されるものではない。 <Manufacturing method>
Hereinafter, the method for producing the laminated white polyester film 10 will be specifically described. The present invention is not particularly limited to the following examples as long as the gist of the present invention is satisfied.
まず、公知の手法により乾燥した、または未乾燥の各層毎に配合した原料を各溶融押出装置に供給し、それぞれのポリマーの融点以上である温度に加熱し溶融混練する。次いで、各層の溶融ポリマーを、通常マルチマニホールドまたはフィードブロックを経てダイへ導き積層する。
次にダイから押出された溶融シートを、回転冷却ドラム上でガラス転移温度以下の温度になるように急冷固化し、実質的に非晶状態の未配向シートを得る。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるため、シートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高めることが好ましく、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。 First, raw materials blended for each layer which are dried or not dried by a known method are supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of each polymer, and melt-kneaded. The molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
Next, the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
次にダイから押出された溶融シートを、回転冷却ドラム上でガラス転移温度以下の温度になるように急冷固化し、実質的に非晶状態の未配向シートを得る。この場合、シートの平面性を向上させるため、シートと回転冷却ドラムとの密着性を高めることが好ましく、静電印加密着法および/または液体塗布密着法が好ましく採用される。 First, raw materials blended for each layer which are dried or not dried by a known method are supplied to each melt-extrusion apparatus, heated to a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of each polymer, and melt-kneaded. The molten polymer of each layer is then directed and laminated to the die, usually through a multi-manifold or feed block.
Next, the molten sheet extruded from the die is rapidly cooled and solidified on the rotary cooling drum so as to have a temperature equal to or lower than the glass transition temperature, thereby obtaining a substantially amorphous unoriented sheet. In this case, in order to improve the flatness of the sheet, it is preferable to improve the adhesion between the sheet and the rotary cooling drum, and an electrostatic application adhesion method and / or a liquid application adhesion method are preferably employed.
上述のようにして得られたシートを延伸してフィルム化する。ポリエステルフィルムに含有する微細な独立空洞は、かかる延伸によって生成される。
¡The sheet obtained as described above is stretched to form a film. Fine independent cavities contained in the polyester film are generated by such stretching.
延伸条件について具体的に述べると、前記未延伸シートを、好ましくは長手方向(縦方向)に70~150℃で2.5~5倍に延伸し、縦一軸延伸フィルムとした後、幅方向(横方向)に70~160℃で3~5倍延伸を行い、通常200~250℃、好ましくは210~240℃、より好ましくは215~240℃の範囲で、通常5~600秒間、好ましくは8~300秒間の熱処理を行うことが好ましい。
Specifically describing stretching conditions, the unstretched sheet is preferably stretched 2.5 to 5 times at 70 to 150 ° C. in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) to form a longitudinally uniaxially stretched film, and then the width direction ( The film is stretched 3 to 5 times in the transverse direction at 70 to 160 ° C., usually in the range of 200 to 250 ° C., preferably 210 to 240 ° C., more preferably 215 to 240 ° C., usually 5 to 600 seconds, preferably 8 It is preferable to perform a heat treatment for up to 300 seconds.
上記熱処理工程の諸条件は、フィルムの加熱収縮率だけでなく、フィルムの表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)にも影響を与える。すなわち、上記範囲の高温とすることで、表層の表面に存在するポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーが形成した微細な空洞を溶解させる。表面粗さを適度に低減させることで、印刷によりフィルム表面に形成された熱可塑性樹脂を含有する画像形成物質等の文字や画像を容易に剥離除去することが可能となる。それにより、フィルムを複写用紙やプリンター用紙の被記録材として繰り返し用いることが可能となる。
The conditions of the heat treatment step affect not only the heat shrinkage rate of the film but also the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layer of the film. That is, by setting the temperature within the above range, fine cavities formed by a polymer incompatible with the polyester present on the surface of the surface layer are dissolved. By appropriately reducing the surface roughness, it is possible to easily peel and remove characters and images such as an image forming substance containing a thermoplastic resin formed on the film surface by printing. This makes it possible to repeatedly use the film as a recording material for copying paper and printer paper.
熱処理工程後は、熱処理の最高温度ゾーンおよび/または熱処理出口のクーリングゾーンにおいて、縦方向および/または横方向に2~20%弛緩する方法が好ましい。また、必要に応じて再縦延伸、再横延伸を付加することも可能である。
After the heat treatment step, a method of relaxing 2 to 20% in the longitudinal direction and / or the transverse direction in the maximum temperature zone of the heat treatment and / or the cooling zone at the heat treatment outlet is preferable. Further, it is possible to add re-longitudinal stretching and re-lateral stretching as necessary.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10に機能層を形成させる方法について以下に説明する。機能層は、コーティング法、共押出法、転写法等、公知の種々の方法により設けることが可能である。それら中でも、効率的な製造および性能付与の観点からコーティングによるものが好ましい。
A method for forming a functional layer on the laminated white polyester film 10 will be described below. The functional layer can be provided by various known methods such as a coating method, a coextrusion method, and a transfer method. Among them, the coating method is preferable from the viewpoint of efficient production and imparting performance.
上記コーティングの手法としては、ポリエステルフィルムの製膜工程中にフィルム表面を処理する、インラインコーティングにより設けられてもよく、一旦製造したフィルム上に系外で塗布する、オフラインコーティングを採用してもよい。より好ましくはインラインコーティングにより形成されるものである。
As the above-mentioned coating method, the film surface may be provided by in-line coating, which is processed during the process of forming the polyester film, or off-line coating may be employed that is applied outside the system on the manufactured film. . More preferably, it is formed by in-line coating.
インラインコーティングは、ポリエステルフィルム製造の工程内でコーティングを行う方法であり、具体的には、ポリエステルを溶融押出ししてから延伸後熱固定して巻き上げるまでの任意の段階でコーティングを行う方法である。通常は、溶融、急冷して得られる未延伸シート、延伸された一軸延伸フィルム、熱固定前の二軸延伸フィルム、熱固定後で巻上前のフィルムの何れかにコーティングする。以下に限定するものではないが、例えば逐次二軸延伸においては、特に長手方向(縦方向)に延伸された一軸延伸フィルムにコーティングした後に横方向に延伸する方法が優れている。かかる方法によれば、製膜と機能層形成を同時に行うことができるため製造コスト上のメリットがあり、また、コーティング後に延伸を行うために、機能層の厚みを延伸倍率により変化させることもでき、オフラインコーティングに比べ、薄膜コーティングをより容易に行うことができる。また、延伸前にフィルム上に機能層を設けることにより、機能層を基材フィルムと共に延伸することができ、それにより機能層を基材フィルムに強固に密着させることができる。さらに、二軸延伸ポリエステルフィルムの製造において、クリップ等によりフィルム端部を把持しつつ延伸することで、フィルムを縦および横方向に拘束することができ、熱固定工程において、しわ等が入らず平面性を維持したまま高温をかけることができる。それゆえ、塗布後に施される熱処理が他の方法では達成されない高温とすることができるために、機能層の造膜性が向上し、機能層と基材フィルムをより強固に密着させることができ、さらには、強固な機能層とすることができ、機能層の脱落を防ぎ、帯電防止性能や離型性能を向上させることができる。
In-line coating is a method of coating in the process of manufacturing a polyester film, and specifically, a method of coating at an arbitrary stage from melt-extrusion of polyester to heat-fixing and winding after stretching. Usually, it is coated on any of an unstretched sheet obtained by melting and quenching, a stretched uniaxially stretched film, a biaxially stretched film before heat setting, and a film after heat setting and before winding. Although not limited to the following, for example, in sequential biaxial stretching, a method of stretching in the transverse direction after coating a uniaxially stretched film stretched in the longitudinal direction (longitudinal direction) is particularly excellent. According to this method, film formation and functional layer formation can be performed at the same time, so there is an advantage in manufacturing cost. In addition, in order to perform stretching after coating, the thickness of the functional layer can be changed by the stretching ratio. Compared to offline coating, thin film coating can be performed more easily. Further, by providing the functional layer on the film before stretching, the functional layer can be stretched together with the base film, whereby the functional layer can be firmly adhered to the base film. Furthermore, in the production of a biaxially stretched polyester film, the film can be restrained in the longitudinal and lateral directions by stretching while gripping the film end with a clip, etc. High temperature can be applied while maintaining the properties. Therefore, since the heat treatment performed after coating can be performed at a high temperature that cannot be achieved by other methods, the film forming property of the functional layer can be improved, and the functional layer and the base film can be more firmly adhered to each other. In addition, the functional layer can be made strong, preventing the functional layer from falling off, and improving the antistatic performance and the release performance.
<画像形成物質>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層の機能層が設けられていない面上または機能層が設けられている面上には、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像を設けることが可能である。
文字,画像は、従来公知の手法で設けることが可能であり、複写機やプリンターなどで印刷することで得ることが可能である。また、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂についても、従来公知の材料を使用することができる。 <Image forming material>
Characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image-forming substance can be provided on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 where the functional layer is not provided or on the surface provided with the functional layer. It is.
Characters and images can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer. Moreover, conventionally well-known materials can be used also about thermoplastic resins, such as an image forming substance.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10の表層の機能層が設けられていない面上または機能層が設けられている面上には、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像を設けることが可能である。
文字,画像は、従来公知の手法で設けることが可能であり、複写機やプリンターなどで印刷することで得ることが可能である。また、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂についても、従来公知の材料を使用することができる。 <Image forming material>
Characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image-forming substance can be provided on the surface of the laminated white polyester film 10 where the functional layer is not provided or on the surface provided with the functional layer. It is.
Characters and images can be provided by a conventionally known method, and can be obtained by printing with a copying machine or a printer. Moreover, conventionally well-known materials can be used also about thermoplastic resins, such as an image forming substance.
<樹脂層>
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、さらに、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像上に、樹脂層を設けることが可能である。
当該樹脂層は、積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを再利用する等のために、文字,画像を、樹脂層と共にフィルムから剥離除去させるために設ける主旨であってもよい。 <Resin layer>
The laminated white polyester film 10 can further be provided with a resin layer on characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance.
The main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white polyester film.
本積層白色ポリエステルフィルム10は、さらに、画像形成物質等の熱可塑性樹脂を含有する文字,画像上に、樹脂層を設けることが可能である。
当該樹脂層は、積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを再利用する等のために、文字,画像を、樹脂層と共にフィルムから剥離除去させるために設ける主旨であってもよい。 <Resin layer>
The laminated white polyester film 10 can further be provided with a resin layer on characters and images containing a thermoplastic resin such as an image forming substance.
The main purpose of the resin layer may be to remove characters and images from the film together with the resin layer in order to reuse the laminated white polyester film.
樹脂層としては、従来公知の材料を使用することができ、硬化性の樹脂層であるのが好ましい。
硬化性の樹脂層としては、熱硬化性樹脂層、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が挙げられる。文字,画像を残らず剥離除去しやすいという観点において、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が好ましい。 A conventionally well-known material can be used as a resin layer, and it is preferable that it is a curable resin layer.
Examples of the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer and an active energy ray curable resin layer. An active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint of easy separation and removal without leaving characters and images.
硬化性の樹脂層としては、熱硬化性樹脂層、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が挙げられる。文字,画像を残らず剥離除去しやすいという観点において、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層が好ましい。 A conventionally well-known material can be used as a resin layer, and it is preferable that it is a curable resin layer.
Examples of the curable resin layer include a thermosetting resin layer and an active energy ray curable resin layer. An active energy ray-curable resin layer is preferable from the viewpoint of easy separation and removal without leaving characters and images.
活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層としては、紫外線硬化性樹脂層、電子線硬化性樹脂層、可視光線硬化性樹脂層等が挙げられる。取扱の容易性や、硬化性の性能を考慮すると、前記紫外線硬化性樹脂層であることが好ましい。活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の一例としては、例えば、ハードコート層が挙げられる。
Examples of the active energy ray curable resin layer include an ultraviolet curable resin layer, an electron beam curable resin layer, and a visible light curable resin layer. In view of ease of handling and curable performance, the ultraviolet curable resin layer is preferable. An example of the active energy ray-curable resin layer is a hard coat layer.
活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層に使用される材料としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、単官能(メタ)アクリレート、多官能(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエトキシシラン等の反応性珪素化合物等の硬化物が挙げられる。これらのうち生産性及び硬度の両立の観点より、活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物の重合硬化物であることが特に好ましい。
Although it does not specifically limit as a material used for an active energy ray curable resin layer, For example, hardened | cured material, such as reactive silicon compounds, such as monofunctional (meth) acrylate, polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and tetraethoxysilane Can be mentioned. Among these, from the viewpoint of achieving both productivity and hardness, a polymerization cured product of a composition containing an active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is particularly preferable.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物は特に限定されるものでない。例えば、公知の活性エネルギー線硬化性の単官能(メタ)アクリレート、二官能(メタ)アクリレート、多官能(メタ)アクリレートを一種類以上混合したもの、活性エネルギー線硬化性ハードコート用樹脂材として市販されているもの、あるいはこれら以外に本実施形態の目的を損なわない範囲において、その他の成分をさらに添加したものを用いることができる。
The composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, a mixture of one or more known active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylates, bifunctional (meth) acrylates, polyfunctional (meth) acrylates, and commercially available as an active energy ray-curable hard coat resin material In addition, those other than these may be used as long as the object of the present embodiment is not impaired.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の単官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではない。例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリート、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等の芳香族(メタ)アクリレート、ジアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシポリエチレングリール(メタ)アクリレート、フェニルフェノールエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート等のエチレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable monofunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, alkyl such as methyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, etc. Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxypropyl ( Alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as meth) acrylate and ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) ) Aromatic (meth) acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, amino group-containing (meth) acrylates such as diaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxy Examples include polyethylene oxide (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate such as phenylphenol ethylene oxide modified (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid. .
活性エネルギー線硬化性の二官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではない。例えば1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のアルカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAエチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールFエチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート等のビスフェノール変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンジ(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable bifunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanedi Alkanediol di (meth) acrylate such as methylol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A ethylene oxide modified di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol F ethylene oxide modified di (meth) acrylate and other bisphenol modified di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (Meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, urethane di (meth) acrylate, epoxy di (meth) acrylate and the like.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、特に限定されるものではない。例えばジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス(アクロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート等のイソシアヌル酸変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートトルエンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等のウレタンアクリレート等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is not particularly limited. For example, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri Isocyanuric acid-modified tri (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, ε-caprolactone-modified tris (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, pentaerythritol triacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, pentaerythritol triacrylate toluene diisocyanate urethane prepolymer, di Pentaerythritol pentaacrylate hexamethylene diisocyanate Urethane acrylates such as Tan prepolymer and the like.
活性エネルギー線硬化性の(メタ)アクリレートを含む組成物に含まれるその他の成分は特に限定されるものではない。例えば、無機又は有機の微粒子、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、分散剤、界面活性剤、光安定剤及びレベリング剤等が挙げられる。また、ウェットコーティング法において成膜後乾燥させる場合には、任意の量の溶媒を添加することができる。
Other components contained in the composition containing the active energy ray-curable (meth) acrylate are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include inorganic or organic fine particles, polymerization initiators, polymerization inhibitors, antioxidants, antistatic agents, dispersants, surfactants, light stabilizers, and leveling agents. In addition, when the film is dried after film formation in the wet coating method, an arbitrary amount of solvent can be added.
オフィスなどの屋内での使用には、溶媒を含有しないことが好ましい。樹脂層を形成するための樹脂(樹脂液)として、溶剤の含有量は、好ましくは10重量%以下、より好ましくは5重量%以下、さらに好ましくは3重量%以下、特に好ましくは1重量%以下の範囲であり、最も好ましくは溶剤を含有しない(意図的に含有しない)ことである。
It is preferable not to contain a solvent for indoor use such as in an office. As the resin (resin liquid) for forming the resin layer, the content of the solvent is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less, further preferably 3% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 1% by weight or less. Most preferably, the solvent is not contained (not intentionally contained).
樹脂層の形成方法は、ロールコート法、ダイコート法等の一般的なウェットコート法、押出法等が挙げられる。形成された樹脂層には必要に応じて加熱や紫外線、電子線等の活性エネルギー線照射を施し、硬化反応を行うことができる。
Examples of the method for forming the resin layer include a general wet coating method such as a roll coating method and a die coating method, and an extrusion method. The formed resin layer can be subjected to a curing reaction by heating, irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams as necessary.
<語句の説明など>
本発明において、「X~Y」(X,Yは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「X以上Y以下」の意と共に、「好ましくはXより大きい」或いは「好ましくはYより小さい」の意も包含するものである。
また、「X以上」(Xは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「好ましくはXより大きい」の意を包含し、「Y以下」(Yは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「好ましくはYより小さい」の意も包含するものである。 <Explanation of phrases>
In the present invention, when “X to Y” (X and Y are arbitrary numbers) is described, it means “preferably greater than X” or “preferably Y” with the meaning of “X to Y” unless otherwise specified. It also includes the meaning of “smaller”.
Further, when described as “X or more” (X is an arbitrary number), it means “preferably larger than X” unless otherwise specified, and described as “Y or less” (Y is an arbitrary number). In the case, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of “preferably smaller than Y” is also included.
本発明において、「X~Y」(X,Yは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「X以上Y以下」の意と共に、「好ましくはXより大きい」或いは「好ましくはYより小さい」の意も包含するものである。
また、「X以上」(Xは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「好ましくはXより大きい」の意を包含し、「Y以下」(Yは任意の数字)と記載した場合、特にことわらない限り「好ましくはYより小さい」の意も包含するものである。 <Explanation of phrases>
In the present invention, when “X to Y” (X and Y are arbitrary numbers) is described, it means “preferably greater than X” or “preferably Y” with the meaning of “X to Y” unless otherwise specified. It also includes the meaning of “smaller”.
Further, when described as “X or more” (X is an arbitrary number), it means “preferably larger than X” unless otherwise specified, and described as “Y or less” (Y is an arbitrary number). In the case, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of “preferably smaller than Y” is also included.
以下、本発明を実施例によりさらに詳細に説明する。本発明はその要旨を越えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。また、本発明で用いた測定法は次のとおりである。なお、本発明における各種の物性およびその測定方法、定義は下記のとおりである。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist. The measuring method used in the present invention is as follows. In addition, the various physical property in this invention, its measuring method, and a definition are as follows.
<測定方法>
(1)ポリエステルの固有粘度
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー成分および粒子などの他の成分を除去したポリエステル1gを精秤し、フェノール/テトラクロロエタン=50/50(重量比)の混合溶媒100mlを加えて溶解させ、30℃で測定した。 <Measurement method>
(1) Intrinsic viscosity of polyester 1 g of polyester from which other components such as polymer components and particles incompatible with polyester have been removed are precisely weighed, and 100 ml of a mixed solvent of phenol / tetrachloroethane = 50/50 (weight ratio) is added. And dissolved at 30 ° C.
(1)ポリエステルの固有粘度
ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー成分および粒子などの他の成分を除去したポリエステル1gを精秤し、フェノール/テトラクロロエタン=50/50(重量比)の混合溶媒100mlを加えて溶解させ、30℃で測定した。 <Measurement method>
(1) Intrinsic viscosity of polyester 1 g of polyester from which other components such as polymer components and particles incompatible with polyester have been removed are precisely weighed, and 100 ml of a mixed solvent of phenol / tetrachloroethane = 50/50 (weight ratio) is added. And dissolved at 30 ° C.
(2)メルトフローインデックス(MFI)
JIS K7210-1995に従って、非晶性ポリオレフィンは275℃、21.2Nで、ポリプロピレンは230℃、21.2Nで測定した。この値が高いほど、ポリマーの溶融粘性が低いことを示す。 (2) Melt flow index (MFI)
According to JIS K7210-1995, amorphous polyolefin was measured at 275 ° C. and 21.2 N, and polypropylene was measured at 230 ° C. and 21.2 N. Higher values indicate lower polymer melt viscosity.
JIS K7210-1995に従って、非晶性ポリオレフィンは275℃、21.2Nで、ポリプロピレンは230℃、21.2Nで測定した。この値が高いほど、ポリマーの溶融粘性が低いことを示す。 (2) Melt flow index (MFI)
According to JIS K7210-1995, amorphous polyolefin was measured at 275 ° C. and 21.2 N, and polypropylene was measured at 230 ° C. and 21.2 N. Higher values indicate lower polymer melt viscosity.
(3)算術平均粗さ(Ra)
フィルム表面を、株式会社菱化システム製、非接触表面・層断面形状計測システムVertScan(登録商標)R550GMLを使用して、CCDカメラ:SONY HR-50 1/3’、対物レンズ:20倍、鏡筒:1X Body、ズームレンズ:No Relay、波長フィルター:530 white、測定モード:Waveにて、640μm×480μmの領域を測定し、4次の多項式補正による出力を用い、算術平均粗さRa値を10点平均して求めた。 (3) Arithmetic mean roughness (Ra)
Using a non-contact surface / layer cross-sectional shape measurement system VertScan (registered trademark) R550GML, manufactured by Ryoka System Co., Ltd., CCD camera: SONY HR-50 1/3 ′, objective lens: 20 ×, mirror Tube: 1X Body, Zoom lens: No Relay, Wavelength filter: 530 white, Measurement mode: Wave, measure 640 μm x 480 μm area, and use the output by fourth-order polynomial correction to calculate arithmetic mean roughness Ra value Obtained by averaging 10 points.
フィルム表面を、株式会社菱化システム製、非接触表面・層断面形状計測システムVertScan(登録商標)R550GMLを使用して、CCDカメラ:SONY HR-50 1/3’、対物レンズ:20倍、鏡筒:1X Body、ズームレンズ:No Relay、波長フィルター:530 white、測定モード:Waveにて、640μm×480μmの領域を測定し、4次の多項式補正による出力を用い、算術平均粗さRa値を10点平均して求めた。 (3) Arithmetic mean roughness (Ra)
Using a non-contact surface / layer cross-sectional shape measurement system VertScan (registered trademark) R550GML, manufactured by Ryoka System Co., Ltd., CCD camera: SONY HR-50 1/3 ′, objective lens: 20 ×, mirror Tube: 1X Body, Zoom lens: No Relay, Wavelength filter: 530 white, Measurement mode: Wave, measure 640 μm x 480 μm area, and use the output by fourth-order polynomial correction to calculate arithmetic mean roughness Ra value Obtained by averaging 10 points.
(4)粒子の平均粒径
株式会社島津製作所社製遠心沈降式粒度分布測定装置SA-CP3型を用いてストークスの抵抗則に基づく沈降法によって粒子の大きさを測定した。測定により得られた粒子の等価球形分布における積算(体積基準)50%の値を用いて平均粒径とした。 (4) Average particle size The particle size was measured by a sedimentation method based on Stokes' resistance law using a centrifugal sedimentation type particle size distribution analyzer SA-CP3 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. The average particle diameter was determined by using a value of 50% of integration (volume basis) in the equivalent spherical distribution of particles obtained by measurement.
株式会社島津製作所社製遠心沈降式粒度分布測定装置SA-CP3型を用いてストークスの抵抗則に基づく沈降法によって粒子の大きさを測定した。測定により得られた粒子の等価球形分布における積算(体積基準)50%の値を用いて平均粒径とした。 (4) Average particle size The particle size was measured by a sedimentation method based on Stokes' resistance law using a centrifugal sedimentation type particle size distribution analyzer SA-CP3 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. The average particle diameter was determined by using a value of 50% of integration (volume basis) in the equivalent spherical distribution of particles obtained by measurement.
(5)機能層の膜厚
機能層の表面をRuO4で染色し、エポキシ樹脂中に包埋した。その後、超薄切片法により作成した切片をRuO4で染色し、機能層断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製 H-7650、加速電圧100kV)を用いて観察し、膜厚を測定した。 (5) Film thickness of functional layer The surface of the functional layer was dyed with RuO 4 and embedded in an epoxy resin. Thereafter, the section prepared by the ultrathin section method is stained with RuO 4 , and the functional layer cross section is observed using a transmission electron microscope (H-7650, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, acceleration voltage 100 kV), and the film thickness is measured. did.
機能層の表面をRuO4で染色し、エポキシ樹脂中に包埋した。その後、超薄切片法により作成した切片をRuO4で染色し、機能層断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製 H-7650、加速電圧100kV)を用いて観察し、膜厚を測定した。 (5) Film thickness of functional layer The surface of the functional layer was dyed with RuO 4 and embedded in an epoxy resin. Thereafter, the section prepared by the ultrathin section method is stained with RuO 4 , and the functional layer cross section is observed using a transmission electron microscope (H-7650, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation, acceleration voltage 100 kV), and the film thickness is measured. did.
(6)数平均分子量
ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(東ソー株式会社製 HLC-8120GPC)を用いて測定した。数平均分子量はポリスチレン換算で算出した。 (6) Number average molecular weight It measured using the gel permeation chromatography (HLC-8120GPC by Tosoh Corporation). The number average molecular weight was calculated in terms of polystyrene.
ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(東ソー株式会社製 HLC-8120GPC)を用いて測定した。数平均分子量はポリスチレン換算で算出した。 (6) Number average molecular weight It measured using the gel permeation chromatography (HLC-8120GPC by Tosoh Corporation). The number average molecular weight was calculated in terms of polystyrene.
(7)加熱収縮率
試料を無張力状態で150℃に保ったオーブン中、30分間処理し、その前後の試料の長さを測定して次式にて加熱収縮率を算出した。
加熱収縮率(%)={(L0-L1)/L0}×100
(上記式中、L0は加熱処理前のサンプル長、L1は加熱処理後のサンプル長)
フィルム長手方向(MD)と幅方向(TD)に5点ずつ測定し、それぞれの方向の平均値を求めた。 (7) Heat Shrinkage The sample was treated for 30 minutes in an oven maintained at 150 ° C. in a tensionless state, the length of the sample before and after that was measured, and the heat shrinkage was calculated by the following equation.
Heat shrinkage rate (%) = {(L0−L1) / L0} × 100
(In the above formula, L0 is the sample length before the heat treatment, L1 is the sample length after the heat treatment)
Five points were measured in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the width direction (TD), and the average value in each direction was determined.
試料を無張力状態で150℃に保ったオーブン中、30分間処理し、その前後の試料の長さを測定して次式にて加熱収縮率を算出した。
加熱収縮率(%)={(L0-L1)/L0}×100
(上記式中、L0は加熱処理前のサンプル長、L1は加熱処理後のサンプル長)
フィルム長手方向(MD)と幅方向(TD)に5点ずつ測定し、それぞれの方向の平均値を求めた。 (7) Heat Shrinkage The sample was treated for 30 minutes in an oven maintained at 150 ° C. in a tensionless state, the length of the sample before and after that was measured, and the heat shrinkage was calculated by the following equation.
Heat shrinkage rate (%) = {(L0−L1) / L0} × 100
(In the above formula, L0 is the sample length before the heat treatment, L1 is the sample length after the heat treatment)
Five points were measured in the film longitudinal direction (MD) and the width direction (TD), and the average value in each direction was determined.
(8)表面抵抗値
日本ヒューレット・パッカード社製高抵抗測定器:HP4339Bおよび測定電極:HP16008Bを使用し、23℃、50%RHの測定雰囲気下でポリエステルフィルムを十分調湿後、印可電圧100Vで1分後の機能層の表面抵抗値を測定した。 (8) Surface resistance value Using a high resistance measuring instrument made by Hewlett-Packard Japan: HP4339B and measuring electrode: HP16008B, after fully conditioning the polyester film in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the applied voltage was 100V. The surface resistance value of the functional layer after 1 minute was measured.
日本ヒューレット・パッカード社製高抵抗測定器:HP4339Bおよび測定電極:HP16008Bを使用し、23℃、50%RHの測定雰囲気下でポリエステルフィルムを十分調湿後、印可電圧100Vで1分後の機能層の表面抵抗値を測定した。 (8) Surface resistance value Using a high resistance measuring instrument made by Hewlett-Packard Japan: HP4339B and measuring electrode: HP16008B, after fully conditioning the polyester film in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the applied voltage was 100V. The surface resistance value of the functional layer after 1 minute was measured.
(9)ハンター白色度
日本電色工業株式会社製測色計NDH-1001DP(C光源、2°視野)を用い、JIS P8123-1961の方法に準じて、フィルム単枚の時のハンター白色度(Wb)を測定した。なお、フィルム背面は黒色板で押さえた。 (9) Hunter whiteness Hunter whiteness (single film) using a colorimeter NDH-1001DP (C light source, 2 ° field of view) manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. according to the method of JIS P8123-1961 ( Wb) was measured. The back of the film was pressed with a black plate.
日本電色工業株式会社製測色計NDH-1001DP(C光源、2°視野)を用い、JIS P8123-1961の方法に準じて、フィルム単枚の時のハンター白色度(Wb)を測定した。なお、フィルム背面は黒色板で押さえた。 (9) Hunter whiteness Hunter whiteness (single film) using a colorimeter NDH-1001DP (C light source, 2 ° field of view) manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. according to the method of JIS P8123-1961 ( Wb) was measured. The back of the film was pressed with a black plate.
(10)b値(反射法)
日本電色工業株式会社製測色計NDH-1001DP(C光源、2°視野)を用い、JIS Z-8722,8730の方法に準じて、フィルム単枚の時のb値を測定した。なお、フィルム背面は黒色板で押さえた。 (10) b value (reflection method)
Using a colorimeter NDH-1001DP (C light source, 2 ° field of view) manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., the b value for a single film was measured according to the method of JIS Z-8722, 8730. The back of the film was pressed with a black plate.
日本電色工業株式会社製測色計NDH-1001DP(C光源、2°視野)を用い、JIS Z-8722,8730の方法に準じて、フィルム単枚の時のb値を測定した。なお、フィルム背面は黒色板で押さえた。 (10) b value (reflection method)
Using a colorimeter NDH-1001DP (C light source, 2 ° field of view) manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd., the b value for a single film was measured according to the method of JIS Z-8722, 8730. The back of the film was pressed with a black plate.
(11)隠蔽度(OD)
マクベス濃度計TD-904型を使用し、白色光による透過濃度を測定した。測定は5点行い、その平均値をOD値とした。この値が大きい程光線透過率が低いことを示す。 (11) Concealment degree (OD)
Using a Macbeth densitometer TD-904, the transmission density with white light was measured. The measurement was performed at 5 points, and the average value was taken as the OD value. The larger this value, the lower the light transmittance.
マクベス濃度計TD-904型を使用し、白色光による透過濃度を測定した。測定は5点行い、その平均値をOD値とした。この値が大きい程光線透過率が低いことを示す。 (11) Concealment degree (OD)
Using a Macbeth densitometer TD-904, the transmission density with white light was measured. The measurement was performed at 5 points, and the average value was taken as the OD value. The larger this value, the lower the light transmittance.
(12)見掛け密度(g/cm3)
フィルムの任意の部分から10cm×10cmの正方形のサンプルを切出し、マイクロメーターで均等に9ヶ所の厚みを測定した。その平均値とフィルムの重量から、単位体積当りの重量を算出し、見掛け密度とした。測定数は5点とし、その平均値を用いた。 (12) Apparent density (g / cm 3 )
A 10 cm × 10 cm square sample was cut out from an arbitrary part of the film, and the thickness was measured uniformly at 9 locations with a micrometer. From the average value and the weight of the film, the weight per unit volume was calculated as the apparent density. The number of measurements was 5 points, and the average value was used.
フィルムの任意の部分から10cm×10cmの正方形のサンプルを切出し、マイクロメーターで均等に9ヶ所の厚みを測定した。その平均値とフィルムの重量から、単位体積当りの重量を算出し、見掛け密度とした。測定数は5点とし、その平均値を用いた。 (12) Apparent density (g / cm 3 )
A 10 cm × 10 cm square sample was cut out from an arbitrary part of the film, and the thickness was measured uniformly at 9 locations with a micrometer. From the average value and the weight of the film, the weight per unit volume was calculated as the apparent density. The number of measurements was 5 points, and the average value was used.
(13)積層白色フィルムの厚み
フィルム小片をエポキシ樹脂にて固定成形した後、ミクロトームで切断し、フィルムの断面を透過型電子顕微鏡写真にて観察した。その断面のうちフィルム表面とほぼ平行に2本、明暗によって界面が観察される。その2本の界面とフィルム表面までの距離を10枚の写真から測定し、平均値を積層白色フィルムの厚みとした。 (13) Thickness of laminated white film A film piece was fixed and molded with an epoxy resin, then cut with a microtome, and the cross section of the film was observed with a transmission electron micrograph. Two of the cross-sections are observed in parallel with the film surface, and the interface is observed by light and dark. The distance between the two interfaces and the film surface was measured from 10 photographs, and the average value was taken as the thickness of the laminated white film.
フィルム小片をエポキシ樹脂にて固定成形した後、ミクロトームで切断し、フィルムの断面を透過型電子顕微鏡写真にて観察した。その断面のうちフィルム表面とほぼ平行に2本、明暗によって界面が観察される。その2本の界面とフィルム表面までの距離を10枚の写真から測定し、平均値を積層白色フィルムの厚みとした。 (13) Thickness of laminated white film A film piece was fixed and molded with an epoxy resin, then cut with a microtome, and the cross section of the film was observed with a transmission electron micrograph. Two of the cross-sections are observed in parallel with the film surface, and the interface is observed by light and dark. The distance between the two interfaces and the film surface was measured from 10 photographs, and the average value was taken as the thickness of the laminated white film.
(14)電子写真印刷による画像品質適正
リコー株式会社製複合機:imagioMPC5001itに、A4サイズにカットしたフィルム(シート)を給紙して、写真プリントによる画像形成物質が載せられたフルカラーのテスト画像を得た。画像品質を次の通り評価した。 (14) Image quality suitability by electrophotographic printing Ricoh Co., Ltd. MFP: A full-color test image on which an A4 size cut film (sheet) is fed to imagino MPC5001it and image forming substances are placed by photographic printing. Obtained. Image quality was evaluated as follows.
リコー株式会社製複合機:imagioMPC5001itに、A4サイズにカットしたフィルム(シート)を給紙して、写真プリントによる画像形成物質が載せられたフルカラーのテスト画像を得た。画像品質を次の通り評価した。 (14) Image quality suitability by electrophotographic printing Ricoh Co., Ltd. MFP: A full-color test image on which an A4 size cut film (sheet) is fed to imagino MPC5001it and image forming substances are placed by photographic printing. Obtained. Image quality was evaluated as follows.
(評価基準)
A:フィルムにしわなどが発生することなく、高精細、高品質な画質
B:画質の一部が若干不鮮明であるが実用上問題ない
C:フィルムにしわなどが発生し、画質も不鮮明で全体的に劣る。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: High-definition, high-quality image without wrinkles on the film B: Some of the image quality is slightly blurred but no problem for practical use C: Wrinkles are generated on the film, and the image quality is also unclear Inferior.
A:フィルムにしわなどが発生することなく、高精細、高品質な画質
B:画質の一部が若干不鮮明であるが実用上問題ない
C:フィルムにしわなどが発生し、画質も不鮮明で全体的に劣る。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: High-definition, high-quality image without wrinkles on the film B: Some of the image quality is slightly blurred but no problem for practical use C: Wrinkles are generated on the film, and the image quality is also unclear Inferior.
(15)文字,画像(トナー像)剥離除去適正
(14)で得られた画像形成物質が定着したフィルム表面に、紫外線硬化性樹脂(2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート)を95重量部、光重合開始剤(商品名:イルガキュア184、チバスペシャルティケミカルズ株式会社製)5重量部からなる混合物を均一塗布し、当該混合物上にガラス板を置いて、その上から紫外線を照射して紫外線硬化性樹脂層を形成した。その後、ガラス板とフィルムを剥離させた。この時、形成した紫外線硬化性樹脂層はガラス板側に接着し、フィルム表面に形成された画像形成物質等による文字や画像を転写、保持することができる。この時のフィルム表面上の文字,画像剥離除去状態について、以下の評価を行った。 (15) Character, image (toner image) peeling and removal appropriateness 95 parts by weight of UV curable resin (2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate) on the film surface fixed with the image forming substance obtained in (14) A photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Irgacure 184, manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) is uniformly coated with a mixture of 5 parts by weight, a glass plate is placed on the mixture, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated on the mixture to cure ultraviolet rays. A resin layer was formed. Then, the glass plate and the film were peeled off. At this time, the formed ultraviolet curable resin layer adheres to the glass plate side, and can transfer and hold characters and images formed by an image forming substance formed on the film surface. The following evaluation was performed about the character and image peeling removal state on the film surface at this time.
(14)で得られた画像形成物質が定着したフィルム表面に、紫外線硬化性樹脂(2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート)を95重量部、光重合開始剤(商品名:イルガキュア184、チバスペシャルティケミカルズ株式会社製)5重量部からなる混合物を均一塗布し、当該混合物上にガラス板を置いて、その上から紫外線を照射して紫外線硬化性樹脂層を形成した。その後、ガラス板とフィルムを剥離させた。この時、形成した紫外線硬化性樹脂層はガラス板側に接着し、フィルム表面に形成された画像形成物質等による文字や画像を転写、保持することができる。この時のフィルム表面上の文字,画像剥離除去状態について、以下の評価を行った。 (15) Character, image (toner image) peeling and removal appropriateness 95 parts by weight of UV curable resin (2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate) on the film surface fixed with the image forming substance obtained in (14) A photopolymerization initiator (trade name: Irgacure 184, manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd.) is uniformly coated with a mixture of 5 parts by weight, a glass plate is placed on the mixture, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated on the mixture to cure ultraviolet rays. A resin layer was formed. Then, the glass plate and the film were peeled off. At this time, the formed ultraviolet curable resin layer adheres to the glass plate side, and can transfer and hold characters and images formed by an image forming substance formed on the film surface. The following evaluation was performed about the character and image peeling removal state on the film surface at this time.
(評価基準)
A:フィルム表面上の画像形成物質を完全に除去することができ、繰り返し複写用紙として使用できる。
B:フィルム表面上に一部、僅かに画像形成物質が残っているが、繰り返し複写用紙として使用でき、実用上問題ない。
C:フィルム表面上に画像形成物質がほとんど残っており、繰り返し複写用紙として使用できない。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: The image forming substance on the film surface can be completely removed, and it can be repeatedly used as a copy sheet.
B: Although a part of the image forming substance remains on the film surface, it can be used repeatedly as a copy sheet, and there is no practical problem.
C: Most of the image forming substance remains on the film surface and cannot be repeatedly used as copy paper.
A:フィルム表面上の画像形成物質を完全に除去することができ、繰り返し複写用紙として使用できる。
B:フィルム表面上に一部、僅かに画像形成物質が残っているが、繰り返し複写用紙として使用でき、実用上問題ない。
C:フィルム表面上に画像形成物質がほとんど残っており、繰り返し複写用紙として使用できない。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: The image forming substance on the film surface can be completely removed, and it can be repeatedly used as a copy sheet.
B: Although a part of the image forming substance remains on the film surface, it can be used repeatedly as a copy sheet, and there is no practical problem.
C: Most of the image forming substance remains on the film surface and cannot be repeatedly used as copy paper.
(16)印刷搬送性
リコー株式会社製複合機:imagioMPC5001itに、A4サイズにカットしたフィルム(シート)を100枚給紙して、写真プリントによる100枚連続印刷を行った際の、複合機のフィルム(シート)搬送性を次の通り評価した。 (16) Print Conveyance Ricoh Co., Ltd. MFP: A film of the MFP when 100 sheets of A4 size cut film (sheet) are fed to imgioMPC5001it and 100 sheets are continuously printed by photographic printing. (Sheet) The transportability was evaluated as follows.
リコー株式会社製複合機:imagioMPC5001itに、A4サイズにカットしたフィルム(シート)を100枚給紙して、写真プリントによる100枚連続印刷を行った際の、複合機のフィルム(シート)搬送性を次の通り評価した。 (16) Print Conveyance Ricoh Co., Ltd. MFP: A film of the MFP when 100 sheets of A4 size cut film (sheet) are fed to imgioMPC5001it and 100 sheets are continuously printed by photographic printing. (Sheet) The transportability was evaluated as follows.
(評価基準)
A:複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりが一切ない。かつ、印刷されたフィルム(シート)の重送の発生が全くなく、1枚1枚独立して搬送できたことを複合機の排紙台で確認。
B:印刷されたフィルム(シート)の重送が時折発生するが、実用上問題ない範囲で複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりはなく連続印刷ができたことを複合機の排紙台で確認。
C:フィルム(シート)同士が貼り付くことによってフィルム数枚が塊となるため、複合機がフィルム(シート)を搬送できない、または、複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりが度々発生して連続印刷できない、または、かろうじて印刷できても画質不鮮明で全体的に劣る。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: There is no clogging of the film (sheet) in the multifunction machine. In addition, it was confirmed on the discharge tray of the multifunction machine that there was no occurrence of double feeding of printed films (sheets) and that each sheet could be conveyed independently.
B: Double feeding of printed film (sheet) occurs occasionally, but it is confirmed from the discharge tray of the multifunction device that there is no clogging of the film (sheet) in the multifunction device as long as there is no practical problem. .
C: Since several films are agglomerated by sticking films (sheets) together, the multifunction device cannot convey the film (sheet), or the film (sheet) is frequently clogged in the multifunction device and continuously printed. Even if it cannot be printed or barely printed, the image quality is unclear and overall poor.
A:複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりが一切ない。かつ、印刷されたフィルム(シート)の重送の発生が全くなく、1枚1枚独立して搬送できたことを複合機の排紙台で確認。
B:印刷されたフィルム(シート)の重送が時折発生するが、実用上問題ない範囲で複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりはなく連続印刷ができたことを複合機の排紙台で確認。
C:フィルム(シート)同士が貼り付くことによってフィルム数枚が塊となるため、複合機がフィルム(シート)を搬送できない、または、複合機内でフィルム(シート)の詰まりが度々発生して連続印刷できない、または、かろうじて印刷できても画質不鮮明で全体的に劣る。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: There is no clogging of the film (sheet) in the multifunction machine. In addition, it was confirmed on the discharge tray of the multifunction machine that there was no occurrence of double feeding of printed films (sheets) and that each sheet could be conveyed independently.
B: Double feeding of printed film (sheet) occurs occasionally, but it is confirmed from the discharge tray of the multifunction device that there is no clogging of the film (sheet) in the multifunction device as long as there is no practical problem. .
C: Since several films are agglomerated by sticking films (sheets) together, the multifunction device cannot convey the film (sheet), or the film (sheet) is frequently clogged in the multifunction device and continuously printed. Even if it cannot be printed or barely printed, the image quality is unclear and overall poor.
(17)筆記性
三菱鉛筆株式会社製、ユニの硬度Hの鉛筆で、1mm間隔にて5本の直線を描き、目視にて以下の評価を行った。 (17) Writability
Five straight lines were drawn at intervals of 1 mm with a pencil having a hardness of Uni, manufactured by Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd., and the following evaluation was performed visually.
三菱鉛筆株式会社製、ユニの硬度Hの鉛筆で、1mm間隔にて5本の直線を描き、目視にて以下の評価を行った。 (17) Writability
Five straight lines were drawn at intervals of 1 mm with a pencil having a hardness of Uni, manufactured by Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd., and the following evaluation was performed visually.
(評価基準)
A:個別の直線を判別できる。
B:線の色が薄く、個々の線が判別しにくい。
C:直線を描くことができない。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: Individual straight lines can be identified.
B: The color of the line is light and individual lines are difficult to distinguish.
C: A straight line cannot be drawn.
A:個別の直線を判別できる。
B:線の色が薄く、個々の線が判別しにくい。
C:直線を描くことができない。 (Evaluation criteria)
A: Individual straight lines can be identified.
B: The color of the line is light and individual lines are difficult to distinguish.
C: A straight line cannot be drawn.
(18)機能層外観
蛍光灯下で積層白色フィルムを観察し、機能層の外観を目視にて、以下の評価を行った。 (18) Appearance of functional layer The laminated white film was observed under a fluorescent lamp, and the appearance of the functional layer was visually evaluated as follows.
蛍光灯下で積層白色フィルムを観察し、機能層の外観を目視にて、以下の評価を行った。 (18) Appearance of functional layer The laminated white film was observed under a fluorescent lamp, and the appearance of the functional layer was visually evaluated as follows.
(評価基準)
A:機能層に欠陥が見られず均一な外観
B:機能層の一部に欠陥が見られる
C:機能層の大部分に欠陥が見られる (Evaluation criteria)
A: Defects are not found in the functional layer and uniform appearance B: Defects are found in a part of the functional layers C: Defects are found in most of the functional layers
A:機能層に欠陥が見られず均一な外観
B:機能層の一部に欠陥が見られる
C:機能層の大部分に欠陥が見られる (Evaluation criteria)
A: Defects are not found in the functional layer and uniform appearance B: Defects are found in a part of the functional layers C: Defects are found in most of the functional layers
[実施例1群]
第1の実施形態の実施例として、実施例1-1~実施例1-69及び比較例1-1~比較例1-2について説明する。 [Example 1 group]
As examples of the first embodiment, examples 1-1 to 1-69 and comparative examples 1-1 to 1-2 will be described.
第1の実施形態の実施例として、実施例1-1~実施例1-69及び比較例1-1~比較例1-2について説明する。 [Example 1 group]
As examples of the first embodiment, examples 1-1 to 1-69 and comparative examples 1-1 to 1-2 will be described.
<機能層>
機能層を構成する化合物は以下のとおりである。 <Functional layer>
The compounds constituting the functional layer are as follows.
機能層を構成する化合物は以下のとおりである。 <Functional layer>
The compounds constituting the functional layer are as follows.
・帯電防止剤(アンモニウム基を有する化合物):(IA)
主鎖にピロリジニウム環を有する下記組成で重合されたポリマー
ジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド/ジメチルアクリルアミド/N-メチロールアクリルアミド=90/5/5(mol%)。数平均分子量30000。 ・ Antistatic agent (compound with ammonium group): (IA)
Polymer polymerized with the following composition having a pyrrolidinium ring in the main chain: Diallyldimethylammonium chloride / dimethylacrylamide / N-methylolacrylamide = 90/5/5 (mol%). Number average molecular weight 30000.
主鎖にピロリジニウム環を有する下記組成で重合されたポリマー
ジアリルジメチルアンモニウムクロライド/ジメチルアクリルアミド/N-メチロールアクリルアミド=90/5/5(mol%)。数平均分子量30000。 ・ Antistatic agent (compound with ammonium group): (IA)
Polymer polymerized with the following composition having a pyrrolidinium ring in the main chain: Diallyldimethylammonium chloride / dimethylacrylamide / N-methylolacrylamide = 90/5/5 (mol%). Number average molecular weight 30000.
・帯電防止剤(アンモニウム基を有する化合物):(IB)
下記式(2)の構成単位からなる、対イオンがメタンスルホン酸イオンである数平均分子量50000の高分子化合物。 ・ Antistatic agent (compound having ammonium group): (IB)
A polymer compound having a number average molecular weight of 50000, wherein the counter ion is a methanesulfonic acid ion, comprising a structural unit of the following formula (2).
下記式(2)の構成単位からなる、対イオンがメタンスルホン酸イオンである数平均分子量50000の高分子化合物。 ・ Antistatic agent (compound having ammonium group): (IB)
A polymer compound having a number average molecular weight of 50000, wherein the counter ion is a methanesulfonic acid ion, comprising a structural unit of the following formula (2).
・離型剤(長鎖アルキル基含有化合物):(IIA)
4つ口フラスコにキシレン200重量部、オクタデシルイソシアネート600重量部を加え、攪拌下に加熱した。キシレンが還流し始めた時点から、平均重合度500、ケン化度88モル%のポリビニルアルコール100重量部を少量ずつ10分間隔で約2時間にわたって加えた。ポリビニルアルコールを加え終わってから、さらに2時間還流を行い、反応を終了した。反応混合物を約80℃まで冷却してから、メタノール中に加えたところ、反応生成物が白色沈殿として析出したので、この沈殿を濾別し、キシレン140重量部を加え、加熱して完全に溶解させた後、再びメタノールを加えて沈殿させるという操作を数回繰り返した後、沈殿をメタノールで洗浄し、乾燥粉砕して得た。 ・ Releasing agent (long chain alkyl group-containing compound): (IIA)
200 parts by weight of xylene and 600 parts by weight of octadecyl isocyanate were added to a four-necked flask and heated with stirring. From the time when xylene began to reflux, 100 parts by weight of polyvinyl alcohol having an average polymerization degree of 500 and a saponification degree of 88 mol% was added in small portions over a period of about 2 hours. After the addition of polyvinyl alcohol, the reaction was completed by further refluxing for 2 hours. When the reaction mixture was cooled to about 80 ° C. and added to methanol, the reaction product was precipitated as a white precipitate. This precipitate was filtered off, and 140 parts by weight of xylene was added and heated to dissolve completely. Then, the operation of adding methanol again to cause precipitation was repeated several times, and then the precipitate was washed with methanol and dried and ground.
4つ口フラスコにキシレン200重量部、オクタデシルイソシアネート600重量部を加え、攪拌下に加熱した。キシレンが還流し始めた時点から、平均重合度500、ケン化度88モル%のポリビニルアルコール100重量部を少量ずつ10分間隔で約2時間にわたって加えた。ポリビニルアルコールを加え終わってから、さらに2時間還流を行い、反応を終了した。反応混合物を約80℃まで冷却してから、メタノール中に加えたところ、反応生成物が白色沈殿として析出したので、この沈殿を濾別し、キシレン140重量部を加え、加熱して完全に溶解させた後、再びメタノールを加えて沈殿させるという操作を数回繰り返した後、沈殿をメタノールで洗浄し、乾燥粉砕して得た。 ・ Releasing agent (long chain alkyl group-containing compound): (IIA)
200 parts by weight of xylene and 600 parts by weight of octadecyl isocyanate were added to a four-necked flask and heated with stirring. From the time when xylene began to reflux, 100 parts by weight of polyvinyl alcohol having an average polymerization degree of 500 and a saponification degree of 88 mol% was added in small portions over a period of about 2 hours. After the addition of polyvinyl alcohol, the reaction was completed by further refluxing for 2 hours. When the reaction mixture was cooled to about 80 ° C. and added to methanol, the reaction product was precipitated as a white precipitate. This precipitate was filtered off, and 140 parts by weight of xylene was added and heated to dissolve completely. Then, the operation of adding methanol again to cause precipitation was repeated several times, and then the precipitate was washed with methanol and dried and ground.
・離型剤(ポリエーテル基含有縮合型シリコーン):(IIB)
ジメチルシリコーンの側鎖に、モル比でジメチルシロキサン100に対して、エチレングリコール鎖が8であるポリエチレングリコール(末端は水酸基)を1含有する、数平均分子量7000のポリエーテル基含有シリコーン(シリコーンのシロキサン結合を1とした場合、モル比の割合で、ポリエーテル基のエーテル結合は0.07である)。数平均分子量500以下の低分子成分は3重量%、ケイ素に結合したビニル基(ビニルシラン)、水素基(ハイドロゲンシラン)は存在せず。なお、本化合物は、重量比で、ポリエーテル基含有シリコーンを1として、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウムを0.25の割合で配合し、水分散したもの。 ・ Release agent (polyether group-containing condensed silicone): (IIB)
Polyether group-containing silicone having a number average molecular weight of 7000 (silicone siloxane) containing 1 polyethylene glycol (terminated with a hydroxyl group) having an ethylene glycol chain of 8 with respect to dimethylsiloxane 100 in the dimethyl silicone side chain in a molar ratio. When the bond is 1, the ether bond of the polyether group is 0.07 at a molar ratio). A low molecular component having a number average molecular weight of 500 or less is 3% by weight, and there is no vinyl group (vinyl silane) or hydrogen group (hydrogen silane) bonded to silicon. In addition, this compound mix | blends the water which disperse | distributes sodium dodecyl benzenesulfonate in the ratio of 0.25 by making polyether group containing silicone 1 by weight ratio.
ジメチルシリコーンの側鎖に、モル比でジメチルシロキサン100に対して、エチレングリコール鎖が8であるポリエチレングリコール(末端は水酸基)を1含有する、数平均分子量7000のポリエーテル基含有シリコーン(シリコーンのシロキサン結合を1とした場合、モル比の割合で、ポリエーテル基のエーテル結合は0.07である)。数平均分子量500以下の低分子成分は3重量%、ケイ素に結合したビニル基(ビニルシラン)、水素基(ハイドロゲンシラン)は存在せず。なお、本化合物は、重量比で、ポリエーテル基含有シリコーンを1として、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウムを0.25の割合で配合し、水分散したもの。 ・ Release agent (polyether group-containing condensed silicone): (IIB)
Polyether group-containing silicone having a number average molecular weight of 7000 (silicone siloxane) containing 1 polyethylene glycol (terminated with a hydroxyl group) having an ethylene glycol chain of 8 with respect to dimethylsiloxane 100 in the dimethyl silicone side chain in a molar ratio. When the bond is 1, the ether bond of the polyether group is 0.07 at a molar ratio). A low molecular component having a number average molecular weight of 500 or less is 3% by weight, and there is no vinyl group (vinyl silane) or hydrogen group (hydrogen silane) bonded to silicon. In addition, this compound mix | blends the water which disperse | distributes sodium dodecyl benzenesulfonate in the ratio of 0.25 by making polyether group containing silicone 1 by weight ratio.
・離型剤(ワックス):(IIC)
攪拌機、温度計、温度コントローラーを備えた内容量1.5Lの乳化設備に融点105℃、酸価16mgKOH/g、密度0.93g/mL、数平均分子量5000の酸化ポリエチレンワックス300g、イオン交換水650gとデカグリセリンモノオレエート界面活性剤を50g、48重量%水酸化カリウム水溶液10gを加え窒素で置換後、密封し150℃で1時間高速攪拌した後130℃に冷却し、高圧ホモジナイザーを400気圧下で通過させ40℃に冷却したワックスエマルション。 ・ Release agent (wax): (IIC)
An emulsification facility with an internal capacity of 1.5 L equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, temperature controller, melting point 105 ° C., acid value 16 mgKOH / g, density 0.93 g / mL, number average molecular weight 5000 polyethylene oxide wax 300 g, ion-exchanged water 650 g 50 g of decaglycerin monooleate surfactant and 10 g of 48 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution were added and replaced with nitrogen, sealed, stirred at 150 ° C. for 1 hour at high speed, cooled to 130 ° C., and the high-pressure homogenizer at 400 atm. A wax emulsion that has been passed through and cooled to 40 ° C.
攪拌機、温度計、温度コントローラーを備えた内容量1.5Lの乳化設備に融点105℃、酸価16mgKOH/g、密度0.93g/mL、数平均分子量5000の酸化ポリエチレンワックス300g、イオン交換水650gとデカグリセリンモノオレエート界面活性剤を50g、48重量%水酸化カリウム水溶液10gを加え窒素で置換後、密封し150℃で1時間高速攪拌した後130℃に冷却し、高圧ホモジナイザーを400気圧下で通過させ40℃に冷却したワックスエマルション。 ・ Release agent (wax): (IIC)
An emulsification facility with an internal capacity of 1.5 L equipped with a stirrer, thermometer, temperature controller, melting point 105 ° C., acid value 16 mgKOH / g, density 0.93 g / mL, number average molecular weight 5000 polyethylene oxide wax 300 g, ion-exchanged water 650 g 50 g of decaglycerin monooleate surfactant and 10 g of 48 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution were added and replaced with nitrogen, sealed, stirred at 150 ° C. for 1 hour at high speed, cooled to 130 ° C., and the high-pressure homogenizer at 400 atm. A wax emulsion that has been passed through and cooled to 40 ° C.
・アクリル樹脂:(III)
エチルアクリレート/n-ブチルアクリレート/N-メチロールアクリルアミド/アクリル酸=88/10/1/1(重量%)の乳化重合体(乳化剤:ノニオン系界面活性剤) ・ Acrylic resin: (III)
Emulsion polymer of ethyl acrylate / n-butyl acrylate / N-methylol acrylamide / acrylic acid = 88/10/1/1 (wt%) (emulsifier: nonionic surfactant)
エチルアクリレート/n-ブチルアクリレート/N-メチロールアクリルアミド/アクリル酸=88/10/1/1(重量%)の乳化重合体(乳化剤:ノニオン系界面活性剤) ・ Acrylic resin: (III)
Emulsion polymer of ethyl acrylate / n-butyl acrylate / N-methylol acrylamide / acrylic acid = 88/10/1/1 (wt%) (emulsifier: nonionic surfactant)
・架橋剤(オキサゾリン化合物):(IVA)
オキサゾリン基及びポリアルキレンオキシド鎖を有するアクリルポリマー エポクロス(登録商標)(オキサゾリン基量=4.5mmol/g、株式会社日本触媒製) ・ Crosslinking agent (oxazoline compound): (IVA)
Acrylic polymer having an oxazoline group and a polyalkylene oxide chain EPOCROS (registered trademark) (Oxazoline group amount = 4.5 mmol / g, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)
オキサゾリン基及びポリアルキレンオキシド鎖を有するアクリルポリマー エポクロス(登録商標)(オキサゾリン基量=4.5mmol/g、株式会社日本触媒製) ・ Crosslinking agent (oxazoline compound): (IVA)
Acrylic polymer having an oxazoline group and a polyalkylene oxide chain EPOCROS (registered trademark) (Oxazoline group amount = 4.5 mmol / g, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)
・架橋剤(イソシアネート系化合物):(IVB)
ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート1000重量部を60℃で攪拌し、触媒としてテトラメチルアンモニウム・カプリレート0.1重量部を加えた。4時間後、リン酸0.2重量部を添加して反応を停止させ、イソシアヌレート型ポリイソシアネート組成物を得た。得られたイソシアヌレート型ポリイソシアネート組成物100重量部、数平均分子量400のメトキシポリエチレングリコール42.3重量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート29.5重量部を仕込み、80℃で7時間保持した。その後反応液温度を60℃に保持し、イソブタノイル酢酸メチル35.8重量部、マロン酸ジエチル32.2重量部、ナトリウムメトキシドの28重量%メタノール溶液0.88重量部を添加し、4時間保持した。n-ブタノール58.9重量部を添加し、反応液温度80℃で2時間保持し、その後、2-エチルヘキシルアシッドホスフェート0.86重量部を添加して得られた活性メチレンによるブロックポリイソシアネート。 ・ Crosslinking agent (isocyanate compound): (IVB)
1000 parts by weight of hexamethylene diisocyanate was stirred at 60 ° C., and 0.1 part by weight of tetramethylammonium caprylate was added as a catalyst. Four hours later, 0.2 parts by weight of phosphoric acid was added to stop the reaction, and an isocyanurate type polyisocyanate composition was obtained. 100 parts by weight of the obtained isocyanurate-type polyisocyanate composition, 42.3 parts by weight of methoxypolyethylene glycol having a number average molecular weight of 400, and 29.5 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged and maintained at 80 ° C. for 7 hours. Thereafter, the temperature of the reaction solution is maintained at 60 ° C., 35.8 parts by weight of methyl isobutanoyl acetate, 32.2 parts by weight of diethyl malonate, and 0.88 parts by weight of a 28 wt% methanol solution of sodium methoxide are added and maintained for 4 hours. did. Block polyisocyanate with active methylene obtained by adding 58.9 parts by weight of n-butanol and maintaining the reaction solution temperature at 80 ° C. for 2 hours and then adding 0.86 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acid phosphate.
ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート1000重量部を60℃で攪拌し、触媒としてテトラメチルアンモニウム・カプリレート0.1重量部を加えた。4時間後、リン酸0.2重量部を添加して反応を停止させ、イソシアヌレート型ポリイソシアネート組成物を得た。得られたイソシアヌレート型ポリイソシアネート組成物100重量部、数平均分子量400のメトキシポリエチレングリコール42.3重量部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート29.5重量部を仕込み、80℃で7時間保持した。その後反応液温度を60℃に保持し、イソブタノイル酢酸メチル35.8重量部、マロン酸ジエチル32.2重量部、ナトリウムメトキシドの28重量%メタノール溶液0.88重量部を添加し、4時間保持した。n-ブタノール58.9重量部を添加し、反応液温度80℃で2時間保持し、その後、2-エチルヘキシルアシッドホスフェート0.86重量部を添加して得られた活性メチレンによるブロックポリイソシアネート。 ・ Crosslinking agent (isocyanate compound): (IVB)
1000 parts by weight of hexamethylene diisocyanate was stirred at 60 ° C., and 0.1 part by weight of tetramethylammonium caprylate was added as a catalyst. Four hours later, 0.2 parts by weight of phosphoric acid was added to stop the reaction, and an isocyanurate type polyisocyanate composition was obtained. 100 parts by weight of the obtained isocyanurate-type polyisocyanate composition, 42.3 parts by weight of methoxypolyethylene glycol having a number average molecular weight of 400, and 29.5 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged and maintained at 80 ° C. for 7 hours. Thereafter, the temperature of the reaction solution is maintained at 60 ° C., 35.8 parts by weight of methyl isobutanoyl acetate, 32.2 parts by weight of diethyl malonate, and 0.88 parts by weight of a 28 wt% methanol solution of sodium methoxide are added and maintained for 4 hours. did. Block polyisocyanate with active methylene obtained by adding 58.9 parts by weight of n-butanol and maintaining the reaction solution temperature at 80 ° C. for 2 hours and then adding 0.86 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acid phosphate.
・架橋剤(ヘキサメトキシメチロールメラミン):(IVC)
・ Crosslinking agent (hexamethoxymethylolmelamine): (IVC)
[実施例1-1]
中間層用として固有粘度が0.67dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ80重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ20重量部を280℃に設定したメインのベント付き二軸押出機に、表層用として平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部を280℃に設定したサブのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。ギヤポンプ、フィルターを介して、メイン押出機からのポリマーが中間層、サブ押出機からのポリマーが表層となるように2種3層(表層/中間層/表層)の層構成で共押出して口金から押出し、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を30℃に設定した冷却ロール上で急冷固化させ、厚み887μmの実質的に非晶質のシートを得た。 [Example 1-1]
Main vented biaxial with 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min. Crystal in an extruder containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm for the surface layer, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 15% by weight of a conductive polypropylene homopolymer chip, 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g 280 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip of 280 g It was fed to a sub-vented twin screw extruder set at ℃. Through a gear pump and a filter, the polymer from the main extruder is an intermediate layer, and the polymer from the sub-extruder is the surface layer. The two layers and three layers (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) are co-extruded from the die. Extrusion and rapid solidification on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set at 30 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method, yielding a substantially amorphous sheet having a thickness of 887 μm.
中間層用として固有粘度が0.67dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ80重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ20重量部を280℃に設定したメインのベント付き二軸押出機に、表層用として平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部を280℃に設定したサブのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。ギヤポンプ、フィルターを介して、メイン押出機からのポリマーが中間層、サブ押出機からのポリマーが表層となるように2種3層(表層/中間層/表層)の層構成で共押出して口金から押出し、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を30℃に設定した冷却ロール上で急冷固化させ、厚み887μmの実質的に非晶質のシートを得た。 [Example 1-1]
Main vented biaxial with 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min. Crystal in an extruder containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm for the surface layer, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 15% by weight of a conductive polypropylene homopolymer chip, 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g 280 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip of 280 g It was fed to a sub-vented twin screw extruder set at ℃. Through a gear pump and a filter, the polymer from the main extruder is an intermediate layer, and the polymer from the sub-extruder is the surface layer. The two layers and three layers (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) are co-extruded from the die. Extrusion and rapid solidification on a cooling roll having a surface temperature set at 30 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method, yielding a substantially amorphous sheet having a thickness of 887 μm.
得られた非晶質シートを縦方向に92℃で3.1倍延伸した後、この縦延伸フィルムの両面に、下記表7に示す水系の塗布液1を機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)が0.10μmになるように塗布し、テンターに導き、次いで横方向に120℃で3.8倍に延伸した後、235℃で10秒間熱処理を施し、横方向に10%弛緩して6μm(表層)/62μm(中間層)/6μm(表層)の厚み構成で全厚みが74μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 The obtained amorphous sheet was stretched 3.1 times in the longitudinal direction at 92 ° C., and then the aqueous coating solution 1 shown in Table 7 below was applied to both sides of the longitudinally stretched film with the thickness of the functional layer (after drying). Was applied to a tenter, and then stretched 3.8 times at 120 ° C. in the transverse direction, followed by heat treatment at 235 ° C. for 10 seconds, relaxed 10% in the transverse direction, and 6 μm ( A laminated white film having a thickness of 74 μm was obtained with a thickness of (surface layer) / 62 μm (intermediate layer) / 6 μm (surface layer).
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, the print transportability, the writing property, and the functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 The obtained amorphous sheet was stretched 3.1 times in the longitudinal direction at 92 ° C., and then the aqueous coating solution 1 shown in Table 7 below was applied to both sides of the longitudinally stretched film with the thickness of the functional layer (after drying). Was applied to a tenter, and then stretched 3.8 times at 120 ° C. in the transverse direction, followed by heat treatment at 235 ° C. for 10 seconds, relaxed 10% in the transverse direction, and 6 μm ( A laminated white film having a thickness of 74 μm was obtained with a thickness of (surface layer) / 62 μm (intermediate layer) / 6 μm (surface layer).
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, the print transportability, the writing property, and the functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
[実施例1-2~1-4]
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-2 to 1-4]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-2 to 1-4]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
[実施例1-5~1-14]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-5 to 1-14]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film had good image quality and good writing properties.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-5 to 1-14]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film had good image quality and good writing properties.
[実施例1-15]
固有粘度が0.63dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ40重量部、メルトフローインデックスが7ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、実施例1-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を45重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を中間層としたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。中間層における結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ由来および再生品由来のポリプロピレンの合計量は、24重量%となる。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 [Example 1-15]
40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1 A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the mixed raw material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear portion at a ratio of 45% by weight was used as the intermediate layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm. The total amount of polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer is 24% by weight.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality appropriateness, characters, image peeling / removal appropriateness, print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
固有粘度が0.63dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ40重量部、メルトフローインデックスが7ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、実施例1-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を45重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を中間層としたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。中間層における結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ由来および再生品由来のポリプロピレンの合計量は、24重量%となる。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 [Example 1-15]
40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1 A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1, except that the mixed raw material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear portion at a ratio of 45% by weight was used as the intermediate layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm. The total amount of polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer is 24% by weight.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality appropriateness, characters, image peeling / removal appropriateness, print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
[実施例1-16~1-18]
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-15と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-16 to 1-18]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-15と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-16 to 1-18]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
[実施例1-19~1-27]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-15と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性および筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-19 to 1-27]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film was good in image quality suitability, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-15と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性および筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-19 to 1-27]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film was good in image quality suitability, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
[実施例1-28]
固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ3重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ10重量部、実施例1-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を87重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を中間層としたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 [Example 1-28]
3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1 A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the mixed material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear part at a ratio of 87% by weight was used as the intermediate layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the characters, image peeling / removal appropriateness, print conveyance property, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ3重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ10重量部、実施例1-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を87重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を中間層としたこと以外は実施例1-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表4,8に示す。 [Example 1-28]
3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes, and ears and masters produced during the production of the polyester of Example 1-1 A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the mixed material obtained by mixing the recycled product from the roll ear part at a ratio of 87% by weight was used as the intermediate layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the characters, image peeling / removal appropriateness, print conveyance property, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 4 and 8 below.
[実施例1-29~1-31]
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-28と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-29 to 1-31]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表1の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-28と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-29 to 1-31]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 1. As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties.
[実施例1-32~1-40]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-28と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、および筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-32 to 1-40]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28, except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film had good characters, proper image peeling and removal, printing transportability, and writing properties.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-28と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表1に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表4,8に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、および筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-32 to 1-40]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-28, except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each example are shown in Table 1 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 4 and 8 below, the obtained polyester film had good characters, proper image peeling and removal, printing transportability, and writing properties.
[実施例1-41]
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ1.3重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を0.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ1.6重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ82.1重量部を表層としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-41]
A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 3 parts by weight, 1.6 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 0.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, and polyethylene having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 82.1 parts by weight of the terephthalate chip was used as the surface layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, the print transportability, and the functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ1.3重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を0.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ1.6重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ82.1重量部を表層としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-41]
A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 3 parts by weight, 1.6 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 0.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, and polyethylene having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 82.1 parts by weight of the terephthalate chip was used as the surface layer. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, the print transportability, and the functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-42~1-44]
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表2の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-41と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-42 to 1-44]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2. The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表2の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-41と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-42 to 1-44]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the thickness of the functional layer (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2. The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-45~1-53]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-41と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表2に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、および印刷搬送性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-45 to 1-53]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 5 and 9 below, the obtained polyester film had good image quality, characters, image peeling / removal suitability, and print transportability.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-41と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表2に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、および印刷搬送性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-45 to 1-53]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-41 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 5 and 9 below, the obtained polyester film had good image quality, characters, image peeling / removal suitability, and print transportability.
[実施例1-54]
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ0.5重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ74.5重量部を表層とし、縦延伸後の塗布液の塗布工程において、片面のみに塗布したこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムについて、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性の各評価は、塗布液の塗布を行っていない方の面について評価を行った。画像品質適正、印刷搬送性および機能層外観は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-54]
A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 μm and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm, and a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 74.5 parts by weight was used as the surface layer and the coating solution was applied only on one side in the coating process after longitudinal stretching. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
With respect to the obtained laminated white film, evaluation of image quality appropriateness, character, image peeling / removal appropriateness, and writing property was performed on the surface where the coating liquid was not applied. Appropriate image quality, print transportability and functional layer appearance were good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ0.5重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ74.5重量部を表層とし、縦延伸後の塗布液の塗布工程において、片面のみに塗布したこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムについて、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性の各評価は、塗布液の塗布を行っていない方の面について評価を行った。画像品質適正、印刷搬送性および機能層外観は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-54]
A crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 μm and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.65 dl / g, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm, and a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that 74.5 parts by weight was used as the surface layer and the coating solution was applied only on one side in the coating process after longitudinal stretching. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
With respect to the obtained laminated white film, evaluation of image quality appropriateness, character, image peeling / removal appropriateness, and writing property was performed on the surface where the coating liquid was not applied. Appropriate image quality, print transportability and functional layer appearance were good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-55]
平均粒径が0.12μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正があり、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-55]
15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 μm, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm and 60 weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the content of The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, characters and image peeling and removal were appropriate, and print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
平均粒径が0.12μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正があり、印刷搬送性、筆記性、機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-55]
15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 μm, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 3.5% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm and 60 weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-15 except that the content of The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, characters and image peeling and removal were appropriate, and print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-56~1-58]
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表2の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-55と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-56 to 1-58]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2.
The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
機能層の膜厚(乾燥後)を表2の通りに変更した以外は実施例1-55と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、画像品質適正、筆記性は良好であった。 [Examples 1-56 to 1-58]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the functional layer thickness (after drying) was changed as shown in Table 2.
The obtained laminated white film had good image quality and good writing properties as shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-59~1-67]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-55と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表2に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正があり、印刷搬送性および筆記性が良好であった。 [Examples 1-59 to 1-67]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 5 and 9 below, the obtained polyester film was suitable for character and image peeling removal, and had good print transportability and writing property.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-55と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。各実施例での製造条件を下記表2に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表5,9に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正があり、印刷搬送性および筆記性が良好であった。 [Examples 1-59 to 1-67]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-55 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions in each Example are shown in Table 2 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 5 and 9 below, the obtained polyester film was suitable for character and image peeling removal, and had good print transportability and writing property.
[実施例1-68]
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が11.1μmのシリカ粒子を5.0重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ70重量部を表層としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-68]
15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 μm, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes Example 1-15, except that 70 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 5.0% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 11.1 μm was used as the surface layer. Thus, a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, print transportability, writing property and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が11.1μmのシリカ粒子を5.0重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ70重量部を表層としたこと以外は実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、印刷搬送性、筆記性および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-68]
15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle size of 0.32 μm, and 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 minutes Example 1-15, except that 70 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 5.0% by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 11.1 μm was used as the surface layer. Thus, a laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, print transportability, writing property and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[実施例1-69]
フィルム製膜工程における熱処理工程において、熱処理温度を201℃、10秒間熱処理したこと以外は、実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μm、各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、印刷搬送性、筆記性および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-69]
A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm and a thickness of each layer of 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm in the same manner as in Example 1-15, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds. Got.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
フィルム製膜工程における熱処理工程において、熱処理温度を201℃、10秒間熱処理したこと以外は、実施例1-15と同様にして、厚み75μm、各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmの積層白色フィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色フィルムを評価したところ、印刷搬送性、筆記性および機能層外観はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表5,9に示す。 [Example 1-69]
A laminated white film having a thickness of 75 μm and a thickness of each layer of 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm in the same manner as in Example 1-15, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds. Got.
When the obtained laminated white film was evaluated, the print transportability, writing property, and functional layer appearance were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 5 and 9 below.
[比較例1-1]
実施例1-1において、結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップの代わりにポリエチレンテレフタレートチップで補い、機能層を設けなかったこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたポリエステルフィルムは表6,10に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、および筆記性のいずれの特性も悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 1-1]
A polyester film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that in Example 1-1, a polyethylene terephthalate chip was used instead of the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and no functional layer was provided. As shown in Tables 6 and 10, the obtained polyester film had poor image quality, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
実施例1-1において、結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップの代わりにポリエチレンテレフタレートチップで補い、機能層を設けなかったこと以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたポリエステルフィルムは表6,10に示すとおり、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正、印刷搬送性、および筆記性のいずれの特性も悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 1-1]
A polyester film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that in Example 1-1, a polyethylene terephthalate chip was used instead of the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and no functional layer was provided. As shown in Tables 6 and 10, the obtained polyester film had poor image quality, character, image peeling / removal suitability, print transportability, and writing property.
[比較例1-2]
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。比較例1-2の製造条件を下記表3に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表6,10に示すとおり、画像品質適正や印刷搬送性が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 1-2]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions of Comparative Example 1-2 are shown in Table 3 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 6 and 10 below, the obtained polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and print transportability.
機能層の塗布液組成を変更した以外は実施例1-1と同様にして製造し、積層白色フィルムを得た。比較例1-2の製造条件を下記表3に、機能層の塗布液組成を下記表7にそれぞれ示す。
得られたポリエステルフィルムは下記表6,10に示すとおり、画像品質適正や印刷搬送性が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 1-2]
A laminated white film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that the composition of the functional layer was changed. The production conditions of Comparative Example 1-2 are shown in Table 3 below, and the coating solution composition of the functional layer is shown in Table 7 below.
As shown in Tables 6 and 10 below, the obtained polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and print transportability.
[実施例2群]
第2の実施形態の実施例として、実施例2-1~実施例2-6及び比較例2-1~比較例2-2について説明する。 [Example 2 group]
As examples of the second embodiment, examples 2-1 to 2-6 and comparative examples 2-1 to 2-2 will be described.
第2の実施形態の実施例として、実施例2-1~実施例2-6及び比較例2-1~比較例2-2について説明する。 [Example 2 group]
As examples of the second embodiment, examples 2-1 to 2-6 and comparative examples 2-1 to 2-2 will be described.
[実施例2-1]
中間層として、固有粘度が0.67dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを80重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを20重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を280℃に設定したメインのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。
また表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを60重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を280℃に設定したサブのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。
ギヤポンプ、フィルターを介して、メイン押出機からのポリマーが中間層、サブ押出機からのポリマーが表層となるように2種3層(表層/中間層/表層)の層構成で共押出して口金から押出し、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を30℃に設定した冷却ロール上で急冷固化させ、厚み887μmの未延伸シートを得た。
得られた未延伸シートは、縦方向に92℃で3.1倍延伸した後、テンターに導き、次いで横方向に120℃で3.8倍に延伸した後、235℃で10秒間熱処理を施し、横方向に10%弛緩して6μm(表層)/62μm(中間層)/6μm(表層)の厚み構成で全厚みが74μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-1]
As an intermediate layer, a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes is 280 ° C. Was sent to the main vented twin screw extruder.
As a surface layer, crystalline polypropylene containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 15 parts by weight of a homopolymer chip, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A mixed raw material obtained by mixing 60 g by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip was fed into a sub-vented twin screw extruder set at 280 ° C.
Through a gear pump and a filter, the polymer from the main extruder is an intermediate layer, and the polymer from the sub-extruder is the surface layer. The two layers and three layers (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) are co-extruded from the die. Extrusion and rapid cooling and solidification on a cooling roll whose surface temperature was set to 30 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method, to obtain an unstretched sheet having a thickness of 887 μm.
The obtained unstretched sheet was stretched 3.1 times at 92 ° C. in the machine direction, guided to a tenter, and then stretched 3.8 times at 120 ° C. in the transverse direction, and then heat treated at 235 ° C. for 10 seconds. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 6 μm (surface layer) / 62 μm (intermediate layer) / 6 μm (surface layer) and a total thickness of 74 μm was obtained by relaxing 10% in the lateral direction.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
中間層として、固有粘度が0.67dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを80重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを20重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を280℃に設定したメインのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。
また表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを60重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を280℃に設定したサブのベント付き二軸押出機に送り込んだ。
ギヤポンプ、フィルターを介して、メイン押出機からのポリマーが中間層、サブ押出機からのポリマーが表層となるように2種3層(表層/中間層/表層)の層構成で共押出して口金から押出し、静電印加密着法を用いて表面温度を30℃に設定した冷却ロール上で急冷固化させ、厚み887μmの未延伸シートを得た。
得られた未延伸シートは、縦方向に92℃で3.1倍延伸した後、テンターに導き、次いで横方向に120℃で3.8倍に延伸した後、235℃で10秒間熱処理を施し、横方向に10%弛緩して6μm(表層)/62μm(中間層)/6μm(表層)の厚み構成で全厚みが74μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-1]
As an intermediate layer, a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 80 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.67 dl / g and 20 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 minutes is 280 ° C. Was sent to the main vented twin screw extruder.
As a surface layer, crystalline polypropylene containing 15% by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm, and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 15 parts by weight of a homopolymer chip, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A mixed raw material obtained by mixing 60 g by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chip was fed into a sub-vented twin screw extruder set at 280 ° C.
Through a gear pump and a filter, the polymer from the main extruder is an intermediate layer, and the polymer from the sub-extruder is the surface layer. The two layers and three layers (surface layer / intermediate layer / surface layer) are co-extruded from the die. Extrusion and rapid cooling and solidification on a cooling roll whose surface temperature was set to 30 ° C. using an electrostatic application adhesion method, to obtain an unstretched sheet having a thickness of 887 μm.
The obtained unstretched sheet was stretched 3.1 times at 92 ° C. in the machine direction, guided to a tenter, and then stretched 3.8 times at 120 ° C. in the transverse direction, and then heat treated at 235 ° C. for 10 seconds. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 6 μm (surface layer) / 62 μm (intermediate layer) / 6 μm (surface layer) and a total thickness of 74 μm was obtained by relaxing 10% in the lateral direction.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[実施例2-2]
中間層として、固有粘度が0.63dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを40重量部、メルトフローインデックスが7ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを15重量部、実施例2-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を45重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。なお、中間層における結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ由来および再生品由来のポリプロピレンの合計量は24重量%であった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-2]
As an intermediate layer, 40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 min, and the polyester of Example 2-1 were produced. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 45% by weight of the regenerated product from the generated ear part or master roll ear part was used. Got. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm. The total amount of the polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer was 24% by weight.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
中間層として、固有粘度が0.63dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを40重量部、メルトフローインデックスが7ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを15重量部、実施例2-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を45重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。なお、中間層における結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ由来および再生品由来のポリプロピレンの合計量は24重量%であった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-2]
As an intermediate layer, 40 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.63 dl / g, 15 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 7 ml / 10 min, and the polyester of Example 2-1 were produced. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 45% by weight of the regenerated product from the generated ear part or master roll ear part was used. Got. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm. The total amount of the polypropylene derived from the crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip and the recycled product in the intermediate layer was 24% by weight.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability, characters, image peeling removal suitability, and writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[実施例2-3]
中間層として、固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを3重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを10重量部、実施例2-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を87重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-3]
As an intermediate layer, 3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min, and when producing the polyester of Example 2-1. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 87% by weight of the regenerated product from the generated ear part or master roll ear part was used. Got. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, and the writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
中間層として、固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを3重量部、メルトフローインデックスが10ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを10重量部、実施例2-1のポリエステル製造時に発生した耳部やマスターロール耳部からの再生品を87重量%の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-3]
As an intermediate layer, 3 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, 10 parts by weight of a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer chip having a melt flow index of 10 ml / 10 min, and when producing the polyester of Example 2-1. A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material obtained by mixing 87% by weight of the regenerated product from the generated ear part or master roll ear part was used. Got. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, and the writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[実施例2-4]
表層として、平均粒径が0.12μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-4]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 15 parts by weight of a chip, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, and polyethylene terephthalate having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material mixed at a ratio of 60 parts by weight of the chip was used. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, and the writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
表層として、平均粒径が0.12μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ10重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ60重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-1と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、文字,画像剥離除去適正および筆記性はいずれも良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-4]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.12 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 15 parts by weight of a chip, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g, and polyethylene terephthalate having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.69 dl / g A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-1, except that a mixed raw material mixed at a ratio of 60 parts by weight of the chip was used. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the characters, the image peeling / removal suitability, and the writing property were all good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[実施例2-5]
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを1.3重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を0.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを1.6重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを82.1重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み74μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/62μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-5]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 1.3 parts by weight of polymer chips, 0.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm and 1.6 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chips having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and an intrinsic viscosity of 0 A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 74 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2 except that a mixed raw material in which polyethylene terephthalate chips of .69 dl / g were mixed at a ratio of 82.1 parts by weight was used. . The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 62 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability was good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを1.3重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を0.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを1.6重量部、固有粘度が0.69dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを82.1重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み74μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/62μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-5]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.66 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 1.3 parts by weight of polymer chips, 0.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle diameter of 4.1 μm and 1.6 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chips having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and an intrinsic viscosity of 0 A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 74 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2 except that a mixed raw material in which polyethylene terephthalate chips of .69 dl / g were mixed at a ratio of 82.1 parts by weight was used. . The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 62 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability was good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[実施例2-6]
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを0.5重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを10重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを74.5重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-6]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.62 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 0.5 parts by weight of polymer chips, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chips having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that a mixed raw material in which 74.5 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip / g was mixed was used. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability was good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.65dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップを0.5重量部、平均粒径が4.1μmのシリカ粒子を3.5重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを10重量部、固有粘度が0.68dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップを74.5重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを評価したところ、画像品質適正は良好なものであった。このフィルムの特性を下記表12,13に示す。 [Example 2-6]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer containing 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an average viscosity of 0.62 dl / g containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. 0.5 parts by weight of polymer chips, 3.5 parts by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 4.1 μm, 10 parts by weight of polyethylene terephthalate chips having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and an intrinsic viscosity of 0.68 dl A biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that a mixed raw material in which 74.5 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip / g was mixed was used. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
When the obtained laminated white polyester film was evaluated, the image quality suitability was good. The characteristics of this film are shown in Tables 12 and 13 below.
[比較例2-1]
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が11.1μmのシリカ粒子を5.0重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ70重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムは下記表12,13に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 2-1]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. Other than using a mixed raw material mixed at a ratio of 15 parts by weight of a chip and 70 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 5.0% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 11.1 μm In the same manner as in Example 2-2, a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
As shown in Tables 12 and 13 below, the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in character and image peeling / removal suitability.
表層として、平均粒径が0.32μmの酸化チタン粒子を50重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ15重量部、メルトフローインデックスが8ml/10分の結晶性ポリプロピレンホモポリマーチップ15重量部、平均粒径が11.1μmのシリカ粒子を5.0重量%含有する固有粘度が0.66dl/gのポリエチレンテレフタレートチップ70重量部の割合で混合した混合原料を用いたこと以外は実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。得られたフィルムの各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmであった。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムは下記表12,13に示すとおり、文字,画像剥離除去適正が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 2-1]
As a surface layer, a crystalline polypropylene homopolymer having 15 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 50% by weight of titanium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 0.32 μm and a melt flow index of 8 ml / 10 min. Other than using a mixed raw material mixed at a ratio of 15 parts by weight of a chip and 70 parts by weight of a polyethylene terephthalate chip having an intrinsic viscosity of 0.66 dl / g and containing 5.0% by weight of silica particles having an average particle size of 11.1 μm In the same manner as in Example 2-2, a biaxially oriented laminated white polyester film having a thickness of 75 μm was obtained. The thickness of each layer of the obtained film was 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm.
As shown in Tables 12 and 13 below, the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in character and image peeling / removal suitability.
[比較例2-2]
フィルム製膜工程における熱処理工程において、熱処理温度を201℃、10秒間熱処理したこと以外は、実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μm、各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムは下記表12,13に示すとおり、画像品質適正および文字,画像剥離除去適正が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 2-2]
Biaxial orientation with a thickness of 75 μm and a thickness of each layer of 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds. A laminated white polyester film was obtained.
As shown in Tables 12 and 13 below, the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and character and image peeling removal suitability.
フィルム製膜工程における熱処理工程において、熱処理温度を201℃、10秒間熱処理したこと以外は、実施例2-2と同様にして、厚み75μm、各層の厚みは、6μm/63μm/6μmの二軸配向積層白色ポリエステルフィルムを得た。
得られた積層白色ポリエステルフィルムは下記表12,13に示すとおり、画像品質適正および文字,画像剥離除去適正が悪いものであった。 [Comparative Example 2-2]
Biaxial orientation with a thickness of 75 μm and a thickness of each layer of 6 μm / 63 μm / 6 μm in the same manner as in Example 2-2, except that the heat treatment temperature in the film forming step was 201 ° C. for 10 seconds. A laminated white polyester film was obtained.
As shown in Tables 12 and 13 below, the obtained laminated white polyester film was poor in image quality suitability and character and image peeling removal suitability.
Claims (18)
- 見掛け密度が0.7~1.3g/cm3、厚みが10~1000μmであるポリエステルフィルムの少なくとも片面に、帯電防止剤を含有する機能層を有しており、かつ、当該ポリエステルフィルムには、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーが含まれることを特徴とする積層白色フィルム。 It has a functional layer containing an antistatic agent on at least one surface of a polyester film having an apparent density of 0.7 to 1.3 g / cm 3 and a thickness of 10 to 1000 μm. A laminated white film comprising a polymer incompatible with polyester.
- 上記機能層は、上記帯電防止剤に加えて離型剤を含有することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to claim 1, wherein the functional layer contains a release agent in addition to the antistatic agent.
- 上記機能層は、上記離型剤を該機能層中に3重量%以上の割合で含有することを特徴とする請求項2に記載の積層白色フィルム。 3. The laminated white film according to claim 2, wherein the functional layer contains the release agent in a proportion of 3% by weight or more in the functional layer.
- 上記機能層は、架橋剤に由来する架橋構造を含有することを特徴とする請求項1~3の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the functional layer contains a crosslinked structure derived from a crosslinking agent.
- 上記機能層が被記録層であることを特徴とする請求項1~4の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the functional layer is a recording layer.
- 前記ポリエステルフィルムは、金属化合物粒子を含むことを特徴とする請求項1~5の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 6. The laminated white film according to claim 1, wherein the polyester film contains metal compound particles.
- 前記ポリエステルフィルムは、上記金属化合物粒子以外の粒子として、シリカ粒子若しくは有機粒子若しくはこれら両方を含むことを特徴とする請求項6に記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to claim 6, wherein the polyester film includes silica particles, organic particles, or both as particles other than the metal compound particles.
- 上記ポリエステルフィルムは、両表層と中間層とを有し、
当該両表層は、ポリエステル、該ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマー、金属化合物粒子、及び、シリカ粒子若しくは有機粒子若しくはこれら両方を含む樹脂組成物からなり、且つ、当該表層の算術平均粗さ(Ra)が950nm以下であることを特徴とする、請求項1~7の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 The polyester film has both surface layers and an intermediate layer,
The both surface layers are made of polyester, a polymer incompatible with the polyester, metal compound particles, and a resin composition containing silica particles, organic particles, or both, and the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) of the surface layers. The laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein is a 950 nm or less. - 上記ポリエステルフィルムは延伸フィルムであることを特徴とする請求項1~8の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polyester film is a stretched film.
- 上記ポリエステルフィルムにおける、ポリエステルに非相溶なポリマーの含有量は1重量%以上70重量%以下であることを特徴とする請求項1~9の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 10. The laminated white film according to claim 1, wherein the polyester film has a content of a polymer incompatible with the polyester of 1% by weight to 70% by weight.
- 上記金属化合物粒子の平均粒径は0.05μm以上0.50μm以下であることを特徴とする請求項6~10の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 11. The laminated white film according to claim 6, wherein the average particle diameter of the metal compound particles is 0.05 μm or more and 0.50 μm or less.
- 上記ポリエステルフィルムにおける上記金属化合物粒子の含有量は1重量%以上30重量%以下であることを特徴とする請求項6~11の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 12. The laminated white film according to claim 6, wherein the content of the metal compound particles in the polyester film is 1% by weight to 30% by weight.
- 上記シリカ粒子若しくは有機粒子の平均粒径は0.50μmより大きく15.0μm以下であることを特徴とする請求項7~12の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 The laminated white film according to any one of claims 7 to 12, wherein an average particle diameter of the silica particles or the organic particles is larger than 0.50 µm and not larger than 15.0 µm.
- 上記ポリエステルフィルムにおける、上記シリカ粒子若しくは有機粒子の含有量は0.005重量%以上5重量%以下であることを特徴とする請求項6~13の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルム。 14. The laminated white film according to claim 6, wherein the content of the silica particles or organic particles in the polyester film is 0.005 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less.
- 請求項1~14の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルムの機能層上に画像形成物質を有する積層白色フィルム。 A laminated white film having an image forming substance on a functional layer of the laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
- 請求項1~14の何れかに記載の積層白色フィルムの機能層上に画像形成物質を有する被記録材。 A recording material having an image forming substance on a functional layer of the laminated white film according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
- 上記画像形成物質上又は上記機能層上に樹脂層を備えた、請求項15又は16に記載の積層白色フィルム又は被記録材。 The laminated white film or recording material according to claim 15 or 16, comprising a resin layer on the image forming substance or the functional layer.
- 前記樹脂層が、上記画像形成物質又は上記機能層に対して剥離可能に積層されてなる請求項17に記載の積層白色フィルム又は被記録材。
The laminated white film or recording material according to claim 17, wherein the resin layer is laminated so as to be peelable from the image forming substance or the functional layer.
Priority Applications (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP18761242.9A EP3590712B1 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-03-02 | White laminated film and recording material |
KR1020197028778A KR102601068B1 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-03-02 | Laminated white film and recording material |
CN201880011701.1A CN110325363B (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-03-02 | Laminated white film and recording material |
CN202210350855.1A CN114714731B (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-03-02 | Lamination of white film and recorded material |
US16/553,802 US11766853B2 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2019-08-28 | White laminated film and recording material |
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017039869 | 2017-03-02 | ||
JP2017039870 | 2017-03-02 | ||
JP2017-039870 | 2017-03-02 | ||
JP2017-039869 | 2017-03-02 | ||
JP2017218863A JP7052307B2 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2017-11-14 | Laminated white polyester film and recorded material |
JP2017218862A JP7052306B2 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2017-11-14 | Laminated white film and recorded material |
JP2017-218863 | 2017-11-14 | ||
JP2017-218862 | 2017-11-14 |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/553,802 Continuation US11766853B2 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2019-08-28 | White laminated film and recording material |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018159811A1 true WO2018159811A1 (en) | 2018-09-07 |
Family
ID=63370824
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2018/008008 WO2018159811A1 (en) | 2017-03-02 | 2018-03-02 | White laminated film and recording material |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN114714731B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018159811A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022059580A1 (en) * | 2020-09-15 | 2022-03-24 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Cavity-containing polyester film |
WO2022176744A1 (en) * | 2021-02-17 | 2022-08-25 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Void-containing polyester-based film |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10204196A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1998-08-04 | Oji Yuka Synthetic Paper Co Ltd | Synthetic paper with excellent printability |
JPH11116716A (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-27 | Toray Ind Inc | White polyester film |
JP2001026089A (en) * | 1999-05-12 | 2001-01-30 | Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp | Polyester film containing fine bubbles |
JP2005234162A (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2005-09-02 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Electrophotographic paper, manufacturing method for it, electrophotographic image forming method |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE3786255T2 (en) * | 1986-10-23 | 1993-11-04 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | FILM FOR TAKING A THERMALLY TRANSMITTED IMAGE IN THE PRODUCTION OF A TRANSPARENT ORIGINAL. |
JPH07186597A (en) * | 1993-12-27 | 1995-07-25 | Sakura Color Prod Corp | Transferring paper |
JP3411720B2 (en) * | 1995-06-16 | 2003-06-03 | 三菱化学ポリエステルフィルム株式会社 | Biaxially oriented laminated polyester film for thermal recording receiver |
JP5078192B2 (en) * | 1999-08-05 | 2012-11-21 | 三菱樹脂株式会社 | Microbubble-containing polyester film |
CN100577413C (en) * | 2004-09-29 | 2010-01-06 | 东丽株式会社 | Laminated film |
JP2006334966A (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2006-12-14 | Toray Ind Inc | White laminated polyester film having void |
JP6326816B2 (en) * | 2013-12-29 | 2018-05-23 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Biaxially stretched laminated polyester film |
KR102601068B1 (en) * | 2017-03-02 | 2023-11-13 | 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 | Laminated white film and recording material |
-
2018
- 2018-03-02 CN CN202210350855.1A patent/CN114714731B/en active Active
- 2018-03-02 WO PCT/JP2018/008008 patent/WO2018159811A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10204196A (en) | 1997-01-23 | 1998-08-04 | Oji Yuka Synthetic Paper Co Ltd | Synthetic paper with excellent printability |
JPH11116716A (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 1999-04-27 | Toray Ind Inc | White polyester film |
JP2001026089A (en) * | 1999-05-12 | 2001-01-30 | Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp | Polyester film containing fine bubbles |
JP2005234162A (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2005-09-02 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Electrophotographic paper, manufacturing method for it, electrophotographic image forming method |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022059580A1 (en) * | 2020-09-15 | 2022-03-24 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Cavity-containing polyester film |
WO2022176744A1 (en) * | 2021-02-17 | 2022-08-25 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Void-containing polyester-based film |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN114714731A (en) | 2022-07-08 |
CN114714731B (en) | 2025-03-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11766853B2 (en) | White laminated film and recording material | |
JPH11286092A (en) | Laminated polyester film and manufacture thereof | |
WO2006121217A1 (en) | Biaxially stretched multilayer polypropylene film and use thereof | |
JP2006334966A (en) | White laminated polyester film having void | |
JP7052306B2 (en) | Laminated white film and recorded material | |
WO2018159811A1 (en) | White laminated film and recording material | |
JP7027959B2 (en) | Laminated white polyester film and recorded material | |
JP7264294B2 (en) | LAMINATED WHITE FILM AND RECORDING MATERIAL | |
JP4441838B2 (en) | Cavity-containing composite polyester film and base film for thermal transfer recording material | |
JP7327545B2 (en) | LAMINATED WHITE POLYESTER FILM AND RECORDING MATERIAL | |
JP4766122B2 (en) | Hard coat film for molding | |
WO2006115176A1 (en) | Thermal transfer image receiving sheet and process for producing thermal transfer image receiving sheet | |
JP2024091669A (en) | Release Film | |
JP7013945B2 (en) | Laminated white polyester film and recorded material | |
JP2017124493A (en) | Laminated polyester film | |
JP7052307B2 (en) | Laminated white polyester film and recorded material | |
JP7264295B2 (en) | LAMINATED WHITE POLYESTER FILM AND RECORDING MATERIAL | |
JP2018159929A (en) | Optical member | |
JP3941404B2 (en) | Electrophotographic transfer sheet | |
JP5319940B2 (en) | Polyester film for thermal transfer ink ribbon | |
JPH1152514A (en) | Fine foam-containing laminated polyester film for photographic printing paper | |
JP2009214483A (en) | Polyester film for thermal transfer ink ribbon | |
JP6344426B2 (en) | Laminated polyester film | |
JP2024135530A (en) | Laminated polyester film, vehicle displays, electronic parts for vehicles | |
JP2847728B2 (en) | Receiving sheet for printing |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18761242 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20197028778 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2018761242 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20191002 |